Home

Spec

1. C Smoothness Tolerance Provide the base course to the lines and grades shown on the drawings within a tolerance of five hundredths feet 0 05 vertically and one inch 1 alignment at any point 3 03 CONCRETE PAVING INSTALLATION A Upon completion of the installation of the base course and formwork install reinforcement as shown on the drawings and per Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete B Transit mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 and Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Do not use concrete that has stood over 30 minutes after leaving the mixer or concrete that is not placed within 60 minutes after water is introduced into the mix C Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304 and Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete D Provide control joints expansion joints and sawcut joints as shown on the drawings 3 04 CURING amp PROTECTION Protect concrete from premature drying excessively hot or cold temperatures and mechanical injury END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Nexus Concrete Paving doc 02520 2 SECTION 02530 ASPHALT PATCHING amp CRACK SEALING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 1 02 1 04 NOT USED SUMMARY Provide asphalt patching and crack sealing where shown schematically on the drawings as specified herein as directed by the PETCO Project Manager and as needed for a complete and proper installation The drawings do not purport to indicate every location requiring asph
2. Contractor 4 HA 1850 Full surface plain bearing heavyweight Welding Hinge Contractor 2 HA 1408 Cane Bolt 18 L x 1 2 EXECUTION 3 01 RENOVATION WORK A Where existing interior or exterior doors are scheduled for re use the Contractor may refurbish existing door finish hardware to provide the same function features and applicable building code compliance as if the door finish hardware is provided new except as may be specifically noted in the Finish Hardware Schedule or as otherwise directed by the PETCO Project Manager All existing doors scheduled for reuse shall be fitted with new Latchsets Leversets or Mortise Cylinders with new Interchangeable Cores and all retrofit installations shall be consistent with the PETCO door finish hardware and keying criteria established in this Section 3 02 GENERAL A Door Closers Adjust aluminum and hollow metal Door Closer operation so that from a 90 degree open position the time required to move the door to an open position of 12 degrees via the door s closing action is 5 seconds minimum ANSI A117 1 standard Store Cores Where an Interchangeable Store Core is specified the Contractor shall provide the interchangeable construction core Upon completion of construction the Contractor shall leave the interchangeable construction core in place The Interchangeable Store Cores shall be purchased by the Contractor from the PETCO Vendor alo
3. 30 ft 600 SF 3 05 GYPSUM WALLBOARD FINISHING COMPOUNDS Provide a Gypsum Association Level 3 gypsum board finish All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints angles fastener heads and accessories All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges 3 06 WALL TEXTURE At the Contractor s option and prior to painting per Section 09900 Painting the Contractor may elect to provide at no additional cost to PETCO an applied Light Orange Peel texture per USG Bulletin SA 933 from USG Texture and Finish Products The Contractor shall apply wall texture uniformly to all exposed wallboard faced partitions except that wall texture need not be applied where a finished painted surface is not scheduled Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 09260 Nexus Gyp Partition Syst doc END OF SECTION GYPSUM WALLBOARD amp PARTITION SYSTEM 09260 5 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC TILE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide Interior Ceramic Wall Tile and floor tile where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 03 WA
4. Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 3 GS ECBB1101 Full Mortise Hinge 4 5 x4 5 Stainless BB1199 if gt 42 x80 Steel w Non Removable Pin Girtman 1 VD 22EO Rim Exit Device Girtman 1 LC 4040 XP Closer w cover at interior side Girtman 1 HA 520SN Aluminum Saddle Threshold w neoprene gasket Girtman set HA 862S Weatherstripping Girtman 1 HA 810SA Door Frame Top Rain Cap Girtman 1 HA 782S V Door Sill Rain Cap Girtman 1 RD DS 6 Security Door Viewer Girtman 1 1 Red Letters on White Background Vinyl Adhesive Sign text EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY ALARM WILL SOUND Notes for this Hardware Set 1 2 Vinyl Adhesive Sign to be mounted on center of door at a height of 60 AFF to center of sign This Door s Security Door Viewer to be mounted at a height of 60 AFF to center l HARDWARE SET NO 9 HM Interior Door located at Mens and Womens Restrooms Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 3 GS ECBB1100 Full Mortise Hinge 4 5 x 4 5 Girtman 1 SC AL40S SAT 626 Privacy Lever Lock F76 Girtman 1 LC 4031 LD PA Closer w cover at Restroom side Girtman 1 HA 1945S Kickplate 10 x 34 at Hallway side Girtman 1 HA 403S A Saddle Threshold 1 4 x 4 Girtman 1 HA 268F Cast Floor Stop and Holder Girtman 3 HA 307D Silencers J HARDWARE SET NO 10 HM Interior Door Wellness Room to Wo
5. 2 The construction agreement for this project will be PETCO s Agreement between Owner and Contractor which will be provided by PETCO to the lowest bid qualified Contractor for review and execution prior to award of this contract for general construction 3 BASE BID Base Bid Contract Sum CCC CC Y DOLLARS 4 ITEMIZED BID BREAKDOWN The Undersigned Bidding Contractor certifies that all bid prices shall be based on the products specified in the Construction Drawings and Project Manual with no variations or substitutions The Total Base Bid Contract Sum is further itemized in the attached Attachment B Schedule of Values and Attachment C Unit Costs The Undersigned Bidding Contractor acknowledges that the Total Base Bid Contract Sum and Bid Alternates itemized in this Bid Proposal are fixed for a minimum of one hundred twenty 120 calendar days after the date of receipt of this Bid Proposal by PETCO 4 1 BID ALTERNATES 1 Bid Alternate No 1 Exterior Sun Control Window Film If this Bid Alternate is accepted the amount to ADD TO the Base Bid is ADD i DOLLARS VOLUNTARY BID ALTERNATES Refer to Section 01100 The Contractor shall attach a supplementary proposal describing Voluntary Bid Alternates if any CONSTRUCTION DURATION The Undersigned Bidding Contractor acknowledges that construction of this project must be commenced in a timely manner and fully completed by the Date of Final Completion fully withi
6. Existing concrete must be cured for a sufficient time period recommended by DIAMATIC before the application can begin Where new or existing concrete is not within specified tolerances install an approved ULTRAFLOR Polished Concrete Repair System and Topping Material at the required thickness to achieve tolerances Comply with tolerance requirements in Section 03 30 00 Protect existing concrete and the new ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System from contamination by petroleum oil hydraulic fluid acid acidic detergents paint and other liquid dripping from trades and equipment working over these substrates If construction equipment must be used on these substrates diaper all components that may drip fluids Prohibit the placement and storage of construction materials over new ULTRAFLOR Polished Concrete System to include ferrous metals and steel members Prohibit vehicle parking and pipe cutting operations over new and existing concrete as well as the new ULTRAFLOR Polished Concrete System Moisture Vapor Testing 1 Test existing concrete for moisture vapor transmission according to methods indicated in ASTM F1869 Acceptable results not more than 5 pounds per 1 000 square feet in 24 hours Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 3 2 Test existing concrete for relative humidity using in situ probes according to ASTM F2170 Acceptable results not more than 80
7. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 SYSTEM A The ULTRAFLOR Polished Concrete System is an engineered and integrated complete installation system requiring strict adherence to all specified installation processes equipment diamond abrasives concrete preparation joint treatment and chemicals to achieve the intended result Any substitutions from the specified products and or processes will void the system warranty 2 01 MATERIALS A DIAMATIC EQUIPMENT 1 DIAMATIC BMG 780 Planetary Grinder and Polisher Large Platform 32 planetary floor polisher Head pressure of 700 Ibs 2 DIAMATIC Micro Polisher MPS 1721 1727 Burnisher Specific weight and RPM are required to reach temperature of 110 F for application of FLOR FINISH application 3 DIAMATIC 5 Hand Held Low Speed Grinder 5 hand floor polisher for edges with variable speed control range of 500 2200 RPM 4 DIAMATIC 180EC Walk Behind edging grinder polisher 5 Vacuums BDC 3140 or other approved 300 CFM Dust Collection System approved by Diamatic 6 Crack Chaser 7 Crack Vac with dolly or a hand held 5 grinder with a 375 thick V Cut diamond blade 7 DIAMATIC Condor Applicator for application of ULTRAFLOR Treatments 8 DIAMATIC ride on and walk behind floor scrapers with beveled steel scraper blades of various widths for removal of floor coverings 9 DIAMATIC BMC335 Shaver Self propelled shaver leveler for slab surface demolition leveling and level
8. minimum penetration into framing 3 Masonry Type ME expansion fastener and plate system 1 minimum penetration into masonry b Mechanical EPS Fasteners may not be a part of the standard Dryvit Outsulation MD system however it is an Architect required component for this project in addition to adhesive application which is required as a part of the manufacturer s warranted system 6 Exterior Basecoat Dryvit Exterior Basecoat 7 Reinforcing Mesh a Above 87 0 height at adjacent finish grade Dryvit Standard Reinforcing Mesh 4 3 oz per square yard b Below 8 0 height at adjacent finish grade Dryvit Panzer 15 Reinforcing Mesh 15 oz per square yard applied as a secondary reinforcement under USG Standard Reinforcing Mesh at these wall areas 8 Textured Finish Dryvit Exterior Textured Finish trowel applied minimum installed thickness 1 16 over reinforcing 3 16 maximum thickness 9 Color Texture Drawing Key Symbol EIFS 01 Color PETC011030 Texture Dryvit Sandblast B Acceptable Alternative Water Managed EIFS Provide Senerflex Cdsystem controlled drainage by Senergy Cranston RI 800 221 9255 1 Sheathing Provide Exterior Gypsum Sheathing meeting ASTM C79 requirements for water resistant core or Type X core Refer to Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard System Do NOT provide Exterior Gypsum Sheathing at any location where PETCO signage is scheduled to be provided provide an Al
9. requirements shall be in accordance with NFPA 13 Provide instruments equipment pay expenses incurred in making tests obtain approvals and certificates Where evidence of stoppage appears in piping or equipment disconnect clean repair reconnect obstructed parts bear cost of cutting and patching adjoining work necessitated by such cleaning repairing An indicating control valve must be located within 2 feet of the water entry into the building A means for draining all trapped piping must be provided as required by NFPA 13 Double Check Valve Backflow Preventer shall be furnished and installed in the location where required by administrative authority The backflow preventer shall be such as Ames 3000SS complete with OS amp Y gate valves each side of backflow preventer The upstream OS amp Y gate valve shall be tapped for 3 4 corporation stop furnished with backflow preventer Reduced Pressure Principle Backflow Preventer shall be furnished and installed in the location as required by the administrative authority The reduced pressure back flow preventer shall be such as Watts Model 909 complete with OS amp Y gate valves and supports EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02
10. 2 Other product subject to approval of Product Substitution per Section 01340 Submittals 2 05 CMU INFILL INSULATION Provide loose perlite fill in all concrete masonry cells of new infill construction that are not otherwise grouted solid for structural purposes Remodel infill at insulated shell if applicable 2 06 WALL FLASHING The Contractor shall provide Perm A Barrier 40 mil rubberized asphalt and polyethylene sheet wall flashing by W R Grace Masonry Products PVC wall flashing is NOT permitted PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 Nexus CMU doc 04220 2 3 02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS Do not place masonry units when air temperature is below 40 degrees F Protect masonry during construction from direct exposure to wind and sun when erected in ambient air temperature of 99 degrees F shade and less than 50 relative humidity 3 03 INSTALLATION A Wall Flashings Install at base of walls over lintels stepped flashing to follow roof slope at parapets other locations Form end dams at horizontal flashing terminations to prevent water entry into the wall cavity Provide manufacturer approved sealant a
11. Coordinate composite wood planks assemblies with rain drainage work flashing trim and construction of studs soffits and other adjoining work to provide a leak proof secure and noncorrosive installation WARRANTY Special Warranty Manufacturer s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of composite wood planks that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period 1 Failures include but are not limited to the following a Structural failures including rupturing cracking or puncturing b Deterioration of composite wood planks and other materials beyond normal weathering 2 Warranty Period 10 years from date of Substantial Completion Special Warranty on Plank Finishes Manufacturer s standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace composite wood planks that show evidence of deterioration of factory applied finishes within specified warranty period Provide manufactures warranty against rot decay splitting checking splintering fungal damage and termite damage for a period of 10 years In addition provide the Fade and Stain Warranty against food staining and fading beyond 5 Delta E CIE units for a period of 10 years PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MISCELLANEOUS METAL FRAMING A Miscellaneous Metal Framing General ASTM C 645 cold formed metallic coated steel sheet ASTM A 653 A 653M G40 hot dip galvanized or coating with equivalent corrosion resista
12. x 1 8 angles at 5 feet O C 4 31 through 42 longest side 22 gauge 1 x 1 x 1 8 angles at 5 feet O C 5 42 through 54 longest side 22 gauge 1 1 2 x 1 1 2 x 1 8 angles at 4 feet O C B Provide manually operated dampers at branch ducts two gauges heavier than the duct in which installed and equipped with locking quadrants Access panels in ductwork shall be galvanized sheet steel two gauges heavier than the duct with rolled edges felt strips or neoprene gasketing and attached to duct with sheet metal screws at a maximum of 6 on center C Flash all ducts passing through roof or exterior walls and silicone caulk all joints Seal all duct seams with tape or mastic Support ductwork from overhead with strap iron or angles Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 2014 07 30 15500 4 Construct fittings elbows and transitions to provide minimum noise and resistance Where space permits elbows shall have a minimum radius of 1 1 2 times the width or depth Transitions must be gradual with changes not to exceed 1 x 4 When structural conditions necessitate fittings and elbows shall be made sharply but with full radius turning vanes Provide flexible connections with 30 ounce neoprene coated fire retardant waterproof and airtight glass fabric Unions valves dampers and controls shall not be placed in any location that will be inaccessible after the system is complete A
13. A Section 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning reference for final floor cleaning and waxing B Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation C Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems D Section 09650 Resilient Flooring Reference this Section for flooring layout procedure based on obtaining a flooring layout CADfile from Petco s Tenant Improvement Architect 1 04 SUBMITTAL The Contractor shall provide Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Product Manager per Section 01340 requirements This submittal is for the PETCO Project Manager s records only No other product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Concrete Floor Testing 1 Moisture Emission Level Test The Contractor shall provide testing to confirm moisture vapor emission levels in accordance with ASTM F 1869 98 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride This testing must be provided in an enclosed temperature controlled building shell approximately 30 days prior to the resilient flooring installation a Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level Moisture Vapor shall not exceed 5 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours b Note that the specified acceptable emission level for this flooring product
14. A The Contractor shall verify existing conditions that are uncovered as a result of limited demolition work and provide existing conditions information to the Architect B At the time that limited demolition is substantially complete or in any event immediately upon completion of limited demolition work the Contractor shall accurately survey or re survey where applicable those existing conditions which are identified on the Demolition Plan as being critical tenant information for PETCO C Survey or Re survey information and descriptive notations shall be legibly written by the Contractor on a fullsize copy of the Demolition Plan drawing shall be certified as accurate and complete by the Contractor s duly authorized representative and copies shall be sent to the following addressees no later than fourteen 14 days after the Date of Commencement of the Tenant Improvement work 1 PETCO Animal Supplies Inc Construction Department Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DEMOLITION WORK 02060 Nexus Demo Work doc 02060 1 PART 3 Attention Wade Rose Project Manager 654 Richland Hills Drive San Antonio TX 78245 Telephone 858 880 6436 2 FRCH Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 EXECUTION 3 01 EXISTING CONDITIONS A The Contractor shall completely document the condition of all adjacent buildings and improvements that may be affected by the demolition with photographs videotape and or field
15. Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype amp ALLOWANCES 01100 Nexus Bid Alt doc 01100 2 SECTION 01200 CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AT THE JOBSITE The Contractor shall keep a set of Drawings the Project Manual Addenda and Construction Change Bulletins and copies of all approved submittals at the Jobsite for reference throughout the Construction Duration 1 03 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE A The PETCO approved Construction Progress Schedule will be an integral part of the project record and shall establish completion dates for critical path tasks and other non critical path construction tasks B The Contractor s Construction Progress Schedule shall graphically show preferably by Gantt Chart format the order and interdependence of all major construction tasks necessary to complete the work and the sequence in which each activity is to be accomplished The Construction Progress Schedule shall include but not necessarily be limited to the following PETCO Tenant Space Construction Date of Commencement Scheduled submission of required Submittals to the Architect Work integration of major sub trades Optimum delivery dates of PETCO Furnished Items to the jobsite dates may be agreed and furnished by the PETCO Project Manager Date of PETCO Tenant Space Substantial Completion Final inspection testing and final cleanup Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO or Date of PETC
16. PRODUCTS 2 01 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE A No substitutions to the products specified in this section are acceptable B Where Armstrong Interiors products are specified contact Alice McAnn Account Manager Retail National Accounts 626 398 5143 ALMcann Armstrong com for Petco s national account pricing and to verify product availability No product substitution is permitted C Where Amtico products are specified contact Bob Clyburn National Accounts Manager bob clyburn amtico com Ph 949 201 5045 for Petco s national pricing and to verify product availability No product substitution is permitted D Where Centiva products are specified contact Tom Muck National Accounts Manager tmuck centiva com Ph 256 767 4990 x246 for Petco s national pricing and to verify product availability No product substitution is permitted D Drawing Key Symbol FC 01A 1 Provide Armstrong Standard Excelon Imperial Texture 12 x 12 x 1 8 vinyl composition tile a Color Buttercream Yellow 51800 2 Installation pattern Parquet pattern with grain direction alternating in adjacent tile units 3 Provide final Cleaning and Waxing per Section 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning l Vinyl Composition Tile Drawing Key Symbol FC 07A 1 Provide Amtico Spacia 18 x 18 x 1 8 vinyl composition tile available from Amtico International Atlanta GA a Color Spacia S8584597 Fossil Stone 2 Installatio
17. PSK Fiberglass with color White polypropylene scrim kraft facing rated with surface burning characteristics per ASTM C665 Type III Class A Maximum Flame Spread Index 25 and Maximum Smoke Developed Index 50 G White Vinyl Kraft Liner Provide sheet liner over existing roof ceiling insulation that will be exposed in the new construction with color White polypropylene scrim kraft PSK facing equal to Advanced Kraft Systems products by Lamtec Corporation Flanders NJ 973 584 5500 Rated with surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84 including Maximum Flame Spread Index 25 film exposed and Maximum Smoke Developed Index 40 film exposed PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION Install all work of this section in strict accordance with the construction details requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction and the manufacturer s recommended installation procedures END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Nexus Bldg Insulation doc 07210 2 SECTION 07240 WATER MANAGED E 1 F S PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 1 02 NOT USED SUMMARY Provide a mechanically attached Water Managed Exterior Insulation and Finis
18. Provide products by Crossville national acct rep contact Natasha Appel 214 517 6298 nappel crossvilleinc com order fulfillment contact Toni Hale 888 224 6568 ext 3997 Drawing Key Symbol T 04 Clay Honed Finish AV245 6 x24 nominal Floor Tile Setting Materials 1 3 4 Floor Preparation Provide floor preparation equal to LevelLite Self Leveling Underlayment SpeedFinish Patching amp Finishing Compound and Water proofing products by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Waterproofing Crack Isolation Membrane Provide a one part trowelable elastomeric waterproofing crack isolation membrane equal RedGard Waterproofing and Crack Prevention Membrane by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Adhesive Mortar Provide a one part latex modified mortar equal to FlexBond Ultra Premium Latex Modified Thin Set Mortar by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Floor Grout Provide epoxy modified floor grout equal to CEG Lite 100 Solids Commercial Epoxy Grout by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Color shall be 386 Oyster Gray OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation FLOOR TILE QUARRY TILE Remodel not Rover Prototype A Quarry Tile at Tub Room floor and Aquarium Area floor and wall base Provide Quarry Basics X Colors Color 15X Malibu Beach si
19. To be included in BMM Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 If applicable To be included in BMM Part 2 To be included in BMM Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Provide ALL Construction Documents field revisions To be included in BMM Part 2 To be included in BMM Part 3 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Provide ALL Construction Documents field revisions To be included in BMM Part 2 To be included in BMM Part 3 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Provide ALL Construction Documents field revisions To be included in BMM Part 2 To be included in BMM Part 3 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 To be included in BMM Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Provide ALL Construction Documents field revisions 1 16 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT As s project A Final Application for Payment The Contractor shall submit the Final Application for Payment to PETCO identifying the Total Adjusted Contract Sum previous Certificates for Payment and Total Balance Due including retainage Final Paymen
20. b Return the reviewed submittal Reproducible one original to the Contractor 3 All additional copies required by the Contractor shall be prepared by the Contractor at the Contractor s expense upon receipt of the reviewed submittal Reproducible from the Architect 1 05 ARCHITECT S SUBMITTAL REVIEW A The Architect Engineer shall review submittals in a timely manner and will note necessary corrections including all corrections necessary relating to artistic effect The Contractor shall subsequently provide any corrections to submittals required by the Architect Engineer B The Architect Engineers review of submittals shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for any deviation from the drawings or specifications unless the Contractor has in writing called the Architect Engineer s attention to such specific deviation at the time of submittal The Architect Engineers review shall also not relieve the Contractor from either responsibility for unidentified submittal errors or omissions or from coordination of the provisions for the installed submittal item or from interface with other items of construction affected by such deviation C The Architect Engineer will affix the submittal review stamp and complete submittal review one of three ways 1 No Corrections Noted The Contractor should distribute the copies 2 Make Corrections Noted the Contractor shall make corrections and should distribute copie
21. cement board and related components including Durock corrosion resistant screws and Durock Interior Tape by USG 3 Acceptable Alternative Provide HardiBacker 500 5 8 thick fiber cement interior ceramic tile underlayment by James Hardie Building Products Inc Mission Viejo CA 800 942 7343 2 05 METAL TRIM A Form from zinc coated steel not lighter than 26 gauge complying with Fed Spec QQ S 775 Type l Class D or E Casing Beads Provide galvanized steel channel shaped casing beads at exposed wallboard edges equal to USG Series No 200 at locations including but not limited to horizontal edges at top of partial height partitions and vertical and horizontal edges where gypsum wallboard abuts other materials Corner Beads Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 7 8 wide and perforated for nailing and joint treatment equal to USG Dur A Bead corner bead Edge beads for use at perimeter of ceilings Ji Provide angle shapes with wings not less than 3 4 wide 2 Provide concealed wing perforated for nailing and exposed wing edge folded flat GYPSUM WALLBOARD Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype amp PARTITION SYSTEM 09260 Nexus Gyp Partition Syst doc 09260 3 2 06 2 07 2 08 2 09 2 10 E Control Joints Provide staple applied roll formed zinc control joints equal to USG Control Joint No 093 where shown on the drawings Provide flush caulk bead to fill 1 4 open slot after protective tape is re
22. e mail jstewart girtman com 7115 Cockrill Bend Blvd Nashville TN 37209 Tel 855 447 8600 Ext 1511 FAX 615 350 6686 No product substitutions or alternative suppliers are permitted 2 02 DOOR FINISH HARDWARE NOTES Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype FINISH HARDWARE 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc 08710 1 A Except as may be specified otherwise finishes shall be as follows Typical Finish Hardware Item US BHMA other Finish Description Hinges interior Cylinder Thumbturn Deadlock 626 US26D Satin Chromium Plated Interchangeable Store Core Leverset Door Push Plates Door Pulls Hinges exterior Kickplate Armor Plate 32D Satin Stainless Steel Silencer other Gray rubber Threshold Weatherstripping other Mill Finish Aluminum B Accessibility Compliance Leversets and door thresholds shall be provided to meet Americans with Disabilities Act standards 2 03 DOOR HARDWARE ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Acceptable Manufacturers with Key Abbreviations Used in Finish Hardware Schedule AR Adams Rite Manufacturing Co City of Industry CA 310 699 0511 BE Best Lock Corporation Indianapolis IN 317 849 2250 HA Hager Hinge Co St Louis MO 800 325 9995 IV HB Ives New Haven CT Girtman amp Associates Supplier KA Kaba llco Corp Winston Salem NC 27105 800 849 8324 LC LCN Closers Princeton IL 800 526 2400 NO Norton Door Control Charlotte NC 704 283 2101 PE Pemko Ventura C
23. mortar is NOT permitted 3 Proportions Masonry mortar shall be proportioned per ASTM C270 89 4 Minimum Compressive Strength 2000 psi at 28 days C Grout 1 Provide grout in accordance with ASTM C476 2 Fine and Coarse aggregate grout shall be proportioned per ASTM C476 83 3 Minimum Compressive Strength 3000 psi at 28 days 4 Fine Grout Provide where the grout space is less than 3 in its least dimension 5 Coarse Grout Provide in all reinforced masonry cells masonry cells adjacent to reinforced cells requiring grout and bond beams D Non shrink Grout Per Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete 2 03 REINFORCEMENT amp ACCESSORIES A Reinforcing Contractor shall provide bars per ASTM A615 Grade 60 with bending per ACI 318 provide Wire Reinforcement per ASTM A82 B Truss type Wall Reinforcement The Contractor shall provide D A 310 Truss by Dur O Wal Inc Arlington Heights IL 708 577 6400 1 Acceptable Alternative Lox All Truss Mesh by Hohmann amp Barnard Inc Hauppage NY 516 234 0600 2 Other product subject to Architect s approval per Section 01340 Submittals 2 04 CONTROL JOINTS A The Contractor shall provide Dur O Wal Rapid Rubber Control Joint or Rapid Poly Joint D A 2006 2007 by Dur O Wal Inc Arlington Heights IL 708 577 6400 1 Acceptable Alternative Hohmann amp Barnard QS rubber control joint or VS control joint by Hohmann amp Barnard Inc Hauppage NY 516 234 0600
24. 09510 Nexus Accou Ceiling doc 09510 1 Drawing Key Symbol CF 04 Designer Note At Non Prototypical Retail Area Ceiling provide for at least 4 feet of CF 04 ceiling tiles from all sides of a ceiling diffusers then CF 06 beyond modify Reflected Ceiling Plan drawing notations for this requirement 1 Grid Armstrong Prelude 15 16 Color White WH 2 Ceiling Tile Armstrong Ceramaguard 605 Nonperforated Square Edge lay in Ceiling Panels 24 x 48 x 5 8 1 4 lbs SF with scrub able factory applied plastic finish Color White WH Drawing Key Symbol CF 06 ale Grid Armstrong Prelude 15 16 Color White WH 2 Ceiling Tile Armstrong Cortega Colortone 769 WH Square Edge lay in Ceiling Panels 24 x 48 x 5 8 0 6 lbs SF Color White Drawing Key Symbol CF 08 field tile 1 Grid Armstrong Prelude 15 16 Color White WH 2 Ceiling Tile Armstrong Cortega Colortone 770 WH Square Edge lay in Ceiling Panels 24 x 24 x 5 8 0 6 Ibs SF Color White 2 03 CEILING ACCESSORIES PART 3 A Eggcrate Diffuser at Vestibule Provide 24 x 48 panel cut to fit 1 2 x 1 2 eggcrate pattern Color White by Outwater Plastics Industries Inc Woodridge NJ 973 472 3580 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timel
25. 1 The term withstand means the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Submittals for Review 1 Shop Drawings Include locations profiles sizes supports attachments and finishes 2 Samples a 3 by 3 inch paint samples showing available colors B Delegated Design Submittal For canopies indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation 1 Detail fabrication and assembly of Insert portion of work 2 Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments to structure 3 Design Calculations Calculate requirements for selecting vibration isolators and seismic restraints 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fabricator and Installer Qualifications Minimum 5 years documented experience in work of this Section Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype CANOPIES 10530 Nexus Canopies docx 10530 1 B Source Limitations for Canopies Obtain canopy assemblies from single manufacturer C Welding Qualifications Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following 1 AWS D1 2 D1 2M Structural Welding Code Aluminum 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Field Measurements Verify actual dimensions of construction contiguous with canopies by field measurements before fabrication PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACT
26. 1 07 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION A The Contractor shall be responsible for security of the building throughout the term of construction work and shall be responsible for all costs incurred B The Contractor shall be in charge of general construction shall superintend the entire construction of the project shall coordinate between subcontractors regarding what materials labor and equipment must be provided by each shall save PETCO loss or annoyance by reason of suits or claims of infringement of any patent shall protect PETCO against all liens accidents to the public neighboring premises and parties employed on the work and shall carry on all construction in an expeditious and workmanlike manner C Motorized Lifts The Contractor and subcontractors shall provide for the use of all terrain motorized lifts where necessary for the performance of pertinent work in the Base Bid Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Nexus Summary of Work doc 01010 2 Motorized lifts used for interior construction shall have tires taped to protect finish concrete floor surfaces 1 08 WINTER CONDITIONS AND WINTER PROTECTION A The Contractor shall include in the Base Bid all winter conditions and winter protection costs associated with the general contract for construction under prevailing winter conditions Winter Conditions is defined as all conditions high wind velocity included in which weather and or ambient temperature may impair buil
27. Dry mop the floor clean to remove all debris Apply DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH High Gloss per application instructions at a rate of 3 000 square feet per gallon Actual rates may vary due to concrete porosity 2 coat Allow to dry a minimum of 15 minutes MICROPOLISH BURNISH 2 FLOR GRIT 1500 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic Dry mop the floor clean to remove all debris Apply DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH High Gloss per application instructions at a rate of 3 000 square feet per gallon Actual rates may vary due to concrete porosity 3 coat Allow to dry a minimum of 15 minutes MICROPOLISH BURNISH 2 FLOR GRIT 1500 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic Drawing Key Symbol FC 0B Restrooms 1 GRIND POLISH 1 60 80 Premium Grit Metal Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 2 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 3 GRIND POLISH 2 1 Transitional Diamonds Ceramic Bonded by Diamatic 4 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 5 GRIND POLISH 3 200 Grit Hybrid Resin Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 6 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 7 GRIND POLISH 4 400 Resin Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 8 Broom and vacuum the floor completely to remove all residual dust Using an auto scrubber the floor may be wet cleaned to insure a completely clean surface before the FLOR COLOR application begins Allow the surface to dry completely before beginning the FLOR COLOR applic
28. Flooring Adhesive Product Warranty Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01700 Nexus Contract Closeout doc Building Maintenance Manuals BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM To be included in BMM BMM Part Part 1 Part 3 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 3 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 3 Part 3 Part 3 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 3 Not applicable if Exhibit B Structural Deck ONLY Part 3 Part 3 Use 07240 OR 07250 Use 07240 OR 07250 Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 Not applicable if
29. Louisville KY F Expansion Joint Provide expanded polyethylene low density closed cell foam expansion joint filler with zip strip G Form Release Agent Provide colorless material that will not stain concrete absorb moisture or impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Nexus CIP Conc doc 03300 3 H Interior Control Joint and Sawcut Joint Filler Provide filler sealant at all interior control joints and sawcut joints which are not covered with a subsequent finish floor equal to 1 2 Everjoint polymer reinforced control joint filler by L amp M Construction Chemicals Inc JointMaster EJC hybrid epoxy urethane elastomeric jont filler by Polyamerica Inc Carollton GA 800 762 1678 I Exterior Control Joint Sealers and Fillers The Contractor shall provide one component moisture curing polyurethane sealant meeting Federal Spec TT S 00227E ASTM C90 equal to THC 901 sealant by Tremco Beachwood OH PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 REINFORCING A Comply with the following as well as the specified standards for details and methods of reinfor
30. NRCA and SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal manuals 3 03 RAINWATER CONDUCTORS DRAINAGE Rainwater conductors shall tie to subsurface storm drainage system or shall terminate at finish grade and discharge onto pre cast concrete splashblocks as may be detailed on the Drawings Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SHEET METAL 07600 Nexus Sheet Metal doc 07600 2 END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SHEET METAL 07600 Nexus Sheet Metal doc 07600 3 SECTION 07720 ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide roof accessories where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation using means and methods necessary to maintain the specified roofing manufacturer s warranty SO OT CONS RTU Rooftop Unit and Exhaust Fan roof curbs RTU Retrofit Roof Curb Adapters Miscellaneous Sealant and Flashing Work Pipe Mounting Support Pedestals Roof Hatch Roof Hatch Safety Railing System Roof Walkway Pads 1 03 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE All supplementary roofing flashing and sealant work shall be provided per the roofing manufacturer s recommendations so as to maintain the specified roofing warranty PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MA
31. Part 931032 using a clean mop finish and ensuring that each successive coat is completely dry to the touch before recoating D Floor Waxing 1 Not ALL new Vinyl Tile is to be cleaned and waxed For instance Flooring FC 07A is a no wax floor that shall be cleaned within final construction cleaning standards Refer to Section 09650 Resilient Flooring 2 In order to provide a premium appearance standard the Contractor shall provide Floor Waxing of new VCT Flooring in accordance with Butcher s Art of Floor Care Training Guide 3 Allow any new VCT Flooring installation including patch in work to cure a minimum of 48 hours or as recommended by the flooring manufacturer before the first wet maintenance 4 The Contractor shall provide Butcher s Hot Springs Cleaner and automatic floor scrubber cleaning in accordance with Butcher s Art of Floor Care Training Guide 5 The Contractor shall apply five 5 even medium coats of Butchers Mainstay Floor Finish Part 931032 using a clean mop finish and ensuring that each successive coat is completely dry to the touch before recoating 1 06 NOT USED 1 07 CONTRACTOR S FINAL CLEANING OF OTHER SURFACES A The Contractor shall provide Final Cleaning immediately prior to the Punchlist Inspection and as scheduled and coordinated with the PETCO Project Manager B The Contractor shall remove paper labels from glass fixtures and equipment only after the respecti
32. Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation as selected by the contractor subject to approval PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 PREPARATION Prepare all adjacent surfaces to achieve acceptable surface for bond without damage to adjacent finishes 3 03 INSTALLATION Install Sealants and Caulking in strict accordance with the manufacturer s recommended installation procedures END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SEALANTS amp CAULKING 07920 Nexus Sealants Caulks doc 07920 3 SECTION 08100 METAL DOORS amp FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 03 1 04 1 05 NOT USED SUMMARY The Contractor shall purchase interior and exterior hollow metal doors and metal door frames from a PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation RELATED WORK A Section 08410 Aluminum Entrance Doors amp Storefront B Section 08710 Finish Hardware metal doors and frames shall be purchased from the same Inventory Agreement supplier as the Metal Doors and Frames specified in this Section NOT USED SUBMITTALS A M
33. and availability of parking for automobiles trucks and construction equipment 2 Availability of water and electric power and of storage and working spaces and parking areas for vehicles at the site Demolition as required Disposal of excavated materials rubbish waste and debris Accessibility of the site and roads Character quality and quantity of surface and subsurface conditions to be encountered 7 Improvements obstructions and location of drainage and sewer lines water gas and other utility service lines or piping 8 Relationship that the proposed work will have to the adjoining structures and property both public and or private 9 Types and kinds of equipment and facilities required to properly provide demolition work D or E o The Contractor shall assume all risks regarding damage or loss to the structures whether by reason of fire theft or other casualty occurring on or after commencing demolition work Damage or loss shall NOT relieve the Contractor from the Contractor s obligation to complete demolition work Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DEMOLITION WORK 02060 Nexus Demo Work doc 02060 2 3 02 3 03 3 04 3 05 At the time of demolition of areas adjacent to existing structures that are scheduled to remain the project Structural Engineer shall be on site to observe the work The Contractor shall notify the Architect in writing of the date for this work to be provided at least one week prio
34. b Tubelite Architectural Systems Reed City MI 616 832 2211 C United States Aluminum Corporation Waxahachie TX 214 937 9651 d Oldcastle Building Envelope Terrell TX 972 551 6100 2 Interior Storefront Typical Aluminum Section 4 1 2 x 1 3 4 to receive 1 4 nominal single pane glass Finish Type and Color shall be per the Color Schedule in this Section 3 Exterior Storefront Typical Aluminum Section 4 1 2 x 2 to receive 1 nominal insulating glass 4 1 2 x 1 3 4 to receive 1 4 nominal single pane glass with other aluminum extrusion profiles where shown on the drawings Finish Type and Color shall be per the Color Schedule in this Section B Acceptable Aluminum Storefront and Doors Manufacturer Thermal Non Thermal Entrance Doors Kawneer 451T Trifab Il 450 190 Series Narrow Stile Leed Himmel Series 4500 T Series 1500 Series AB Narrow Stile Tubelite 14000 T Series 4500 Series D 36 Narrow Stile U S Aluminum Series IT451 Series 450 S 250 Narrow Stile Oldcastle Building Series 3000 S Series 2000 Series 212 Narrow Stile Envelope C Aluminum Manual Operation Entrance Doors interior 1 Provide 10 bottom door rail 2 Single Acting Door a Door Stile Face Shape Beveled b Offset Pivot Hinges Clear Anodized Finish C Push Pull Hardware 1 tubular horizontal Push Bar and vertical Pull Bar Clear Anodized Finish 4 Double Acting Door interi
35. e Tensile Strength 10 000 psi minimum when tested per ASTM D638 f Flexural Strength 24 000 psi minimum when tested per ASTM C293 g Flame Spread 25 maximum when tested per ASTM E84 L Cast in place Tactile Detectable Warning Tiles 1 ADA compliant an epoxy polymer composition with an ultraviolet stabilized coating with aluminum oxide particles in the truncated domes The tile shall incorporate an in line dome pattern of truncated domes 0 2 in height 0 9 diameter at the base and 0 4 diameter at top of dome spaced 2 35 nominal as measured on a diagonal and 1 70 nominal as measured side by side For wheelchair safety the field area shall consist of a non slip surface with a minimum of 40 90 raised points 0 045 high per sq in 2 Color Safety Yellow Federal Color 33538 colorfast UV stabilized coating 3 Provide where shown on the drawings M Surface Applied Tactile Detectable Warning Surface Tile 1 Surface Applied Tiles ADA compliant an epoxy polymer composite with an ultraviolet stabilized coating with aluminum oxide particles in the truncated domes The tile shall incorporate an in line dome pattern of truncated domes 0 2 in height 0 9 diameter at the base and 0 4 diameter at top of dome spaced 2 35 nominal as measured on a diagonal and 1 70 nominal as measured side by side The tile shall have with twelve countersunk fastening holes and perimeter beveled edges For wheel
36. for the Interior Cart Bumper specified elsewhere in this Section b Provide Greenguard 3 Half Round 3 rigid wall bumpers and where applicable Outside Corners and End Caps at interior walls and storefront where shown or described on the drawings Cc Color Provide Color Gray 105 at all locations d All corner transitions shall be installed with GGC 35 604 Outside Corners all end terminations shall be installed with GGE 35 604 Snap On End Cap The drawings do not necessarily indicate all locations for all outside corner or end termination items The Contractor is responsible for determining quantities and locations based on actual field conditions e Install Wall Bumper Rails in a single horizontal row at the height noted above the finish floor with screws and GGB 35 400 predrilled PVC rail retainer 25 Wall Cornerguards a The Contractor shall provide Wall Cornerguards equal to Model No CG 18 4 90 degree Model No CG 19 4 135 degree Color No 132 Clear Lexan wall cornerguards by Outwater Plastics Industries Inc Woodridge NJ 973 472 3580 1 Acceptable Alternative Provide Model No 421290 90 degree Model No 4212135 135 degree Color Clear Polycarbonate by Institutional Products Corporation Muskego WI 800 543 1729 b Standard features Size 2 1 2 x 2 1 2 wing 90 degree or 135 degree where applicable thickness 0 10 minimum 44 length mounted to 48 height above floor with bot
37. lineal feet Base Bid Unsuitable Soil Excavation reuse onsite Unsuitable Soil Excavation offsite disposal Architect Note edit above where applicable Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00303 Nexus Attachment C Unit Costs doc Fr O fF O fF O FH Fe Fe Fe O Fe GF FH HF HF A Per 100 sq ft Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per lineal foot Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per square yard Per square yard Per tile Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per cubic yard Per lineal foot Per cubic yard Per cubic yard SECTION 00400 PETCO PROJECTS COLLABORATIVE WEBSITE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 DEFINITIONS A CONSTITUENTS Will be defined as but not limited to Landlords Developers General Contractors Architects Engineers and Vendors 1 02 SCOPE A Petco communicates and collaborates with its Constituents using Petco Projects website It allows work requests negotiation and correspondence in a semi open environment Our Global Accounts consultants contractors Landlords real estate brokers developers and legal counsel all will be required to utilize Petco Projects This communication tool is provided to you at no additional cost You will be added to projects so you can perform your responsibilities using this collaborative website B We will make every effort to mi
38. mildew If there are visible indications of mold and mildew the source of the problem must be located and corrected The Contractor shall verify that moisture content of concrete slabs building air temperature and relative humidity are within the limits recommended by the product manufacturer If the measured Moisture Emission Level and pH Level are above the flooring adhesive manufacturer s limits then the Contractor shall provide concrete slab moisture mitigation treatment per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems The Contractor shall not proceed with the installation until any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation 3 02 PREPARATION A Subfloor Verify that substrate is smooth level at required finish elevation and with no more than 1 8 in 10 0 variation from level Fill and level cold joints cracks or depressions with a flooring manufacturer accepted cementitious patching compound Priming Apply concrete slab primer if so recommended by the resilient flooring manufacturer and in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 3 03 INSTALLATION A General Broom clean or vacuum the surfaces to be covered Install materials only after finishing operations including painting have been completed and after permanent heating system is operating For installation of resilient flooring
39. s Project Manager Contractors On Site Project Superintendent and major subcontractors representatives should attend the Contractors Construction Progress Weekly Meetings Weekly Meeting Agenda The Construction Progress Meeting agenda should include but not be limited to discussion and review of the following items i Review of the previous Construction Progress Meeting Report with specific attention to clarifications and or corrective resolutions 2 Review of the Construction Progress Schedule including a thorough review of the sequence of critical path items 3 Review of Construction Activities such as a Major material deliveries and or delays purchase orders issued b Work started work completed and work in progress C Labor and other problems their apparent causes proposed solutions who must act to effect a determination and their impact on the Construction Progress Schedule d Accident reports including persons involved and circumstances of the accident e Resolved unresolved status of Contractor RFIs to the Architect and status of Construction Bulletins if any issued by the Architect f Coordination of PETCO Vendor furnished items Meeting Reports The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the written Construction Progress Meeting report to the PETCO Project Manager 1 09 CONTRACTOR S WEEKLY CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A Starting one week after the Date of Tenant Space Construction Commenc
40. service Spring diameter shall be not less than 0 8 of the compressed height of the spring at the design load Springs shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 of the actual deflection Springs shall be so designed that the ration of horizontal stiffness to vertical stiffness is approximately one All mounts shall have leveling bolts 2 The spring element in the isolator shall either be set in a neoprene cup and have a steel washer to distribute the load evenly over the neoprene or each isolator shall be mounted on a type DNP isolator If the DNP isolator is used a rectangular bearing plate of sufficient size to load the pad uniformly in the range of 40 to 50 psi shall be provided If the spring isolator is supplied with a neoprene friction pad a stainless steel aluminum or galvanized steel plate shall be used between the friction pad and the type DNP isolator The type DNP isolator separator plate and friction pad shall be permanently adhered to one another and to the bottom of the bearing plate 3 If the isolator is to be fastened to the building structure and a type DNP isolator is used under the bearing plate neoprene grommets shall be provided for each bolt hole in the base plate The hold down bolt assembly shall include washers to distribute load evenly to the grommet Bolts and washers are to be galvanized 4 Type FSN isolators shall be equal to Mason Model SSLFH with the appropriate neoprene pad if used selec
41. www calibamboo com Any substitutions require approval from architect and Petco Project Manager a Bronze Infinity Grooved Edge Composite Wood Planks by GreenClaimed b 16 foot lengths C 5 1 4 wide planks d 7 8 thick planks e Surface Milling True Organics Wood Grain f Edge Milling Hidden Fastener grooves g Hardness 1820 Ib force h Water Absorption 3 7 ASTM D1037 i Specific Gravity 1 08 ASTM D2395 j Modulus of Rupture 2 300 psi ASTM D4761 k Modulus of Elasticity 340 000 psi ASTM D4761 l Maximum framing span 16 inches on center m Maximum end to end gap 1 16 per 20 n Warranty 10 years O Moisture Lockout Deck Sealer required at all cut exposed planks p Infinity Hidden Fasteners q 1X3 pressure treated exterior grade wood furring PART 3 Test Test Method Value Flame spread ASTM E 84 60 Thermal Expansion ASTM D 1037 1 9 x 10 5 inch inch degreeF Moisture Absorption ASTM D 1037 lt 1 Nail Withdrawal ASTM D1761 163 Ibs in Screw Withdrawal ASTM D1761 558 Ibs in Fungus Resistance ASTM D1413 Rating no decay Termite Resistance AWPAE1 72 Rating 9 6 Ultimate Typical Values Design Values Compression Parallel ASTM D198 1588 psi 540 psi Compression Perpendicular ASTM D143 1437 psi 540 psi Bending Strength ASTM D198 3280 psi 500 psi Shear Strength ASTM D143 1761 psi 360 psi Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp W
42. 2 01 MATERIALS Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SEALANTS amp CAULKING 07920 Nexus Sealants Caulks doc 07920 1 A Sealants As manufactured by Tremco Cleveland OH or equivalent products manufactured by Dow Corning Pecora or Sonneborn B Typical Exterior Joints Tremco Dymeric high performance epoxidized polyurethane meeting TT S 00227E Type Il Class A 19 GP 24 ASTM C920 86 Provide manufacturer approved primer for joints contacting any anodized aluminum finish prior to installation of this product C Fa ade and Building Abutment Joints above grade Where new construction abuts existing adjacent construction e g zero lot line conditions provide precompressed expandable above grade wall joints equal to Greyflex System closed cell foam color black in dimension size s as required for closure of field verified voids as manufactured by Emseal Joint Systems Ltd Westborough MA 508 836 0280 Supplementary primary sealant as further specified in this section shall be applied as a secondary closure to this system unless otherwise approved by the PETCO Project Manager if applicable D Fa ade and Building Abutment Joints below grade Where new construction abuts existing adjacent construction e g zero lot line conditions provide precompressed expandable below grade wall joints equal to Series 20H System of foam epoxy adhesive and topcoat in dimension size s as required for closure of field verified voids as manuf
43. 3 cuts 10 Power generator capable of supplying a minimum output of 45kw and up and 480 Volt three phase power 11 DIAMATIC Diamond Abrasives and Blades a Premium Metal Segment Diamonds 18 20 20 25 30 40 60 80 120 140 Grit of extra extra soft extra soft soft medium hard extra hard and extra extra hard bonded metal diamonds a Note Concrete has hardness levels of extra soft medium up to extra hard The hardness of the concrete will determine the required hardness of the metal bonded diamonds 1 Extra Hard Concrete Extra Soft metal bonded diamonds Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Flr Fnsh doc 03360 4 2 Hard Concrete Soft metal bonded diamonds 3 Medium Concrete Medium metal bonded diamonds 4 Soft Concrete Hard metal bonded diamonds 5 Extra Soft Concrete Extra Hard metal bonded diamonds b Transitional Ceramic Diamonds by Diamatic 0 1 2 Grits c Hybrid Flex res Resin Bonded Diamonds 50 100 200 400 800 1500 3000 Grits d FLOR GRIT Diamatic Diamond Impregnated Pads 200 400 800 1500 3000 Grits B ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC CONCRETE TREATMENT CHEMICALS 1 DIAMATIC FLOR SIL Lithium Densifier for standard concrete and terrazzo surfaces 2 DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH Stain and Wear Protection Treatment high gloss Powered by Dow Corning 3 DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH L Stain and Wear Protection Treatment low gloss Powered by Dow Corning 4 DIAMATIC FLOR M
44. ASTM A36 2 Cold formed steel plates etc ASTM A283 Grade C 3 Steel Tubing ASTM A500 A501 Grade B Fb 27 700 psi E 24 000 000 psi 4 Steel Pipe ASTM A53 Type E or S Grade B Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 Nexus Struct Steel doc 05120 1 5 Machine Bolts ASTM A307 Grade A and ANSI B18 2 square and or hexagonal heads 6 High Strength Bolts ASTM A325 Type F 7 Arc Welding Electrodes ASTM A233 E70XX series 2 02 FABRICATION A Shop fabrication and assembly Fabricate items of structural steel per AISC specifications and as shown on the approved shop drawings Provide finish surfaces of members exposed in the final structure free from marking burrs and other defects Assemble and weld built up sections by methods that will produce true alignment of axes without warp Do NOT flame cut holes or enlarge holes by burning Thoroughly clean structural steel removing all loose mill scale grease dirt and foreign matter by scraping or sandblasting Apply the specified paint to dry film thickness not less than 1 5 mils Do not paint contact surfaces of high strength bolted members 2 03 GALVANIZING Provide per ASTM A123 minimum 1 25 oz per square foot Galvanize steel items embedded in concrete slabs and or as noted on drawings 2 04 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation as selected by the contractor subje
45. B Schedule of Values PETCO Common Name T383 Metal Doors amp Frames Special Doors Aluminum Entrance Doors amp Storefront Finish Hardware Glazing Other TOTAL DOORS amp WINDOWS DIVISION 9 FINISHES Gypsum Wallboard Partition System including light gauge metal framing Ceramic Tile Acoustical Ceiling Resilient Flooring and Accessories VCT Replacement x 500 tiles see Section 01100 Resilient Sheet Flooring and Accessories Epoxy Finish on Concrete Painting Concrete Sealer Other TOTAL FINISHES DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Miscellaneous Specialties Installation of PETCO Furnished Items Supplementary Building amp Pylon Signage Work by Contractor Other TOTAL SPECIALTIES DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Seismic Restraints Fire Suppression System Plumbing Systems HVAC Systems Other TOTAL MECHANICAL Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00302 Nexus Attachment B Sched of Values xls A A A QA QA A AA N OA A A ANNA A RANO PRPRAAHH Sub Total Div Total Allowance Sub Total Div Total Sub Total Div Total ATTACHMENT B Page 3 16000 16000 16000 16000 16000 16600 08800 ATTACHMENT B Schedule of Values PETCO Common Name T383 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Electrical Systems except Lighting Materials Labor Total Electrical Systems except Lighting Electrical System Panelboard Lighting Materials Labor Total Lighting Fire Alarm System S
46. Building Permit Copy of Final Certificate of Occupancy Project Punchlist Copy of Notice of Punchlist Completion Copy of Contractor s Project Warranty Metal Decking Metal Deck Inspection Engineer s Certification Letter Water Managed EIFS Exterior Insulation Finish System Repairs Manufacturer Warranty Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Modified Bitumen Roofing System Mfr Product Warranty Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Roofing System Repairs Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Sheet Metal Manufacturer Product Warranty Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Moisture Mitigation Systems Mfr s Product Warranty ies Sealants amp Caulking Mfr s Product Warranty ies Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Metal Doors amp Frames Mfr Product Warranty Special Doors Rolling Door Mfr Product Warranty Double Acting Door Mfr Product Warranty Aluminum Entrance Doors amp Storefront Storefront Mfr Product Warranty Automatic Doors Operating Instructions Automatic Doors Mfr Product Warranty AAADM Compliance Form Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Glazing Glazing Mfr Product Warranty Window Film Mfr Product Warranty Spandrel Glass Mfr Product Warranty Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Acoustical Ceiling ACT Mfr Product Warranty Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Resilient Flooring Flooring Mfr Product Warranties Flooring Adhesive Product Warranties Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Resilient Sheet Flooring Flooring Mfr Product Warranty
47. Contractor where shown on the drawings MCCUE CORPORATION Contact Inside Sales 35 Congress Street Salem MA 01790 Tel 800 800 8503 FAX 508 741 2542 website www mccuecorp com No product substitution or alternative product supplier is permitted No submittal is required for this product This Inventory Agreement Vendor is also the source for Wall Bumpers specified elsewhere in this Section 1 The Floor Anchored Cart Bumper shall be CartStop Model RE Part No CSR Color Gray 105 Provide field cut to size rail with lengths as shown on the drawings If the cart bumper shown on the drawings is an L shaped or U shaped bumper configuration then provide Roller Corner CSRC2 at each corner 2 The Cart Bumper should be purchased over sized 2 foot increments and field cut to the specified lengths 3 Install the floor secured Interior Cart Bumper in accordance with the manufacturer s printed instructions with Contractor furnished anchoring cement and inserted into pre drilled concrete slab holes 5 Cash Register Point of Sale POS System National Account The Point of Sale System will be furnished and installed by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall furnish and install supplementary electrical work 6 Computer Equipment National Account Computer Equipment will be furnished to the jobsite and installed by a PETCO Vendor 7 Employee Time Clock National Account The Employee Time Clock will be furnished to the jobsite
48. D Section 09660 Resilient Sheet Flooring 1 04 SUBMITTAL The Contractor shall provide Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Product Manager per Section 01340 requirements This submittal is for the PETCO Project Manager s records only No other product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittal 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Concrete Floor Testing 1 Moisture Emission Level Test The Contractor shall provide testing to confirm moisture vapor emission levels in accordance with ASTM F 1869 98 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride This testing must be provided in an enclosed temperature controlled building shell approximately 30 days prior to the resilient flooring installation a Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level Moisture Vapor shall not exceed 5 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours b Note that the specified acceptable emission level for this flooring product may be different than for other flooring products scheduled Alkali Test The Contractor shall provide testing for alkalinity before the installation of resilient flooring to confirm pH between 5 to 9 Bond Test The Contractor shall provide a Bond Test as recommended by the flooring manufacturers to confirm the compatibility of res
49. DIVISION 7 THERMAL amp MOISTURE PROTECTION 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems c cccccccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeeceaeeeseaeeeeaeeseeeeessaeessaeeteaes 1 3 07210 Burlding nsSulation i Ay iscn eet andi ania e aa Aa E oes A 1 2 07240 Water Managed EIFS cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaaeeeeaaeseeeeesaeeesaaesseaeeeseaeeesaaeeseaaeseenees 1 3 07250 Exterior Insulation Finish System Repairs ccccccceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceeeeeseaeeesaeeeeneeseaees 1 3 07500 PROOTING SYStOM fuentes Saget ene a eae e riad raaraa tetedte ce even cuenta ethcce ado aan eh ioaea ae uada 1 2 07540 Roofing System Repairs ccccccccceeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeesaeeeeaaeeeceeeseaeeesaaeseeeeeseaeesscaeeseaeees 1 3 07600 Sheet Metals ici aaaeaii ai anad eaaa atin Ra aaa E sy Gained a teeta 1 2 07720 FOOT ACCESSOMES arenaene tinaa aaiae niaaa a aaeineiiaeaiiy adiran 1 3 07920 Sealants amp Caulking seesseesseesseessreesrsnnresnrstnrstnnssrnsstnstrnsttnsnnsstnnsrnnnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnna 1 3 DIVISION 8 DOORS amp WINDOWS 08100 Metal Doors amp Frames sesaria oriire enh aad dts dee deaf ove ener EE S 1 2 08300 SPSClAMIDO OMS aca REETA actcasarte ad coay anton saedauonyex uoecatoasacieg etoeusesaiee 1 3 08320 Interior Sliding Glass DOOr c ccceceeee eee eee e eee eens eens esses eeaeeeeaee een eaeea eee 1 2 08410 Aluminum Entrance Doors amp Storetront cceccceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeseeeeeeaeeeeaeeneneeee 1 6 0
50. Data for company principal personnel experience and training Provide a letter documenting installers accreditation and certification compliance as specified under quality assurance C Maintenance Data Provide manufacturer s instructions for maintenance of installed work including methods and frequency recommended for maintaining optimum condition under intended use These instructions should contain precautions against cleaning products and methods which may be detrimental to finishes and performance 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer Qualifications The ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System consists of a process and products engineered and manufactured by DIAMATIC Any substitutions are not permitted and void warranty B Installer Qualifications CONTACT TODD PARKER 1 858 864 6313 for a current Elite Qualified Installer in your area a Installer must be a DIAMATIC ELITE installer for the ULTRAFLOR Polished Concrete System including the use of DIAMATIC equipment diamond abrasives DIAMATIC concrete preparation joint treatment as well as chemical hardening and finishing materials b Installer must be experienced in performing specified work similar in design products and scope of this project with a documented track record of successful in service performance and with sufficient production capabilities facilities and personnel to produce specified work Approved in writing by Diamatic Management Service
51. E Concrete Core Tests 1 The Contractor shall provide supplementary concrete core tests when specifically directed by the PETCO Project Manager because of low cylinder test results 2 The concrete core s shall be cut from locations directed by the PETCO Project Manager or Architect Engineer per ASTM C42 and prepared and tested per ASTM C39 E Metal Deck Fastening Inspection new construction if applicable 1 Prior to the start of metal decking installation the Contractor shall verify that the materials at the jobsite comply with the specified standards that the installing subcontractor is qualified and fully informed as to the procedures to be followed 2 During installation the Contractor shall verify that materials are installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 3 Upon completion of the metal decking installation the Contractor shall retain the services of a Licensed Professional Engineer to obtain certification that the metal deck fastening was provided in accordance with applicable standards CONSTRUCTION QUALITY Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTROL SERVICES 01410 Nexus Const QC doc 01410 4 G 4 Letter of Certification The Contractor shall send the Engineer s Letter of Certification to the PETCO Project Manager and shall include a copy of the letter in the Building Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Roof Inspection and Testing if applicable 1 Prior to the
52. Engineer Areas which rut or deflect excessively shall be undercut to firm soil than backfilled with controlled compacted fill All proofrolling must be performed under the direction of the Geotechnical Engineer After stripping and prior to filling or regarding any portion of the site the Geotechnical Engineer shall examine the existing subgrade fill material and thoroughly evaluate and confirm this material s suitability for foundation and pavement support Proofrolling shall be performed using a heavy pneumatic tire roller in tandem with a heavy vibratory roller of 25 to 30 tons 3 02 EXCAVATION A Excavation work shall be performed on an unclassified basis down to bottom of footing bottom of slab and grade elevations required that is the Contractor shall provide for the removal of all earth masonry or other obstructions regardless of the type or hardness of such formations The cost of all such excavation work shall be included in the contract base bid price Footings In order to prepare the area for construction of footings excavate to the required footing bottom elevation Care shall be taken during excavating for the foundation to avoid disturbance of the underlying soils Conventional backhoe type equipment may be used except in the last few inches where hand excavation methods may be required The Geotechnical Engineer shall examine the bottom of the footing excavations and probe the soils below to a depth equal to
53. Epoxy Flooring on Concrete PRODUCTS 2 01 HEAVY DUTY FLOOR CLEANING A For existing floor surfaces requiring Floor Cleaning as part of the Concrete Floor Preparation EXCEPT at floor surfaces scheduled to receive Vinyl Composition Tile VCT provide a heavy duty biodegradable citrus based degreaser product equal to Citrex by L amp M Construction Chemicals Inc Omaha NE 800 362 3331 For existing floor surfaces scheduled to receive Vinyl Composition Tile VCT provide a heavy duty concrete floor cleaning product that is compatible with the finish flooring and flooring adhesives to be installed 2 02 ETCHING AND LAITANCE REMOVER For floor surfaces scheduled to receive Resilient Flooring furnish a muriatic acid 10 Etching and Laitance Remover solution with supplementary rinsing and neutralizing agents all as specifically approved as a compatible product by the flooring product manufacturer Do NOT use Etching and Laitance Remover for surfaces scheduled to receive Concrete Sealer 2 03 FLOOR ABRADING WORK If required in order to install the floor covering specified in the floor area subject to floor abrading provide floor abrading equipment designed to provide dry dustless surface shotblast abrading and utilizing an integral vacuum system equal to abrading equipment as manufactured by Wheelabrator Blastrac Berlin NJ All equipment materials and methods shall be in compliance with pertinent regulations of governmental agencies
54. Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 Part 4 Part 4 Part 2 Part 4 Part 3 Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 Part 4 Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 Part 4 Not applicable if Exhibit B Part 4 Part 4 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 4 09670 09910 10300 15300 15400 15500 16000 Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Epoxy Finish on Concrete Epoxy Mfr Product Warranty Concrete Sealer Sealer Mfr Product Warranty Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Miscellaneous Specialties Dock Bumpers Mfr Product Warranty Dock Leveler Mfr Product Warranty Dock Shelter Mfr Product Warranty Scissor Lift Product Warranty SpeedLift Product Warranty Window Shades Product Warranty Fire Suppression System Operation amp Instructions Manuals Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Record Drawings Plumbing Operations amp Instruction Manuals Sterilization Certificate Mfr Product Warranties Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Record Drawings HVAC Systems Operation amp Instruction Manuals Air Balancing Report HVAC System Startup Statement Mfr Product Warranties Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Record Drawings Electrical Systems Operations amp Instruction Manuals Ampacity Test Report Mfr Product Warranties Energy Management System Startup Deficiency Report Copy of Subcontractor Warranty Record Drawings
55. FRAMING A Deflection Partition single or double track system 1 Secure jamb studs and or king studs to the deflection runner while allowing for deflection by using 20 gauge slip clips on each side of jamb stud King stud legs using pre manufactured clips equal to Slip Clip product by Fire Trak Corp Kimball MN 800 394 9875 a Acceptable alternative Provide VertiClip SL slide clip by The Steel Network Raleigh NC 919 845 1025 b Acceptable alternative Provide SliptrackSystems slotted deflection track for interior walls by Dietrich Metal Framing Pittsburgh PA 412 281 2805 www dietrichmetalframing com C Acceptable alternative Other product subject to substitution submittal review by the Architect per Section 01340 requirements 2 Provide spaced metal roof deck securing plates as shown on the drawings when the partition and Deep Leg Track run perpendicular to the metal deck flutes 2 03 GYPSUM WALLBOARD A Interior Gypsum Wallboard Drawing Key Symbol GYP or standard abbreviation GYP BD where scheduled on the drawings 1 Provide gypsum wallboard complying with ASTM C36 and Fed Spec SS L 30D in 48 widths and in such lengths as will result in a minimum of joints GYPSUM WALLBOARD amp PARTITION SYSTEM 09260 2 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 09260 Nexus Gyp Partition Syst doc Regular Wallboard Provide Type III Grade R Class 1 5 8 thick Fire Retardant Wallboard Provide
56. Fire Suppression Product Data Plumbing Systems Floor Drains and Hair Interceptors Plumbing Fixture amp Fittings Data Piping Materials Data HVAC Systems RTU Product Data Ductwork Shop Drawings Flue Vent Product Data Grilles Register Diffusers Product Data RTU Thermostats Exhaust Fan product data Unit Heaters product data Electrical Systems Lighting Fixture product data Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01340 Nexus Submittals doc To be Reviewed By Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer PETCO Project Manager PETCO Project Manager PETCO Project Manager Architect Structural Engineer Architect Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Structural Engineer Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect Architect PETCO Project Manager Architect PETCO Project Manager PETCO Project Manager PETCO Project Manager Architect Architect PME Engineer Architect Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Enginee
57. Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 1 Contractor is responsible for satisfying labor materials and equipment requirements for each respective item as may be further detailed in this or other Project Manual Sections A0 2 Item Description Reference Drawings Mark Section s 1 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors A2 1 A3 1 A7 1 08410 2 Banner Anchors at Front Elevation A4 1 05500 3 N A 4 Cabinets Countertops Coat Rack Shelves A2 1 A7 1 A9 1 06200 08710 5 Cart Corral Exterior and Interior A2 1 A7 1 10300 6 Cash Register Point of Sale POS System A2 3 E dwgs 16000 7 Computer Equipment A2 3 10300 8 Employee Time Clock 10300 9 Energy Management System 16000 10 Entrance Floor Mat A2 1 A3 1 A7 1 10300 11 Fire Alarm amp Security System E2 3 16000 12 Fire Extinguishers A2 3 10300 13 Grooming Reception Counter and accessory wall A2 3 A7 1 10300 with Swinging Doors 14 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Door Finish A3 1 08710 Hardware 15 HVAC Rooftop Units RTUs A2 4 M dwgs 15500 16 Interior PETCO Store Graphics 10300 17 Light Fixtures and Lamps E dwgs 16000 18 Loading Dock Equipment part of building shell A2 1 A6 1 10300 b Dock Shelter for used with speed lift Cc Speed Lift surface mounted 19 Shopping Carts A2 3 A7 1 10300 20 Sound amp Communication System E2 4 16000 21 Store Safe A2 3 A7 1 10300 22 Telephone System
58. INSTALLATION A Sprinkler system shall conform to all requirements of the local ordinances and governing bodies or agencies System shall be installed in accordance with approved drawings Excavating trench work and backfilling required for the installation of the work shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of governing authorities Piping shall be run concealed in all finished areas and shall be sleeved and sealed at all wall ceiling and floor penetrations Care shall be taken to support mains from adequate structural members Piping run in exposed construction areas shall be run at the bottom chord of the roof joists for laterals and against walls for drops and rises Sprinkler Heads Sprinkler heads shall be located to clear all lights and air conditioning devices and equipment and shall be spaced so as to provide a symmetrical ceiling pattern in finished ceiling areas The drawings indicate sprinkler head locations This pattern is a straight line arrangement in both direction of the room and shall be followed unless local jurisdiction code or rule supersedes Do all cutting chipping digging and drilling under the supervision of the Contractor as may be necessary for the proper installation of the work specified or shown Make certain all chases shafts and openings are properly located Any and all electrical work conduits wires devices equipment and connections of alarms etc required in conjunction with th
59. Inc 80 Little Falls Road Fairfield NJ 07004 800 722 0501 973 575 5120 e mail bcurran acudor com attn Barbara Curran 2 Provide Column Covers at all exposed freestanding structural columns and all gypsum wallboard wrapped freestanding columns in the Tenant Space The top edge of the Column Covering must be polished or finished so as to provide a rounded or eased edge an unfinished square edge cut is not acceptable Provide continuous 100 clear silicone sealant with tooled bead where cover meets column surface at top and at bottom where cover meets tight to floor finish 3 Secure Column Coverings with construction adhesive and pop rivet fasteners as detailed on the drawings Locate seam on least conspicuous face of column K Tactile Detectable Warning Surface Tile 1 Cast in Place Tactile Detectable warning surface tile Provide Vitrified Polymer Composite VPC Cast In Place Tactile Tile equal to Armor Tile by Engineered Plastics Inc 800 682 2525 2 Physical Properties PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd lItems doc 10300 16 a Size 12 x 12 x 3 16 nominal b Water Absorption 0 35 maximum when tested per ASTM D570 C Slip Resistance 0 90 minimum combined wet dry static coefficient of friction on top of domes and field area when tested per ASTM C1028 d Compressive Strength 18 000 psi minimum when tested per ASTM D695
60. Industries Inc Midvale UT 801 566 3680 le Acceptable Alternative Product Manufacturer RPS Pipe mounting pedestals equipment rail and pipe strap accessories by Roof Products amp Systems Corporation Bensenville IL 708 595 7320 2 Unacceptable Alternative Product Wood blocking is NOT an acceptable pipe support system for horizontal gas piping 3 The Contractor shall coordinate quantity and locations with the Plumbing Subcontractor 4 The Contractor may either secure or NOT secure pipe mounting pedestals to the roof membrane but in any event it must be in accordance with the roofing manufacturer s recommendations so as to maintain the roofing manufacturer s warranty 5 Submittal No product submittal is required E ROOF HATCH Provide a roof hatch equal to Type S 20 by Bilco Company New Haven CT 203 934 6363 www bilco com 1 Acceptable alternative manufacturer Provide Model G3844 by Acudor Products Inc Cedar Grove NJ 201 857 1800 2 Acceptable alternative manufacturer Safety Railing Ready Provide Model LH G by Dur Red Products Cudahy CA 323 771 9000 3 Acceptable alternative manufacturer Safety Railing Ready Provide Model RHG3036 by Marathon Roofing Products Inc Buffalo NY 716 685 3340 4 Roof Hatch shall be 36 x 30 14 gauge fiberglass insulated box type design 22 gauge galvanized steel liner hydraulic assist and self latching outside turn handle inside and outside padlock provisio
61. Install flooring with adhesives tools and procedures in strict accordance with the manufacturer s written instructions Observe the recommended adhesive trowel notching open times and working times Prepare heat welded seams with special routing tool supplied for this purpose and heat weld with vinyl welding rods in seams Use methods and sequence of work in conformance with written instructions of the flooring manufacturer Finish all seams flush and free from voids recesses and raised areas Provide integral flash cove wall base where scheduled on the drawings including cove fillet support strip and Top Edge Trim Cap Construct flash cove base in accordance with the flooring manufacturer s instructions Heat weld seams with special routing tool supplied for this purpose and heat weld with vinyl welding rods in seams 3 04 INSTALLATION OF VINYL SHEET FLOORING ACCESSORIES A Fill voids with plastic filler along the top edge of the integral cove cap on masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates Place resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive recommended by the edge strip manufacturer Install edge strips at edges of flooring that would otherwise be exposed Top Edge Trim Cap 1 Secure Top Edge Trim Cap to wall with mechanical fasteners at 6 inches on center 2 Provide concave tooled white silicone sealant bead at top of Top Edge Trim Cap against FRP Wall Panel finish 3 05 NOT U
62. PETCO Project Manager is not obligated to coordinate the use of any enclosed existing interior space adjacent to the limits of construction with the Landlord The Contractor is solely responsible for coordinating availability and access to such space and the cost for use of existing adjacent interior space shall be included in the Base Bid 2 The Contractor shall NOT use existing areas within the limits of construction for Secured Storage and Staging unless permitted by the PETCO Project Manager C The Contractor is responsible for verifying the condition of the shopping containers as received and shall verify that the List of Goods shipped corresponds with the actual goods received Refer to Section 10300 PETCO Furnished amp Contractor Provided Items for additional description of Contractor responsibilities for Contractors Receipt of PETCO Vendor furnished items to the Jobsite 1 11 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT Refer to Section 01700 Contract Closeout for details of the following A Local Jurisdiction Closeout Documents B Final Certificate Of Occupancy C Contractor s Written Request For Punchlist Inspection D Construction Punchlist Inspection E Contractor s Written Notice Of Punchlist Completion Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 01200 Nexus Const Admin doc 01200 4 Contractor s Notice of Change Order Request Status Spare Parts Maintenance And Extra Materials Verification Of Vendor Lists Of G
63. PT 02 SG Color PPG A1842 Crystal semi gloss H Drawing Key PT 03 Color PPG A1791 HERON GRAY l Drawing Key PT 04 Color PPG A1839 GRAY TWEED eggshell J Drawing Key PT 05 Color PPG A0924 HAVE NO FEAR eggshell K Drawing Key PT 06 Color PPG A1335 BLUE NOTE eggshell L Drawing Key PT 07 Color PPG A0689 BRILLIANCE M Drawing Key PT 08 Color PPG A1909 WEXFORD FOG semi gloss N Drawing Key PT 09 Color PPG A1656 FOG GRAY O Drawing Key PT 10 Color PPG A0949 THYME eggshell P Drawing Key PT 11 Color Ben Moore 309 CHALKBOARD Q Drawing Key PT 12 Color PPG A1843 WHITE PEARL eggshell END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype PAINTING 09900 Nexus Painting doc 09900 7 SECTION 09910 CONCRETE SEALER PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 1 02 1 03 1 04 1 05 NOT USED SUMMARY Provide Concrete Sealer on interior concrete floors where scheduled on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING The Contractor shall store materials in a dry enclosed area protected from moisture exposure and shall maintain the storage area s temperature in a range allowed by t
64. Project Manual Sections with the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted after the Date of Final Completion END OF SECTION PETCO Notice of Completion form to Follow Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 Nexus Contract Closeout doc 01700 6 SECTION 01710 CONSTRUCTION amp FINAL CLEANING 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall maintain the building and jobsite in a standard of cleanliness throughout the construction period as described in this Section 1 03 WORK NOT INCLUDED Work not included in the Contractor s scope of cleaning work is limited to any portion of the work accepted and occupied by PETCO prior to the Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO or any area excluded from the requirements of this Section by PETCO 1 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS CLEANING A Jobsite construction cleanup shall be provided as required to prevent accidents to personnel protect all work in place and to ensure completion of the project in an orderly manner Jobsite construction cleanup shall consist of the removal of all mud oil grease sand gravel dirt trash scrap debris and excess materials from any floor space or walking surface on the jobsite that may cause tripping or other accidents involving workmen ladders or equipment The roof surface shall be cleaned on a regular basis throughout the course of construction to ensure that no construction debris damages the roof me
65. RFI Form ALL communication with the Architects consultants MUST be with the direct involvement of the Architect The Architect s response to an RFI is NOT an authorization to proceed with extra work The Contractor shall NOT proceed with additional or extra work without authorization from the PETCO Project Manager Any work initiated by the Contractor without prior approval by the PETCO Project Manager may be considered by PETCO to be at the Contractor s risk and possibly at the Contractor s expense Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 01200 Nexus Const Admin doc 01200 2 1 07 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION RFI TRACKING REPORT FORM A The Contractor shall track the status of submitted resolved and un resolved Requests For Information via use of the Contractor s RFI Tracking Report Form that follows this Project Manual Section The Contractor shall submit an updated Contractor s RFI Tracking Report Form to the PETCO Project Manager on a periodic regular basis with frequency to be coordinated with the PETCO Project Manager The Contractor s RFI Tracking Report form is available for e mail use and electronic editing in MSWord format and can be provided to the Contractor via e mail by the Project Architect if requested 1 08 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS WEEKLY MEETINGS A C Attendance The Contractor s designated representatives including the Contractor
66. SIL or DIAMATIC FLOR HARD tape or soap to the edge of the concrete to keep the joint filler from staining the concrete 4 Prior to filling joints repair badly spalled joint edges per ACI 302 1R 04 a Grind the outside edges of all spalls to eliminate any feathered edges and make sure that the minimum depth of the spall is 12 Mechanically prepare the joint area and chip out any concrete less than 1 2 in depth 5 Once the spalled areas are repaired the entire joint and spall areas shall be filled with a approved Color amp Material approved by Diamatic Once cured saw cut the joint to the original dimensions and then clean the joint 6 Slightly overfill the joint with enough material to shave flush with the concrete If the level of the joint filler sinks down immediately add enough material to over fill the joint Shave the joint filler flush with the concrete with a shaving tool with a sharp blade 7 Remove all tape and or soap from the surface around the joint 8 Micro Polish the surface with appropriate grit DIAMATIC FLOR GRIT pad 3 02 GLOSS ATTAINMENT ASTM E430 A Gloss readings are not to be obtained through the use of any microfilming products sealers coatings enhancers or as the result of resin transfer from resin bond abrasives B Readings shall be taken not less than 10 3 m on center in field areas and within 1 0 3 m of floor area perimeters In no case shall a reading be below 2 of specified min
67. Site Plan At completion finish grades shall be smooth and to within 1 tolerance ready for seeding and sodding All additional topsoil required to complete grading landscaping and preparation for seeding shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional cost to PETCO and shall be fertile natural soil typical of the locale without containing stones clay and weeds All indicated grading is intended to drain surface water away from the building If it appears that this intent does not exist in some portion of the work the Contractor shall notify the PETCO Project Manager of such conditions before proceeding with any site work affected by this condition 3 08 SOIL EROSION amp SEDIMENTATION CONTROL Earthwork operations and procedures shall be as indicated on the drawings and or conducted in compliance with the requirements of the regulations for Control of Geotechnical Erosion and Sedimentation as may be stipulated by authorities having jurisdiction over this work 3 09 CLEANING UP After the completion of building construction all surplus materials and debris shall be removed from the project site No dumping is permitted on the project site The Contractor shall leave the site in a clean and neat condition with all paving washed down 3 10 PROTECTION A D Protect all utilities improvements trees shrubs and landscaping from damage whether located within or beyond the contract limits that are scheduled to remain R
68. Systems in the Aquarium Area will be provided by PETCO Vendor s in contract agreements directly with PETCO with supplementary work by the Contractor Refer to Section 10300 PETCO Furnished amp Contractor Provided Items 1 04 SUBMITTALS Prepare submittals and any Request for Product Substitutions per Section 01340 Submittals The Contractor shall provide the following A Floor Drains and Hair Interceptor Product Data B Plumbing Fixtures and Fittings Product Data C Piping Materials Product Data 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A All materials apparatus equipment and installation shall comply with the most stringent standards between applicable building and plumbing codes and ordinances State Industrial Accident Commission Underwriters Laboratory and National Board of Fire Underwriters Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 201 4 07 30 15400 1 B Drawings and Coordination 1 The Contractor shall verify the dimensions governing the plumbing work in the building Because of the scale of the plumbing drawings it is not possible to indicate all offsets fittings and accessories that may be required to meet all conditions The Contractor shall examine adjoining work on which plumbing work is dependent for proper operation and must report any work that must be corrected 2 If the proposed equipment requires structural mechanical or electrical space conditions than those shown on the drawings the Contrac
69. Wall Panel finish with mechanical fasteners at 6 inches on center 2 Provide concave tooled white silicone sealant bead at top of Top Edge Trim Cap against FRP Wall Panel finish Integral Epoxy Cove Base After installation of the Top Edge Trim Cap provide integral Epoxy Cove Base 6 inches high radiused cove installed with Epoxy Cove Base 3561V materials in all areas scheduled to receive epoxy flooring unless specifically noted otherwise Cove radius shall be not less than 3 4 and shall be applied directly to a sound wall surface The same quartz color shall be used to match the floor and sealed to achieve a smooth surface Finish resulting from any work provided by the Contractors employees or any subcontractor or subcontractor s employees shall be repaired and replaced by the Contractor at no cost to PETCO END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EPOXY FINISH ON CONCRETE 09670 Nexus Epoxy Flooring doc 09670 4 SECTION 09720 SPECIAL WALL SURFACES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY Provide Special Wall Surfaces where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide the manufacturers standard product warranties in
70. Wastes Mngmt Assn 1730 Rhode Island Avenue NW Washington DC 20036 NWMA National Woodwork Mfrs Assn 205 W Touhy Avenue Park Ridge IL 60068 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie IL 60077 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wells Street Chicago IL 60606 PS Product Standard U S Department of Commerce Washington DC 20203 SID Steel Deck Institute P O Box 9506 Canton OH 44711 SDI Steel Door Institute 712 Lakewood Center North 14600 Detroit Avenue Cleveland OH 44107 SIGMA Sealed Insul Glass Mfrs Assn 111 East Wacker Drive Chicago IL 60601 SJl Steel Joist Institute 1205 48t Avenue North Suite A Myrtle Beach SC 29577 SMACNA Sheet Metal amp Air Conditioning 8224 Old Court House Road Vienna VA 22180 Contractors National Association SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh PA 15213 TCA Tile Council of America Inc P O Box 326 Princeton NJ 08540 UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook IL 60062 WWPA Western Wood Products Assoc 1500 Yeon Building Portland OR 97204 END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype REFERENCE STANDARDS 01730 Nexus Ref Standards doc 01730 2 SECTION 02060 DEMOLITION WORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide all labor materials services insurance and equipment including but not limited to the following 1 Disconnection of all utilities including utility c
71. White single ply membrane PVC roofing product subject to PETCO review and acceptance Ethylene propylene diene terpolymer EPDM single ply rubber roofing membrane 1 Carlisle Sure Seal Sure White Design A Fully Adhered Roofing System All by Carlisle SynTec Incorporated www carlisle syntec com 2 Other Color White single ply membrane EPDM roofing product subject to PETCO review and acceptance 2 02 ROOF INSULATION A Roof insulation for the roofing system shall be mechanically attached and composed of perlite composition rigid board insulation overlay on isocyanurate roof insulation board and may be a factory laminated composite panel at the Contractor s option subject to the roofing membrane manufacturer s approval as part of the manufacturer s warranted roofing system 1 The total R Value of roof insulation system s shall be R 30 minimum Rigid Board Insulation Equal to Johns Manville Retro Fit Plus thermal roof insulation overlay board by Johns Manville Corporation Denver CO 800 654 3103 Isocyanurate Roof Insulation Board Equal to Johns Manville Energy 3 isocyanurate roof insulation underlay by Johns Manville Corporation Denver CO 800 654 3103 1 Composition Closed cell polyisocyanurate foam core bonded to non asphaltic fiber reinforced facers 2 U Value U 033 maximum R Value R 30 minimum 3 Approvals Factory Mutual Class 1 Underwriters Laboratories Class A Means of Ro
72. a 3 8 screen of which at least 12 shall pass a 50 mesh screen 5 Water Clean and potable 6 Additives Fly ash is NOT PERMITTED in the concrete mix Other Additives are permitted only as approved and recommended in the concrete mix design 2 04 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but as required for a complete and proper installation as selected by the Contractor and subject to approval PART 3 EXECUTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE PAVING 02520 Nexus Concrete Paving doc 02520 1 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 PLACEMENT OF BASE COURSE AGGREGATE A Base Course Aggregate Spread and compact the specified base course aggregate to the compacted thickness shown on the drawings and to a minimum 95 of maximum modified Proctor dry density ASTM D1557 Use limited amounts of water only as needed to achieve the specified compaction Correct deviations in the base course by removing materials replacing with new materials and reworking or recompacting as required B Base Course Thickness Tolerance Provide the compacted base course thicknesses shown on the drawings within a tolerance of plus one half inch 0 5 to minus one half inch 0 5
73. a ei a aaao 1 2 DIVISION 11 12 13 14 Not Used Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Nexus Table of Contents doc PAGE 2 OF 3 Tenant Improvement for a New PETCO Store Farmington Hills Ml T383 Farmington Pointe 29335 Orchard Lake Road Farmington Hills Ml 48334 DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15255 Seismic Restraints only if req d by COCE 1cccccecececeneceteeeeeeaeeeteeneeateeeteetas 1 4 15300 Fire Suppression Syste Menetin iia neeesa a igara Ae ea aia ana a a a iea EEEa 1 4 15400 PIUMDING SYSIOMS tans tie atta aah bie iA ee ead 1 8 15500 HVAG SYSIOMS ata aie tik ede th AG nai tha eh ea a erate 1 8 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16000 Electrical Systems iss side aici ie whine eines 1 10 16600 Energy Management SyStem cee reser reese ses eaeaeseseessetetenaeaeias 1 2 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Nexus Table of Contents doc PAGE 3 OF 3 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 PROJECT INFO Petco Project 131383 29335 Orchard Lake Rd Farmington Hills MI 48334 Petco Project Manager Wade Rose Phone 858 880 6436 Email Wade Rose Petco com 1 02 INVITATION TO BIDDING CONTRACTORS Petco invites a combined Bid Proposal for General Construction Site Work to include Exterior Demolition Concrete Metal Work Miscellaneous Steel Woods amp Plastics Thermal amp Moisture Protection Doors Windows amp Glass Interior and or Ext
74. all interior and rooftop sealant work to close all wall and parapet openings created by the signage installer for the purpose of the building signage installation Wall penetrations shall be sealed patched and painted by the Contractor after the work is completed by PETCO s Vendor E The Contractor shall provide materials and final electrical connections from the point of the rough wiring and stub out at the interior face of the exterior wall END OF SECTION EXTERIOR BUILDING Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SIGNAGE 10400 Nexus Extr Sign and Pylon Sign doc 10400 2 SECTION 10530 CANOPIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Extruded aluminum overhead hanger rod style canopies 2 Delegated Design 1 2 REFERENCES A American Society of Civil Engineers ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures B American Welding Society AWS 1 D1 2 Structural Welding Code Aluminum C ASTM International ASTM 1 B221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars Rods Wire Profiles and Tubes 1 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Design Requirements Design awnings to withstand 1 Live and dead loads in accordance with California Building Code 2 Movement caused by an ambient temperature range of 120 degrees F and a surface temperature range of 160 degrees F B Seismic Performance Canopies shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE 7
75. amp STOREFRONT 08410 Nexus SF Foors doc 08410 1 specifically shown on the drawings as a part of the manufacturer engineered storefront system to meet applicable model code and local wind load requirements C Interior and exterior Manual Operation Aluminum Doors with glass lites shall be provided with a 10 bottom door rail D Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Units shall be manufactured and installed per ANSI A156 10 for power operated pedesirian doors E The Contractor shall provide inspection and certification of the installed Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors by an AAADM certified inspector as further specified in this Section 1 07 WARRANTY A Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors ANSI 156 10 Compliance The Contractor shall include a copy of a completed American Association of Door Manufacturer AAADM Inspection Form as proof of the installed automatic door unit s compliance with ANSI 156 10 standards in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted to PETCO per Section 01700 Contract Closeout The Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Unit s shall be inspected and the AAADM Inspection Form shall be signed by an AAADM certified inspector before either placing the automatic doors in operation or prior to the Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO whichever is earlier B Aluminum Entrance Doors and Storefront Manufacturers Warranty The Contractor shall provide the manufacturers aluminum storefront
76. and other equipment having plumbing connection against possible back siphonage 3 10 PLUMBING FIXTURE INSTALLATION Caulk wall and floor mounted plumbing fixtures watertight where the plumbing fixtures are in contact with walls and floors Caulk deck mounted trim at the time of assembly including fixture and casework mounted Caulk self rimming sinks installed in casework 3 11 SYSTEMS FLUSHING The Contractor shall fill all piping systems with water and drain these systems before they are placed in operation in order to remove foreign materials that may have been left on or deposited in the piping systems during installation 3 12 TESTING A The Contractor shall provide personnel and equipment arrange for and pay the cost of all required tests and inspections required by and in the presence of the local jurisdiction Piping shall NOT be concealed until it has been inspected and approved Ja Domestic Water 150 psi hydrostatic pressure for four 4 hours 2 Fuel Gas 60 psi air for 60 minutes 3 Soil and Vent System and Storm Drain System The drainage systems shall be tested and proved tight under a water pressure test with nipples ferrules connections and water closet bends being in place b Water tests shall be applied to the drainage systems either in total or in sections If the system is tested in sections all openings shall be tightly plugged except at the highest point of the section being tested The water shall be kept in t
77. are completely installed and are capable of providing support B The Contractor shall provide welding with electric arc process in accordance with AWS Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction and all local codes having jurisdiction C In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations all structural steel work shall comply with AISC Specifications for Design Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Building AISC Code of Standard Practice and Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts D Structural Steel Inspection Structural steel inspection shall be provided per Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the jobsite property marked to identify the location for which they are intended Store to maintain identification and prevent damage off the ground using pallets or other supports and to permit easy access for inspection 1 06 WARRANTY The Contractor shall include a copy of the Steel Erector Installer s Warranty for all work provided under the general contract for construction for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A Provide the following where called for on the drawings or otherwise required 1 Rolled steel shapes plates and bars
78. be furnished by the aluminum door supplier or other Contractor designated supplier 2 See Paragraph 3 02 regarding Store Cores and Interchangeable Cores 3 Adhesive Sign shall be mounted to the header above the automatic sliding entrance door unit or as may be otherwise directed by the jurisdiction HARDWARE SET NO 3 1 Grooming Reception to Salon and Grooming Reception to Cage Room Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Contractor 2 See Section 08410 Offset Pivot Hinges Contractor 2 See Section 08410 Push Pull bars Contractor 1 AR_ MS1850S Deadlock Contractor 1 LC 1460 DEL Parallel Arm Closer w adjustable delayed action and cover at push side Contractor 1 LC 1460 18PA Closer Drop Plate Contractor 1 LC 1460 148 Closer Soffit Plate Contractor 1 HA 520 SN Aluminum Saddle Threshold 1 2 x 5 w w neoprene gasket Girtman 1set HA 736S Silicone Weatherstripping head and jambs Girtman 1 HA 236W US26 Wall Mounted Door Bumper Notes for this Hardware Set 1 Indicates door finish hardware that is NOT included in the Petco Inventory Agreement Vendor Girtman s scope This door finish hardware shall be Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype FINISH HARDWARE 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc 08710 3 furnished by the aluminum door supplier or other Contractor designated supplier D HARDWARE SET NO 4 AL Entrance Door interior double acting door betwee
79. be under the slab Fittings Provide wrought copper meeting ANSI B16 18 and ANSI B16 22 Identification Type K Copper Color Green and Type L Copper Color Blue 2 02 GAS PIPING SYSTEM WHERE APPLICABLE A Provide Schedule 40 black steel pipe meeting ASTM A120 and ASTM A53 with extra heavy malleable iron banded thread fittings Unions shall be ground iron to bronze seat Plug valves to be Rockwell Nordstrom No 142 Provide extra heavy black malleable iron banded fittings with screwed or weld pattern for pipes 3 and smaller welded for 4 and larger Factory spiral wrapped in two directions using Scotch Wrap 10 mil tape with one inch overlap for all underground piping Provide drip legs on all mains and risers and at equipment connections and gas cocks at all equipment connections Rooftop Piping Supports Refer to Section 07720 Roof Accessories Wood blocking with pipe clamps is NOT an acceptable means of supporting horizontal gas piping located on the roof 2 03 SANITARY DRAINAGE SYSTEM Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 07 30 15400 2 A Waste amp Vent Lines 1 Cast Iron Aboveground Provide cast iron standard weight no hub soil and vent pipe coated inside and out meeting CISPI 301 69T for all soil and waste lines above ground and for all vent lines with inside diameter 2 inches and larger 2 Cast Iron Under Building Service weight cast iron pipe with bell and
80. building or Tenant Space unless such utilities are established to be re used in their as found condition Each utility company shall be made aware of the necessity to remove meters or related appurtenances as may be required 2 Prior to the commencement of demolition mark the location of all utility lines back to the right of way line with an indication where they cross the property line 3 Seal and cap connections to all utilities as per rules and regulations of the local jurisdiction have services turned off at the existing valves by and under the direct supervision of the pertinent utility company 4 Follow all requirements of the utility company with regard to utility removals If there is a conflict between the utility company requirements and the contract documents the more stringent of the requirements shall be required 5 Water Fire Sprinkler if existing Sanitary Sewer Storm Sewer and Electric Disconnect and cap at the service main s and remove line s 6 Gas Piping containing gas shall be disconnected from all sources of gas and be thoroughly purged with air water or inert gas before any cutting or welding is provided Disconnect and cap at service main s and remove line s 7 Other Utility Disconnect and cap at service main s and remove line s 8 Utility catch basins or inlets shall be completely removed and the void remaining from the removal shall be backfilled If utility service mains are located across the
81. cold formed metal framing and accessories at exterior and interior metal framed assemblies where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System 1 04 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 All framing stud and joist members shall be of the type size and gauge shown on the drawings and shall be equal to products manufactured by Dietrich Industries Inc Pittsburgh PA 412 281 2805 2 02 Framing studs and joists shall be formed from steel conforming to ASTM A446 Grade D for 14 GA and 16 GA Grade B for 18 GA 20 GA and 25 GA and galvanized per ASTM A 653 Structural calculations should be prepared utilizing one of the following SQ Grade 22 minimum yield strength 33 SQ Grade 40 minimum yield strength 40 SQ Grade50 minimum yield strength 50 2 03 All galvanized 18 20 and 25 gauge framing studs and joists and all galvanized track bridging end closures and accessories shall be formed from steel conforming to ASTM A653 SQ Grade 33 with a minimum yield of 33 000 psi PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall co
82. concealed 032 Splice plates exposed 040 embossed texture Rainwater Conductors 040 embossed texture Flashing 040 embossed texture Closure exposed 040 embossed texture Drip edges 040 embossed texture 12 Roofing Panels 040 embossed texture 12 Soffit Panels 032 smooth 12 Soffit Panels vented 032 smooth perforated Fasteners 14 w neoprene washers 2 03 OTHER ACCESSORY COPING ITEMS A D PART 3 Anchor cleats Provide stainless steel or aluminum designed to allow for expansion and contraction of the adjacent construction Exposed fasteners Aluminum or stainless steel with separate washers with hot bonded neoprene faces stainless steel for wood connection Sealant or non curing non skinning butyl polyisobutylene tape Provide between surfaces during assembly with a minimum amount exposed on the completed installation Coping Underlayment Provide Type 15 or 30 asphalt rag felt per Fed Spec HH R 595B EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are needed 3 02 INSTALLATION Attachments and joints shall allow for expansion contraction from temperature changes without distortion or elongation of fastener holes Flashing shall be installed per AA
83. construction The Contractor shall transpose all revisions to the work from field use construction documents to the Project Record Construction Documents shall record all pertinent information in a timely manner concurrent with the construction progress and shall deliver the resulting prepared set of Project Record Construction Documents to PETCO upon completion of all construction work Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 Nexus Contract Closeout doc 01700 2 Record Construction Drawings The Contractor shall provide to PETCO one 1 set of bond photocopy and two identical Compact Discs of scanned drawing images and shall include all revisions to the work after the issuance of the Conformance Set drawings noted on the drawings by the Contractor including but not limited to a Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements b Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the work c Record of all changes to the work authorized by Change Bulletin or other directive from PETCO if any The Contractor shall store Project Record Construction Documents at the jobsite but shall keep these documents separate from the documents used for construction reference purposes and field work At the completion of construction the Contractor shall prepare two ide
84. directly over a Moisture Mitigation system the contractor shall use a 100 solids adhesive and or contact type adhesives with long working times that can be applied to substrates with a pH up to 10 The method of use is to apply the contact type adhesives to the substrate and allow the materials water to flash off prior to the flooring installation Test proper adhesion of adhesive to moisture mitigation product prior to the installation of the entire flooring system Installing Vinyl Composition Tile Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 Nexus Resilient Flooring doc 09650 4 E 1 Lay tile units from center marks established with principal walls discounting minor offsets so that units at opposite edges of the room are of equal width Adjust as necessary to avoid cut widths less than 3 wide at room perimeter 2 Match tile units for color and pattern by using tile from cartons in the same sequence as manufactured and packaged 3 Pattern Varies refer to the specific tile scheduled and described in this Section Installing Transitions Install transitions where vinyl tile abuts an exposed concrete floor where shown on the drawings or in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations The Vinyl Transition MUST be installed in its final location prior to the epoxy flooring installation It is intended that the Vinyl Transition top surface be taped off by the Contractor and used as a finishing screed for the subseq
85. edge Provide Schluter Schiene AE clear anodized aluminum finish at the open perimeter edge of the floor epoxy prior to the epoxy flooring application Epoxy Screed Floor Trim curved edge Provide Schluter Schiene AE R clear anodized aluminum finish with a special perforated anchoring leg to allow the profile to be radiused at the open perimeter edge of the floor epoxy prior to epoxy flooring application 2 03 MECHANICAL ABRADING EQUIPMENT The Epoxy Finish installer shall provide dry dustless surface shot blast mechanical abrading and integral vacuuming of the concrete floor surface Mechanical abrading materials and methods shall be in compliance with pertinent regulations of the local jurisdiction Chemical Stripping or other treatment of the concrete floor surface is NOT permitted 2 04 MOISTURE MITIGATION If the measured Moisture Emission Level and pH Level are above the flooring adhesive manufacturer s limits then the Contractor shall provide concrete slab moisture mitigation treatment per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems PART 3 EXECUTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EPOXY FINISH ON CONCRETE 09670 Nexus Epoxy Flooring doc 09670 2 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are correct
86. fixed sidelites GT1175 Bi Part Whisper AU 2 Interior O SX SX O 14 0 unit Slider fixed sidelites GT1175 Bi Part Whisper Automatic Door Actuator Provide Operator and Header with Motion and Presence Detectors Control Switch Provide five position control switch i e off exit automatic reduced opening hold open Control Switch must be located on the Retail side of the interior automatic sliding entrance door units and on the Vestibule side for the exterior automatic sliding entrance door unit Locking Provide two point locking latch bolt mortise cylinder with interior side thumb turn and 7 pin interchangeable construction core Vestibule side for interior door units exterior side of exterior door unit Refer to Section 08710 Finish Hardware for balance of door finish hardware to be provided by the Contractor Threshold Provided by the automatic sliding entrance door manufacturer multi piece with optional removal of sloped edge on interior side of vestibule to coordinate with mat installation ADA compliant 1 2 maximum slope surface mounted saddle threshold located at the door opening Glazing The Contractor shall provide 1 4 non insulated glazing for doors sidelite and transom units per Section 08800 Glazing ALUMINUM BRAKE METAL Provide 063 Brake Metal with factory finished color as scheduled in this Section to match adjacent aluminum storefront as detailed on th
87. if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Interior if Exhibit B Doggie Day Camp Not if Exhibit B SUBMITTALS 01340 4 Electrical Panel Shop Drawings Architect PME Engineer Contractor Submittal Power Pole Product Data Architect PME Engineer Contractor Submittal END OF SECTION Contractor s Request for Product Substitution form to follow Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUBMITTALS 01340 Nexus Submittals doc 01340 5 Contractor s Construction Phase Ae Request for Product Substitution Peto PETCO Farmington Hills MI T383 Petco Job No T33 To PETCO Project Manager Wade Rose FAX 858 909 2689 To Project Architect Jason Patterson FAX 513 241 5152 From Contractor FAX Contractor s Representative Date Time Sent By submitting this Request for Product Substitution the Contractor and all involved subcontract trades certify that they have thoroughly reviewed the Construction Drawings AND the Project Manual and a Product Substitution for a product of equal or superior quality as compared to the product specified is warranted for the reasons described Contractor s Product Substitution Request Coniractor s Reason s for Substitution Request Contractor s Proposed CREDIT IF the Product Substitution is accepted DOLLARS Architect s Response to Contract
88. larger than the pipe passing through or provide a minimum of 1 2 clearance between inside and outside of the pipe 2 Insulated pipe Provide sleeves of adequate size to accommodate the full thickness of pipe covering with clearance for packing and caulking Caulk the space between sleeve and pipe or pipe covering with sealant as specified in the Sealants and Caulking Section or pack with non combustible packing material to within 1 2 of both wall faces and caulk Finish and Escutcheons Provide chrome or nickel plated escutcheons on all pipes exposed to view where passing through walls floors partitions ceilings and similar locations Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 07 30 15400 7 3 07 3 08 VALVES Provide valves where shown on the drawings in branches and or heaters of water piping serving a group of fixtures on both sides of apparatus and equipment for shutoff of risers and branch mains for flushing and sterilizing the system WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS Provide water hammer arrestors on water lines installed in upright position at all quick closing valves solenoids isolated plumbing fixtures and supply headers at plumbing fixtures When fixtures are not protected by water hammer arrestors provide 24 high air chambers on each water supply properly sized and designed for maintenance and drainage 3 09 BACKFLOW PREVENTION Protect plumbing fixtures faucets with hose connections
89. may be different than for other flooring products scheduled Alkali Test The Contractor shall provide testing for alkalinity before the installation of resilient flooring to confirm acceptable pH between 5 and 9 Bond Test The Contractor shall provide a Bond Test as recommended by the flooring manufacturer to confirm the compatibility of resilient flooring adhesives to the concrete floor after removal of old adhesives curing agents breaker compounds dust inhibitors oil grease paint and other special surface treatments and conditions Concrete Slab Vapor Control Treatment shall be provided if the Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level exceeds the limit specified or if the Alkalinity pH as tested is above 9 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09660 Nexus Sheet Flooring doc 09660 1 B Resilient Flooring Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM F 710 98 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Flooring If required due to existing conditions Moisture and pH Mitigation shall be provided per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems 1 06 WARRANTY A Moisture Mitigation If provided then the Contractor shall provide the Moisture Mitigation System manufacturer s product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Flooring The Contractor shall provide the flooring manufacturer s product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section
90. must be at the 400 grit level before the application of the FLOR COLOR LITHO DYE NOTE All grinding and polishing completed with grinder polisher equipment connected to a dust collector 3 06 ACCEPTANCE A Remove all installation materials and any foreign materials resulting from the installation from the site Diamatic ELITE Installers will remove dust from polishing process from site as part of their scope Clean adjacent surfaces and materials Perform post job walk to ensure that the ULTRAFLOR Concrete System has been completed per the process spec Take pictures of final product for documentation and submittal Please e mail photos to Todd Parker DiamaticUSA com 3 07 PROTECTION A Prevent any spills or stains from coming into contact with the floor Clean any spills that may occur as quickly as possible Avoid moisture for 72 hours after installation Don t permit standing water for this period or place any protective plastic sheeting rubber matting rugs or furniture that can prevent proper drying thereby trapping moisture which can result in a cloudy effect on the floor Refer to product technical data sheet for complete details and requirements Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 11 C Protect the finished ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System from continuing construction and build out as needed by installing a approved Protective Fl
91. needed for a complete installation 1 03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit sufficient technical data to demonstrate compliance with the specified requirements and complete shop drawings showing all members spans connections and similar data per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A C Provide welding with electric arc process and in accordance with AWS Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations all work shall comply with AISC Specifications for Design Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Building Code of Standard Practice AISC Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts and Standard Load Tables and pertinent specifications of the Steel Joist Institute Welding shall comply with the provisions of Section 05120 Structural Steel 1 05 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A B C PART 2 Deliver materials to the jobsite properly marked to identify the intended location Use markings corresponding to markings shown on the approved shop drawings Store in a manner to maintain identification and prevent damage off the ground using pallets or other supports and to permit easy access for inspection PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS Provide steel joists and accessories system in the dimensions and arrangements shown on the drawings 2 02 FABRICATION A Fabricate the steel jois
92. notes prior to commencement of demolition work This documentation shall be certified and agreed to in writing by all property owners involved and PETCO The Contractor is solely responsible for the condition of remaining on and off sites structures and utilities The Bid Proposal shall include permanently securing all adjacent affected structures against weather and vandal intrusion Materials used for securing shall match existing construction Commencement of demolition work constitutes the Contractor s acceptance of such existing conditions as being fully a part of the scope of demolition work PETCO assumes neither responsibility for the condition of the structures on the site nor any continuation of the condition existing at the time of the Bid Proposal submission or any time thereafter prior to the commencement of demolition work In order to be relieved of responsibility for repairing damaged or defective areas which have changed in scope or status since the Bid Proposal was submitted to PETCO the Contractor must inform the PETCO Project Manager in writing of any such altered conditions before the commencement of demolition work The Contractor shall examine the site s physical characteristics including without limitation the nature and location of the work topography and general and local conditions including without limitation those bearing on 1 Accessibility to the site for construction vehicles equipment storage and workmen
93. of Telephone Outlets and floor outlet locations with PETCO All communications wire and telephone shall be furnished and installed by PETCO 3 10 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM The Contractor shall provide all conduit pull string and outlets as indicated on the drawings A PETCO Vendor will furnish and install the Fire Alarm System 3 11 SECURITY SYSTEM The Contractor shall provide all conduit pull string and outlets as indicated on the drawings A PETCO Vendor will furnish and install the Security System 3 12 POINT OF SALES POS SYSTEM The Contractor shall provide all conduit pull string and outlets as indicated on the drawings A PETCO Vendor will furnish and install the POS System 3 13 HVAC SYSTEMS A Unless otherwise determined by the Contractor and designated among subcontractors or unless indicated otherwise on drawings the following HVAC Systems work shall be provided by the mechanical contractor 1 Furnish and install controls and low voltage equipment including HVAC systems transformers less final electrical connections 2 Furnish and install motors less final electrical connections 3 Furnish and install equipment such as solenoid valves which are to be installed in piping lines and control equipment which forms an integral part of the HVAC systems less final electrical connections B Unless otherwise determined by the Contractor and designated among subcontractors or unless indicated otherwise on drawings the followin
94. one and one half 1 1 2 times the width of wall footings The examination shall include hand auger borings and penetrometer testing The Geotechnical Engineer shall certify that no voids were encountered and that the soil is capable of supporting the design bearing pressure indicated on the drawings Loose or unduly soft materials shall be removed to the depth specified by the Geotechnical Engineer the excavation bottom shall be proofrolled and backfilled with an approved select structural fill or Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EARTHWORK 02200 Nexus Earth Work doc 02200 2 as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer Footing excavations shall not be left overnight or in average weather conditions Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after footing excavation work is completed All work shall be performed at no additional cost to PETCO C Floor Slabs and Paved Areas The floor slabs and paved areas shall be constructed on undisturbed site soil or structural fill Prior to the placing of concrete floors or pavements or before any floor supporting fill is placed the organic loose or obviously compressive materials must be removed The subgrade shall be proofrolled until the grade offers an unyielding surface or until the specified degree of compaction has been achieved Areas of yield shall be excavated and backfilled with clean compacted soil Pavement considerations including requirements for underdrains shall be verified with the Geotechni
95. pairs 2 Exterior Door Frames and the Interior Door Frame at Pre Sales shall be fully arc welded frames with welded joints ground smooth 3 Interior Fire Rated Door Frames shall be fully arc welded frames with welded joints ground smooth 4 Interior Door Frames shall be Knocked down EXCEPT for the Interior Door Frame scheduled at Pre Sales 5 Frames shall be furnished with a minimum of 6 wall anchors and 2 base anchors of manufacturer s standard design for the intended wall construction 6 Frames shall be fitted for strikes and full mortise hinges as specified in Section 08710 Finish Hardware 7 Frames shall be phosphatized and receive one coat of baked on prime paint 8 Exterior Hollow Metal Frames shall receive a bituminous rust resistive coating on the inside concealed surfaces of the metal frames in addition to the prime coat or shall be hot dipped galvanized 9 Exterior Door Frames shall bear the Product Notice of Acceptance current jurisdiction approval and product acceptance if required by the jurisdiction 2 04 VISION LITE amp LOUVER FRAME IN METAL DOOR A Provide beveled mitered and welded glass retainer vision lite frame and louver frame in sizes scheduled by Air Louvers Inc Pico Rivera CA 310 948 3495 ee Acceptable alternative A J Manufacturing Co Inc Kansas City MO 800 247 5746 2 Other manufacturer as selected by the PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor Louver Frame and Louver Provide 2
96. partitions greater than 1 4 in any dimension must be sealed so as to prevent rodent infiltration All control joints at interior and exterior masonry and concrete All control joints at interior gypsum wallboard partitions All sawcut control joints at interior and exterior concrete slabs All joints where a neat appearance is required between dissimilar materials Fire safing and fire sealant where fire separation assemblies are required including but not limited to partitions at the underside of roof decking and structural plumbing mechanical and electrical penetrations through fire separation wall assemblies 1 03 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 WARRANTY A Manufacturers Warranties The Contractor shall include the product manufacturers standard warranties in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Installers Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the installers warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE amp HANDLING Do not retain material at the jobsite that has exceeded the shelf life recommended by the manufacturer PART 2 PRODUCTS
97. penetration into framing 2 Heavy Gauge Steel Framing Type S fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum penetration into framing 3 Masonry Type ME expansion fastener and plate system 1 minimum penetration into masonry 7 Exterior Basecoat Senerflex Standard Base Coat 100 acrylic mixed with portland cement 8 Reinforcing Mesh a Above 87 0 height at adjacent finish grade Flexguard 4 Standard Reinforcing Mesh b Below 8 0 height at adjacent finish grade Flexguard 15 Reinforcing Mesh applied as a secondary reinforcement under Flexguard 4 Standard Reinforcing Mesh at these wall areas 9 Textured Finish Senerflex Exterior Textured Finish 100 acrylic trowel applied minimum installed thickness 1 16 over reinforcing 3 16 maximum thickness 10 Color Texture Drawing Key Symbol EIFS 1 Color PETC011030 Texture Senerflex Fine Texture EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION A The Water Managed EIFS manufacturers specifications and recommended standard installation details shall be followed completely and shall be considered a part of this Section as if the manufacturer s specification was included in its entirety B In
98. profiles and recommendations defined in the Geotechnical Investigation Report and shall provide a foundation system which meets the design parameters as defined in the Geotechnical Investigation Report 1 03 WORK NOT INCLUDED Excavation and backfilling for demolition where applicable water sanitary sewer gas plumbing and mechanical and electrical work as included under their respective project manual sections PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 TEMPORARY SHORING AND BRACING Engineering of Temporary Shoring and Bracing for construction shall be the Contractor s responsibility PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE PREPARATION A Strip areas of existing bituminous paving as specified in Section 02060 Demolition Work Remove and dispose of debris in a legal manner Precautions shall be exercised during the removal of existing structures at the site Any existing utilities foundations and floor slabs shall be removed then the excavations shall be cleared of all foreign debris and then backfilled with approved compact fill material Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EARTHWORK 02200 Nexus Earth Work doc 02200 1 Clear unpaved areas of the project site of trees shrubs and other vegetation only as indicated on the drawings or as otherwise directed Completely remove stumps roots and other debris protruding through the ground surface Remove heavy growth of grass from areas before stripping All trees and substantial growths of vegetation shall
99. required or indicated on the drawings then the Contractor shall schedule pay for and provide a welding inspection and Letter of Certification by a Licensed Professional Engineer Letter of Certification The Contractor shall send the Engineer s Letter of Certification to the PETCO Project Manager and include copies of the letter in the Building Maintenance Manuals Refer to Section 01340 Submittals and Section 01700 Contract Closeout PRODUCTS 2 01 METAL DECK UNITS A Design metal deck units in accordance with AISC Specification for Design of Light Gage Cold Formed Steel Structural Members with appropriate steel fiber stress and maximum live load deflection limitations Provide pattern as shown on the drawings galvanized in accordance with ASTM A446 Grade A and ASTM A525 designation G60 with properties shape pattern and loading capacities in accordance with the Steel Deck Institute and Factory Mutual Primer Color Shop prime the exposed side of metal decking using one coat of Federal Specification TT P 636 Color White primer 2 02 ACCESSORIES Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL DECKING 05300 Nexus Metal Deck doc 05300 1 PART 3 Provide metal deck fasteners as detailed or specified on the drawings Provide accessories specifically designed to be used with metal decking and the uses shown on the drawings and provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installa
100. requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes C Should a specified reference standard conflict with the Construction Documents the Contractor shall request a clarification from the Architect before proceeding with the work by using the RFI Form per Section 01200 Construction Administration 1 02 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AA Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Avenue NW Washington DC 20006 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1000 Vermont Avenue NW Washington DC 20005 AASHTO American Assn Of State Highway 444 North Capitol Street NW Washington DC 20001 and Transportation Officials ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150 Redford Station Detroit MI 48219 ADC Air Diffusion Council 230 North Michigan Avenue Chicago IL 60601 Al Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park MD 20740 AISC American Institute of Steel 400 North Michigan Avenue 8 Floor Chicago IL 60611 Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16t Street NW Washington DC 20036 AITC American Institute of Timber 333 W Hampden Avenue Englewood CO 80110 Construction AMCA Air Movement amp Control Assn 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights IL 60004 ANSI American National Standards 1430 Broadway New York NY 10018 Institute APA American Plywood Association P O Box 11700 Tacoma WA 98411 ARI Air Conditioning amp Refrigeration 1501 Wilson Boul
101. shown on the drawings provide plastic laminate on face and edges of 18 x 3 4 x length of wall elevation particleboard shelf 1 Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog Shelf Support Brackets 1 Provide Knape Vogt 208 Ultimate L Bracket 400mm size 15 6 depth x 10 6 height Color White 2 Alternative Mfr Stanley 795 257550 Heavy Duty Shelf Bracket 16 depth x 10 height Color White 2 07 PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELF WORK ROOM A Where shown on the drawings provide plastic laminate on face and edges of 12 x 60 x 3 4 particleboard shelf Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROUGH amp FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Nexus Carpentry doc 06200 3 1 Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog B Shelf Support Brackets 1 Provide Knape Vogt 208 Ultimate L Bracket 300mm size 11 6 depth x 8 3 height Color White by Knape amp Vogt Mfg Co 2 Alternative Mfr Stanley 795 257545 Heavy Duty Shelf Bracket 12 depth x 8 height Color White 2 08 STOREFRONT WINDOW LEDGE AT RETAIL if applicable A Provide post formed plastic laminate window ledge as shown on the drawings Except for the alternative manufacturers listed no plastic laminate substitution is permitted 1 Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog PART 3 EX
102. shown on the drawings in all cases except where other work may interfere Layout pipe runs to fall within the partition wall or roof cavities with no additional furring other than as specifically shown on the drawings Coordinate floor and wall cleanout locations with the drawings and the PETCO Project Manager Cleanouts CANNOT be located in areas where Epoxy Flooring is scheduled Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 07 30 15400 6 3 03 3 04 3 05 DEMOLITION amp PATCHING No structural member shall be cut without the written consent of the Structural Engineer of Record All finish surfaces requiring demolition and patching for Plumbing Systems work shall be restored to match the adjacent finish TRENCHING amp BACKFILLING A B C Provide trenching and backfilling per Section 02220 Trenching Cut bottom of trenches to grade Make trenches 12 wider than the greatest pipe dimension Bedding and Backfilling When under the floor slab install pipes on a 6 bed of damp sand Backfill to the bottom of the slab with damp sand When beyond the building install underground piping on a 6 bed of damp sand Backfill to within 12 of finish grade with damp sand Backfill remainder with native soil PIPING amp EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A General 1 Thoroughly clean items before installation Cap pipe openings to exclude dirt until fixtures are installed and final connections have been
103. so that the final drop of debris shall be into either an approved collection hopper or truck 2 A hose with nozzle connected to an adequate water supply shall be provided near the bottom of each chute and shall be used as necessary to wet down debris for dust control Remove salvage and debris from the site as it accumulates Do not store sell burn or otherwise dispose of debris on the site Keep all pavement and areas adjacent to and leading from the site clean and free from mud dirt and debris at all times DUST CONTROL Control dust spread generated as a result of demolition operations at all times including non working hours weekends and holidays Sprinkle or treat with dust suppressors the soil at the site haul roads and other areas disturbed by demolition operations NOISE CONTROL When available and required make the maximum use of EPA certified low noise emission products 3 06 DEMOLITION A Provide all shoring and bracing as may be necessary to protect adjacent property against damage which might occur from falling debris or any other cause related to demolition 1 Provide weather protection to adjacent remaining structure s if necessary after the removal work 2 The use of explosives is NOT permitted B Protection of Utility Services Lines Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DEMOLITION WORK 02060 Nexus Demo Work doc 02060 3 1 Notify all utility companies on behalf of PETCO to terminate all services to the
104. spigot joints and fittings Underground pipe may be installed with Tyseal gaskets a Where allowable by the applicable plumbing code plastic DWV piping may be used under slab and where concealed by walls No PVC piping shall be installed in exposed areas or in areas that may be considered a plenum PVC DWV plastic pipe for sanitary drainage and vent and storm drainage systems shall meet ASTM D1784 ASTM D2665 and Fed Spec L P 320a Pipe and Fittings Plastic Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Drain Waste and Vent Pipe fittings and solvent cement shall be equal to products by Celanese Piping Systems No cellular core pipe allowed use solid wall piping 2 04 STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM WHERE APPLICABLE A C Storm drainage system piping above ground including offsets in walls and furred spaces shall be standard weight cast iron hub and spigot or no hub with stainless steel coupling and neoprene rubber seals Above ground storm drainage piping shall be fully insulated Where allowable by local and national codes plastic DWV piping may be used under slab by walls No PVC piping shall be installed in exposed areas or in areas that may be considered a plenum PVC DWYV plastic pipe for sanitary drainage and vent and storm drainage systems shall meet the requirements of ASTM D1784 ASTM D2665 and Federal Specification L P 320a Pipe and Fittings Plastic Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Drain Waste and Vent Pipe fittings and solvent cement shal
105. street public right of way from the property then utilities may be capped and disconnected at the property line unless other requirements are enforced by the utility company Materials that are a permanent part of the structures scheduled for demolition shall become the Contractor s property and shall be removed from the site by the Contractor at the Contractor s expense 1 Remove any personal property equipment machinery trade or other fixtures 2 Do not remove large portions of the building whole or substantially as whole demolish them completely Demolish building walls in small sections Completely remove floor construction as well as any other superstructures in the work area 3 Remove all footings foundation walls and other substructures Backfill tamp street openings made for removal of water taps bulk heading house drains or for any other purpose Maintain street openings in safe condition 3 07 CLEANING A Remove debris as it accumulates Do not store or permit debris to accumulate on site If the Contractor fails to remove excess debris promptly the PETCO Project Manager reserves the right to cause same to be removed at the Contractor s expense B Upon work completion remove tools materials plants apparatus temporary toilet and rubbish of every sort Leave the premises clean neat and orderly END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DEMOLITION WORK 02060 Nexus Demo Work doc 02060 4 PART 1
106. strip for integral cove base with a minimum radius of 1 in 2 54 cm of wood or plastic Provide door thresholds as scheduled on the drawings and specified in Section 08710 Finish Hardware 2 04 MOISTURE MITIGATION If either the measured Moisture Emission Level or the pH Level are above the flooring adhesive manufacturer s limits then the Contractor shall provide concrete slab moisture mitigation treatment per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems 2 05 NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A The Contractor shall examine the subfloor prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and free from cracks holes ridges and other defects that might prevent adhesive bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material The Contractor shall inspect the subfloor prior to installation to determine that surfaces are free from curing sealing parting and hardening compounds residual adhesives adhesive removers and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond The Contractor Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09660 Nexus Sheet Flooring doc 09660 3 shall visually inspect for evidence of moisture alkaline salts carbonation dusting mold or mildew The Contractor shall verify that moisture content of concrete slabs building air temperature and relative humidity are within the limits recommended by the product manufacturer The Contractor shall not pro
107. system installation Drawings and calculations shall be reviewed and approved by the local fire department the State Insurance Governing Board and all other authorities having jurisdiction C Fire suppression system piping with visible rust labels or surface dirt shall be cleaned prior to painting in accordance with Section 09900 Painting surface preparation requirements Piping with visible rust labels or surface dirt which are not otherwise painted such as semi concealed piping shall be cleaned free of rust labels and surface dirt PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A The Contractor shall provide all required materials new and in conformance with the requirements of the local jurisdiction B Piping and fittings 1 Piping Provide Schedule 40 black steel ASTM A135 for all threaded piping Schedule 10 lightwall piping Grooved Piping Only ASTM A135 is permitted for sizes 8 and smaller only where allowed by NFPA 13 and only where not subject to physical damage during activity within a retail store In no case will wall thickness less than Schedule 10 be allowed Fittings Provide forged steel screwed cast iron screwed or mechanical grooved couplings with composition sealing gasket and steel fastening hardware C Valves National Fire Protection Association NFPA approved by 175 PSI design Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 15300 2014 07 30 15300 2 1 Control Valves Provide ris
108. the Building Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 FRP PRE FINISHED INTERIOR WALL PANELS AND TRIM MOLDINGS NEXUS Prototype A FRP panels and trim moldings shall be purchased by the Contractor from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by the Contractor CRANE COMPOSITES Contact Linda R Ruse e mail lruse cranecomposites com 2017 N Pacey Road Phoenix AZ 85037 Tel 310 857 9036 Website www cranecomposites comz No product substitutions are permitted B Drawing Key Symbol WF 01 The Contractor shall provide Glasbord P Color 85 Standard White pebble embossed Class C fire rated PIF per ASTM A 84 No product substitutions are permitted 1 WF 01 Vinyl Trim Moldings Trim Type FRP Condition Crane Composites Model Color Inside Corner M IC 0085 85 Standard White Outside Angle for Corners M OA 0085 85 Standard White Exposed Edge Cap M CP 0085 85 Standard White Panel Joint Division M DB 0085 85 Standard White 2 Adhesive Provide adhesive manufactured for FRP work equal to Titebond Solvent Free Fast Grab FRP Adhesive 2 02 NOT USED PART 3 EXECUTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SPECIAL WALL SURFACES 09720 Nexus Special Wall Surfaces doc 09720 1 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detri
109. the Contractor STAR EQUIPMENT INC Contact Ken Doriott 2100 107 Lane NE Blaine MN 55443 Tel 763 783 9420 x124 FAX 763 783 9501 b No product substitutions or alternative product suppliers are permitted C No submittals are required for these products However prior to placing the purchase order the Contractor should review the final Speed Lift side of lift bridge placement and the Speed Lift field orientation with the PETCO Project Manager to ensure that the orientation shown on the drawings is consistent with PETCO s store operations off loading requirements at this site h Dock Shelter for use with speed lift 1 The Contractor shall furnish and install pre fabricated aluminum canopy by Elite Aluminum Corporation 1 800 535 4837 b peacock elitealuminum com or equal and provide shop drawings to architect for review Contractor to provide product approved system as required for jurisdiction s requiring such along with copy of product approval 2 Warranty Provide the manufacturers standard warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout k Speed Lift The Contractor shall furnish and install Speed Lift Model SL 5000 A by Superior Handling Equipment Inc Ormond Beach FL Contact Sales Department or Beth Vollmer President sales superiorlifts com or bvollmer superiorlifts com Ph 800 221 4339 386 677 0004 FAX 386 677 0022 1 Prior to placing the purchase order
110. the hand dryer where indicated on the drawings OR as otherwise directed by PETCO Project Manager The Contractor shall provide final electrical connections to the unit Contractor Provided Items The Contractor shall install the following PETCO Vendor furnished items and shall furnish all Wall Anchor Fasteners required for the installation of these PETCO Vendor furnished Accessories products by Fort James Corporation 1 Toilet Paper Dispenser 9 Twin Jumbo Bath Tissue Dispenser 2 Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser SafeGard White Plastic 500 Sheet Capacity 3 Soap Dispenser Other Rooms Accessories Soft Pull Paper Towel Dispenser shall be furnished by the PETCO Vendor for the following rooms The Contractor shall install the Paper Towel Dispenser where indicated on the drawings OR as otherwise directed by the PETCO Project Manager 1 Break Room 2 Work Room The Contractor shall provide all other Toilet Room Accessories indicated and scheduled equal to Bobrick Washroom Equipment Inc North Hollywood CA 818 764 1000 1 Alternative American Specialties Inc ASI Yonkers NY 914 476 9000 2 Alternative Bradley Corporation Menomonee Falls WI 414 251 6000 Provide Type 304 stainless steel satin finish and surface mounted Washroom Accessories at the locations shown on the drawings Restroom Items Bobrick ASI Bradley Mirror 24 x 36 B 165 2436 0620 78
111. thickness Cloudiness spotting holidays laps brush marks runs sag and other visible surface imperfections are not acceptable C Spray Paint Application 1 Except as otherwise specifically accepted by the PETCO Project Manager spray application should be limited to metal framework and similar surfaces where hand brushwork would be inferior Where spray application is provided apply each coat to provide the hiding equivalent of an equivalent brush coat Do NOT double back the spray paint in an attempt to build up a two coat film thickness in one pass D Remove refinish or repaint any work that is not in compliance with the specified requirements Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype PAINTING 09900 Nexus Painting doc 09900 4 E Miscellaneous Surfaces and Procedures 1 Exposed Mechanical and Electrical items a Paint access doors pipes conduit junction boxes ducts grilles registers vents and similar items which are not factory pre finished pre painted to match the paint color of the adjacent wall or ceiling surface unless otherwise shown on the drawings or as otherwise directed by the PETCO Project Manager b Clean metal with solvent prime and apply two coats of alkyd enamel C Do NOT paint factory pre finished surfaces except as otherwise specified 2 Exposed Piping Insulation Apply one coat of latex paint on insulation that has been sized or primed under other sections apply two coats on such surfaces when
112. tile neatly at obstructions edges and corners without disruption of pattern or joint alignment Joint Pattern Lay tile in grid pattern Align joints when adjoining tiles on walls are on the same size Layout tile work and center the tile fields both directions on each wall area Cleaning Upon completion of placing and grouting clean the work of this Section in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturers of the materials used END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CERAMIC TILE 09310 Nexus Ceramic Tile doc 09310 4 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILING PART 1 GENERAL NOT USED SUMMARY Provide Acoustical Ceiling where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation If required by the local jurisdiction provide supplementary acoustic ceiling installation techniques due to the building location with a Seismic Zone in which seismic restraints are required RELATED WORK Refer to Section 15255 Seismic Restraints for specification of supplementary acoustic ceiling installation techniques SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals WARRANTY A The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer s standard ceiling tile warranty for dimensional stability against sagging warping shrinkage and delamination of the fac
113. to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor b Power Drop The Contractor shall provide junction box and power at the roof deck ceiling where shown on the electrical drawings and shall provide final electrical connections C Mechanical Air Distribution The Contractor shall provide air distribution in close coordination with the assembly work provided by the PETCO Vendor installer 36 Store Fixtures Furnishing Equipment Retail Area a SF1 through SF10 National Account will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded assembled and installed by a PETCO Vendor and PETCO Employees b W3 W4 W13 W14 W15 Wall Fixture Units will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded assembled and installed by a PETCO Vendor and PETCO Employees 37 Store Fixtures Pet Clean Up Station Exterior a Pet Clean Up Station Outdoor Sanitation Station The Pet Clean Up Station shall be purchased by the Contractor from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by the Contractor where shown on the drawings Sureway Tool amp Engineering Company 2959 Hart Drive Franklin Park IL 60131 Tel 847 801 3010 website www surewaytool com b No product substitution or alternative product supplier is permitted No submittal is required for this product PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 13 c Part s 18067 101 sign plate 18067 1
114. unprepared Match color of adjacent surfaces Remove band before painting and reinstall band after painting 3 Hardware Paint prime coated hardware to match adjacent surfaces 4 Exposed Vents Apply two coats of heat resistant paint 3 06 EXTERIOR SURFACES PAINTING SCHEDULE A Concrete Masonry exterior painted to be used when painting existing exterior exposed CMU First Coat Glidden Professional Concrete Coatings Block Filler Primer 3010 1200 Second AND Third Coats Glidden Professional Ultra Hide 150 Exterior Flat Paint 2210V Series color to be selected by architect and approved by Petco Paint Type Sheen Acrylic Latex Flat B Concrete Masonry exterior stained to be used when staining existing exterior exposed CMU First Coat Glidden Professional Bond Prep Clear Sealer Primer Chalk Binder 73474 5 Second AND Third Coats Glidden Professional Concrete Coatings Acrylic Concrete Stain 3610 color to be selected by architect and approved by Petco Paint Type Sheen 100 acrylic emulsion masonry paint Flat C Ferrous and Galvanized Metal exterior HM Doors and similar metal surfaces where applicable First Coat Glidden Professional Devoe Coatings Devflex 4020PF DTM Primer and Flat Finish Second AND Third Coats Glidden Professional Devoe Coatings Devflex 4216L High Performance Acrylic Semi Gloss Paint Type Sheen Acrylic Latex Gloss D Concrete amp Asphalt Safety Markings exterior First Second Coats Glidden Professional Aexc
115. whole will not be considered subsequently as a basis for extra compensation Should a Bidder find discrepancies in or omissions from the Drawings or Specifications or should he be in doubt as to their meaning he shall at once send an RFI via Petco Projects to the Architect who will respond to the RFI via Petco Projects giving instructions to all Bidders Neither Owner nor Architect will be responsible for any verbal instructions 1 06 MANDATORY PRE BID MEETING A A Mandatory Pre Bid Meeting will be held to review the scope of work view the proposed Petco Tenant Space and to address Bidding Contractor s questions The Petco Construction Manager will prepare a Pre Bid Meeting Report consisting of relevant clarifications or changes for distribution to all Bidding Contractors attending the Pre Bid Meeting The final document will be distributed as an addendum by the Architect of record see note above 1 04B The Pre Bid Meeting invitation along with the date amp time will be will be established by the Petco Construction Manager and be distributed through Petco s collaborative website Petco Projects Bidding Contractors intending to submit a Bid Proposal MUST attend the Pre Bid Meeting and must record their meeting attendance on the appropriate Pre Bid Meeting Sign in Form provided by the Architect or the Petco Construction Manager Any Bid Proposal received from a Bidding Contractor who has not attended the Mandat
116. 0 Nexus Roof Accessories doc 07720 2 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are needed 3 02 INSTALLATION Install the work of this Section per the manufacturer s recommendations anchoring all items firmly into position END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROOF ACCESSORIES 07720 Nexus Roof Accessories doc 07720 3 SECTION 07920 SEALANTS amp CAULKING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide all labor materials and equipment for caulking and sealant work and make all joints wind and weathertight at the following general locations 1 2 3 1 fO OOO All joints between door storefront and miscellaneous frames and masonry Silicone Sealant at Tub Room wall inside corner joints Sawcut Scoring Joint between Chemically Stained Concrete Floor colors in the Retail area for chemically treated concrete floor All joints where a wind and weathertight joint is required including but not limited to exterior hose bibbs and other plumbing mechanical electrical and other utility penetrations through the exterior wall assembly and roof and roof parapet penetrations Rodent Control All holes gaps and meeting joints at exterior wall and tenant separation
117. 0 gauge fixed slat louvers with frame halves framing both sides of the door opening cut out with primer prepared for field painting and sized nominally as shown on the drawings reference Door Types and Door Schedule on the drawings Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL DOORS amp FRAMES 08100 Nexus Mtl Doors and Frames doc 08100 2 C Vision Lite Frame Provide minimum 20 gauge vision lite frame pre punched with countersunk mounting holes with baked on powder coat gray primer prepared for field painting and 1 4 thick clear tempered glass at non fire rated door assemblies PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR DOOR FRAMES Exterior hollow metal door frames shall be solid grouted 3 03 INSTALLATION OF FIRE RATED DOORS AND FRAMES Provide solid grout in hollow metal door frames where required as a component of the fire rated wall assembly 3 04 INSTALLATION The Contractor shall prepare the masonry and other openings as found and shall install Hollow Metal Doors and Frames per the Manufacturer s Written Instructions and industry standards END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL DOORS amp FRAMES 08100 Nexus Mtl Do
118. 01700 Contract Closeout G Flooring Adhesive The Contractor shall provide the flooring adhesive manufacturer s product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout D Installers Warranty NOT USED PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 VINYL SHEET FLOORING A Where Armstrong Interiors products are specified contact Lisa Cavataio Account Manager Retail National Accounts 773 868 0270 Ivcavataio armstrong com for Petco s national account pricing and to verify product availability No substitution is acceptable C Drawing Key Symbol FC 04 1 Sheet Flooring Provide heat welded Protect All Specialty Flooring System with 6 high wall base Color Dark Gray Matte by Oscoda Plastics Inc Oscoda MI 800 544 9538 No product substitutions are permitted a Heat Welding Rod Color shall be Color Dark Gray Matte 2 Installer Qualifications A manufacturer approved installer certified and qualified for heat welded seams must install this product 3 Installation Accessories Provide only manufacturer approved concrete slab primer trowel able underlayments and patching compounds water resistant adhesive and seam sealer D Drawing Key Symbol FC 05 1 Provide Armstrong Marmorette LP090 Pumice Gray Linoleum 2 Weld Rod Provide Armstrong weld rod intended for heat welding of seams E Drawing Key Symbol FC 06A Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09660 Nexus Sheet Floor
119. 03 RELATED WORK A B C D Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation Section 09650 Resilient Flooring Section 09660 Resilient Sheet Flooring Section 09670 Epoxy Finish on Concrete 1 04 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 WARRANTY Provide the Moisture Mitigation System manufacturer product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MOISTURE MITIGATION FOR VINYL COMPOSITION TILE AND VINYL SHEET FLOORING A The acceptable moisture emission level for Vinyl Composition Tile and Vinyl Sheet Flooring may not exceed 5 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours Moisture Mitigation Treatment The Contractor shall provide concrete slab treatment using products by Koester American Corporation Virginia Beach VA _ 757 425 1206 www koesterusa com Application shall be by a manufacturer approved applicator 1 For Moisture Emission Level of over 5 0 to 10 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours and pH less than 14 Provide Koester VAP pH single coat vapor control treatment 2 For Moisture Emission Level of over 10 0 to 25 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours and pH less than 14 Provide Koester VAP 2000 single coat vapor control treatment Acceptable Alternative Moisture Miti
120. 1 Side Wall Grab Bar B 6806 x 42 3200 x 42 812 x 42 Side Wall Vertical Grab Bar B 6806 x 18 3200 x 18 812 x 18 Rear Wall Grab Bar B 6806 x 36 3200 x 36 812 x 36 Hand Bag Man Bag Hook B 2116 7382 931 Coat Hook B 2116 7382 931 Mounted to back of door Sanitary Napkin Disp B 270 0852 4722 15 Vertical Wall Mounted KB101 00 No equivalent No equivalent Baby Changing Station Cream vertical unit vertical unit Horizontal Wall Mounted KB100 0 9012 9612 Baby Changing Station Cream Ivory Acceptable Alternative Mop Holder B 223 8215 3 9953 At Janitor Closet locate above Floor Sink Recessed Trash Receptacle B 43644 20458 344 with liner P 11 004 Grooming Room Items Bobrick ASI Bradley Mirrors sized as indicated on Not available Not available Not available drawings Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc PETCO FURNISHED amp CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 9 24 Wall Bumpers Inventory Agreement a INVENTORY AGREEMENT Wall Bumpers shall be purchased from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by the Contractor MCCUE CORPORATION Contact Inside Sales 35 Congress Street Salem MA 01790 Tel 800 800 8503 FAX 508 741 2542 website www mccuecorp com No product substitution or alternative product supplier is permitted No submittal is required for this product This Inventory Agreement Vendor is also the source
121. 100 trash weldment 18067 103 trash top plate 18067 105 trash ring 18067 106 trash spine 18067 107 trash body 18067 109 bottom trash plate 18067 115 trash hinge 18067 114 bag holder face 18067 1200 bag housing 18067 110 peak bucket 18067 111 peak bracket 18067 112 shelf 18067 113 bag holder bottom 18067 108 trash tube OSR37 gt AT TT FTa gt OQ00 D d Install the Pet Clean Up Station as indicated on the drawings Post shall be set in ground with concrete 12 dia x 30 deep 38 Painted Branches pattern on perimeter walls Retail Area a Contractor shall provide painted patterns on walls Drawings provide design intent and limits of painted area Petco Construction Manager will only provide a stencil for the painter to use to layout the patterns required Painter shall be responsible for all labor and materials 39 Decorative Trellis Retail Area s a Contractor shall provide framing materials and installation to suspend track lighting and decorative wood trellis b Framing Contractor shall provide unistrut framing suspended from roof structure with threaded roods painted to match exposed roof structure All unistrut framing shall be connected using mechanical fasteners Threaded rods shall have double locking nut fasteners at each connection to framing members c Track Light Fixture shall be mounted to dedicated unistrut framing for each track painted to match exposed roof structure All exposed cond
122. 10300 16000 23 Toilet Room and other room Accessories A7 1 A9 1 10300 including Install Kits containing extra accessories shall be temporarily stored in Restrooms for Petco Manager s use 24 Wall Bumpers A7 1 A9 1 10300 25 Wall Cornerguards A7 1 A9 1 10300 26 Window Shades A2 1 10300 27 Wire Shelving A7 1 10300 28 Store Fixtures Equipment AQUARIUM AREA A2 3 A7 1 P dwgs E dwgs and WORK ROOM 10300 AQ1 Freezer AQ2 Plant Tank AQ3 Bagging Station AQ4 AQ11 Aquatics Tanks AQ12 Feeder Warehouse AQ13 Prep Sink AQ20 29 Store Equipment BREAK ROOM A2 3 A7 1 10300 BR1 Vending Machine PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 2 BR2 Refrigerator BR3 Lockers BR5 Table 30 Store Fixtures RETAIL AREA Check Lanes CL1 CL2 CL3 Check Lane and Power Pole CL4 Store Safe A2 3 E dwgs 10300 16000 31 General Furnishings OFFICE F1 File Cabinet F2 Desk F3 Chair F4 Folding Table F5 Computer Table F6 Book Case F7 Fax Machine A2 3 10300 32 Store Fixtures RETAIL AREA Gondola G1 G7 Gondola A2 3 10300 33 Store Furnishings Equipment GROOMING SALON GR1 Grooming Table GR2 Shop Vacuum GR3 Animal Kennel with Dryer GR4 Animal Kennel GR5 Grooming Hose GR6 Washer and Dryer GR7 Shampoo Dispenser GR8 Fixed Grooming Tub A2 1 A2 3 A
123. 4 inch on center B Finish Factory applied black enamel 2 4 ACCESSORIES A Panel Splice Formed aluminum insert designed to snap fit between ends of two ceiling panels 1 Finish Match wall panels PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates and structural framing to which acoustical metal panels attach or abut with Installer present for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect installation and anchorage and other conditions affecting performance of metal panel ceilings Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype LINEAR METAL WALL SYSTEM 09546 Nexus Linear Mtl Wall Syst docx 09546 2 B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 PREPARATION A Measure each wall area and establish layout of metal pan units Comply with layout shown on drawings Survey substrate for wall attachment to assure squareness and proper elevation for wall panel installation 3 3 INSTALLATION A General Install metal pans in strict accordance with manufacturers shop drawings provided and manufacturer s written instructions Install edge moldings and trim of type necessary to conceal edges of metal pan 1 Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 18 O C and not more than 6 from ends plumb and level Scribe and cut metal panel units for accurate fit at penetrations by other work through walls 1 Stiffen edges of cut units as requir
124. 420 05120 05400 05500 06200 07210 07240 07250 07500 07540 07600 07720 07920 ATTACHMENT B Schedule of Values PETCO Common Name T383 TOTAL CONCRETE DIVISION 4 MASONRY Sub Total Div Total Concrete Unit Masonry Materials Labor Total Concrete Unit Masonry Concrete Masonry Wall Reinforcing Other AA HA TOTAL MASONRY DIVISION 5 METALS Sub Total Div Total Structural Steel including 05200 Metal Joists amp 05300 Metal Decking Materials Labor Total Structural Steel Cold Formed Metal Framing Structural Metal Fabrications Other PAPA HR TOTAL METALS DIVISION 6 WOOD amp PLASTICS Sub Total Div Total Rough amp Finish Carpentry Other AA TOTAL WOOD amp PLASTICS DIVISION 7 THERMAL amp MOISTURE PROTECTION Sub Total Div Total Building Insulation Water Managed EIFS Exterior Insulation Finish System Repairs Modified Bitumen Roofing System Roofing System Repairs Sheet Metal Coping and Roofing Fascia Panels Roof Accessories Sealants amp Caulking Other A A A AN NAAN OA TOTAL THERMAL amp MOISTURE PROTECTION DIVISION 8 DOORS amp WINDOWS Sub Total Div Total Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00302 Nexus Attachment B Sched of Values xls ATTACHMENT B Page 2 08100 08300 08410 08710 08800 09260 09310 09510 09650 09650 09660 09670 09900 09910 10300 10300 10400 15255 15300 15400 15500 ATTACHMENT
125. 5 14 E2 1A Electrical Lighting Dimensional Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 E2 2 Electrical Power Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 E2 3 Sound and Communication System 100 Set 09 25 14 E2 4 Security System Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00301 Nexus Attachment A Index of Dwgs doc E2 5 Energy Management System Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 E3 1 Electrical Large Scale Plans and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 E3 2 Electrical Large Scale Plans and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 EMS1 1 Energy Management System Information and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00301 Nexus Attachment A Index of Dwgs doc 01010 01010 01010 01410 01010 01010 01010 01700 01200 01200 01010 02060 02060 02060 02060 02200 02200 02220 02510 02520 02810 02950 15400 15400 15400 15300 15400 16000 03300 02710 02720 03300 03310 ATTACHMENT B Schedule of Values PETCO Common Name T383 This Schedule of Values shall be submitted with the Form of Proposal Architect Note Edit Line Items below where applicable not applicable for THIS project DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Contractor s Acquisition of Building Permit Temporary Facilities Temporary Utilities Contractor s Materials Assemblies Testing Agency Winter Conditions amp Winter Protection Contractor s Insurance Layout and Engineering Cleanup Daily and Final Contractor s Project Administration overhead Contractor s Sit
126. 56 5728 tamara grandusky daltile com 2 Bullnose Trim Provide Dal Tile bullnose trim 54669 and outside corner bullnose trim SCRL 4669 size 6 x 6 or 54449 and outside corner bullnose trim SCRL 4449 size 4 1 4 x 4 1 4 at the tile cased door opening s 3 Acceptable Field Tile Alternative Provide Color 25 Ice White Bright size 4 1 4 x Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CERAMIC TILE 09310 Nexus Ceramic Tile doc 09310 1 4 1 4 by American Olean 215 822 7300 Provide corresponding bullnose trim and outside corner bullnose trims at the tile cased door opening s 2 02 WALL TILE SETTING MATERIALS A Waterproofing Crack Isolation Membrane Provide a one part trowelable elastomeric waterproofing crack isolation membrane equal to RedGard Waterproofing and Crack Prevention Membrane by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Adhesive Mortar Provide a one part latex modified mortar equal to FlexBond Ultra Premium Latex Modified Thin Set Mortar by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Grout 1 Drawing Key Symbol G 01 Grooming Salon and Grooming Reception provide non sanded 1 8 grout joint width with Prism Sure Color Tile Grout www custombuildingproducts com Color shall 386 Oyster Gray No product substitution is acceptable Drawing Key Symbol G 02 Tub Room Wall Tile Provide non sanded 1 16 grout joint width with Prism Sure Color Tile Grout b
127. 7 1 A9 1 P dwgs M dwgs E dwgs 10300 34 Store Fixtures RETAIL AREA Reptile Habitats RTL1 Reptile Habitat RTL2 Reptile Petter A2 3 M dwgs E dwgs 10300 35 36 Store Fixtures RETAIL AREA Small Animal Habitats SA3 Ferret Petter SAM1 Small Animal Habitat Store Fixtures Furnishings Equipment RETAIL AREA SF1 SF2 SF3 SF4 SF5 SF6 SF7 21 HL Pet Bar 12 HL Pet Bar End Cap Pet Bar Vending Machine Quick Tag Kid s Ride Avanti Cards SF8 Kiosk SF9 Gift Fixture SF10 Litter Bin SF11 Apparel Fixture SF12 Dump Bin SF13 Pallet SF14 Half Pallets SF15 H Fixture SF16 Cat Furniture W3 W4 W13 W14 W15 Wall Fixture Units A2 3 M dwgs E dwgs 10300 A2 3 10300 37 Trellis es Decorative Trees A2 4 and A8 4 A2 3 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc PETCO FURNISHED amp CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 3 Painted Branches A9 3 Focal Walls A2 3 1 05 ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS NOT LISTED ON DRAWING SHEET A0 2 A The Contractor shall furnish and install the following items where shown on the drawings Some items may be available for purchase by the Contractor through a PETCO Inventory Agreement with the supplier vendor as further described in this Section 1 Accessibility Signage 3 Emergency Personal Eyewash Station 5 Manhole Covers and Frames Gratings and Inlets 6 Miscellaneous Warning Signs 7 P
128. 7 30 15400 3 G H on trapeze hangers made up of steel rods and steel channels or angles Pipe shall be U bolted to trapeze and trapeze spaced for the smallest pipe in the group Wall Supported Horizontal piping on walls shall be supported by cast iron bracket equal to Grinnell Figure 213 with Figure 260 Clevis type hanger attached Vertical Piping Support at floor level with supports equal to Grinnell Figure 261 Inserts Inserts in concrete shall be equal to Grinnell Figure 281 2 06 VALVES amp ACCESSORIES A Provide Valves to control hot and cold water branches to each group of fixtures and to individual fixtures and equipment Where used with chrome plated pipe valves shall be chrome plated 1 Acceptable Manufacturers Milwaukee Crane Jenkens Walworth Kennedy Stockham Nibco Scott 2 Gate Valves Milwaukee 1145 125 bronze body solder type gate valve with non rising stem for all lines up to 4 inches in diameter 3 Check Valves Milwaukee 1508 125 bronze body solder type check valve with horizontal bronze disc for all valves up to 2 inches in diameter Milwaukee 2974 125 iron body bronze trimmed flanged horizontal check valve for all valves larger than 2 4 Balancing Valve Milwaukee 1350 125 bronze body solder joint balancing valve 5 Plug Valves Rockwell Nordstrom 142 2 lines and smaller and 143 2 1 2 and larger with lubricated plug valve for natural gas service 6
129. 8710 FINISH alele E E E E A A E E E S E E Mibere aie 1 12 08625 Tana ALTS AT EEEE E A E EE E E EET A auue tose 1 3 08800 GlaziNo n ann ea e a E corn a a a cere cee recent E 1 2 DIVISION 9 FINISHES 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System sssssseeseeesenesenesrnesrrssrrssrrssrrssrnssrnssrnnssrnssnns 1 5 09310 reina oad Fl E EE cre ererrere cee creer errr crete E A rrr terest eer 1 3 09510 Acoustical Celin gissingen iiaii qv aula lect aad fee 1 2 09546 Linear Metal Wall System c cceeeee cee eee eee etter eee ee ee ee ee aeea eae eeeeeeeaaee ees 1 3 09650 Resilient FlOOKINQ ves ciet elves ie Sac Baek lee ie feel ee Nees A Haein oh eed ete leaded 1 8 09660 Resilient Sheet Flooring ccccccecceceeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeecaeeeeeaeeseaeeesaaeseeaaesseneeseaeeeeeaaeenenees 1 6 09670 Epoxy Finish On Concrete cccccccccessceceeeeeeeaeeeeaaeeeeneeceaaeeseaaeseeaeeseeeesaeeseaaesseneeenaees 1 4 09720 Special Wall Surtaces ninin ei iiid eae een ai ieee aa eee ele Alea 1 2 09900 PLANNING ane an enean in es a Jee dvd vie ceae ee aidad iade ai 1 6 09910 Concrete Sealers nitimani iy aden ee an dave een ne ae 1 2 DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10300 PETCO Furnished amp Contractor Provided IteMS 0 ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 1 19 10400 Exterior Building SOAGE aa eaa iar e E r naa ae aa aa e a AEE ee a Sna PAAA RREN ASAKE NE Siih 1 2 10530 Metal CanOpy ecerziecachceigecorascecaeessiedaretecaeres a ord
130. A 805 642 2600 10 RD Rudolph Desco Company Inc Englewood Cliffs NJ www desco group com 11 RX Rixson Specialty Door Controls Monroe NC 800 457 5670 www rixson com 12 SC Schlage Lock Company San Francisco CA 800 847 1864 13 TR Trimco BBW Los Angeles CA 323 362 4191 www trimcobbw com 14 VD Von Duprin www vonduprin com 15 ZE Zero International Inc Bronx NY 800 635 5335 O ON OOA ON gt Q 02 2 04 FINISH HARDWARE SCHEDULE Refer to Drawing Sheet A3 1 Door Schedule for Hardware Set Numbers A HARDWARE SET NO 1 AL Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Vestibule to exterior Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Contractor 1 AR MS 4002 Armored Strike Contractor 1 AR MS 1890 Hookbolt Latch Lock Contractor 1 AR 4036 Temporary Cylinder Contractor 1 AR 4066 Mortise Turn Knob Cylinder at Vestibule side Contractor 1 See Section 08410 Saddle Threshold 1 2 max height 1 2 maximum slope Girtman 1 SC 80 103 Mortise Cylinder with Interchangeable Construction Core at exterior side Girtman 1 Instakey IKSF H R7 626 A Instakey Permanent Core Girtman 1 SC 80 035 Interchangeable Store Core Contractor 1 TR 7741BC Adhesive Sign 1 black letters on contrasting background This Door To Remain Unlocked When The Building is Occupied Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype FINISH HARDWARE 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc 08710 2 Notes for t
131. ACTORS Contractors having built previous Petco projects must become familiar with the contract documents for TH S project Since Petco building prototypes policies procedures and Petco Vendor Contractor division of responsibilities are subject to change past contract document standards are not necessarily the same standards for this project 1 04 DISTRIBUTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 Nexus Instruction to Bidders doc 00200 1 A Each invited Bidding Contractor will be required to download the Project Manual the complete set of full size drawings and all other bid documents from Petco s collaborative website Petco Projects Reproductions of said documents are by the Bidding Contractor at the Contractor s expense Revisions and or Addendums to the drawings will be issued by the Architect of record and at the direction of the Petco Construction Manager These documents are available for download from Petco s collaborative website Petco Projects Reproductions of said documents are by the Bidding Contractor at the Contractor s expense 1 05 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS A Each Bidder shall examine all Contract Documents noting particularly all requirements that will affect his work in any way Failure to fully acquaint themselves with the amount and nature of work required to complete his Division of the work in conformity with all requirements for the Project as a
132. ASTM C90 Type I Moisture Controlled 1800 psi Compressive Strength Provide accessory shapes including but not limited to corners and bond beams All accessory shapes shall match the adjacent CMU texture 1 2 Drawing Key Symbol CMU SP Split Face Standard Color Bone with accent color Harvest Brown Drawing Key Symbol CMU SM Smooth Face Standard Color Bone with accent color Harvest Brown B Product Requirements PO Nor Normal or medium weight hollow load bearing concrete masonry units per ASTM C90 Type I Moisture Controlled Units 1800 psi minimum Compressive Strength Dimensions Nominal 16 long by 8 high by the depth shown on the drawings Provide accessory shapes including but not limited to corners and bond beams All accessory shapes shall match the adjacent CMU texture C Bond Running bond with tooled joint 2 02 MORTAR amp GROUT A General 1 Portland Cement Comply with ASTM C150 Type I 2 Aggregate Provide clean sharp graded aggregate free from deleterious amounts of dust lumps shale alkali surface coatings organics and meeting ASTM C144 3 Admixtures Do not use admixtures unless specifically approved in advance B Mortar Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 Nexus CMU doc 04220 1 a Lime Provide hydrated lime complying with ASTM C207 or quicklime per ASTM C5 2 Provide ONLY Type M or Type S mortar per ASTM C270 Type N
133. Asphalt Patching amp Crack Sealing ccccccecceeeteeeeneeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaaeseeeeeseeeesaeeeeeeseeeees 1 4 DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03300 Cast In Place Concrete cccccccccsseceesssseceseeaeeeseeeaeeseseesaeeessesaeesssesaeessseaeesesenteeeseaas 1 4 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation cccccccsceceeseeceeeeeceaeeeeeaeeseeeesaaeeseaaeeeeeeeseeeesaaeeeeneeee 1 2 03360 Polish Concrete Floor Fish asinsi e eerie E eri 1 1 DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry ccceccceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaaesaaeeceaeeesaaeseeaaessaneeesaaeseeaaeeseneesaas 1 3 DIVISION 5 METALS 05120 Structural Steel e Te R A EAA EEA EE das stvehastanchtetenstesieas EAEE EER 1 2 05200 Metal JOISTS cecchcctestechscetetivetecdevel ae EER e aaee EErEE EEE TETEA ESENE AR ones 1 only 05300 Metal Decking o ar essensa Eer ASE ERRE EEr AEAEE REA a EAER AE EEEE E AAEE EERE S 1 2 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype TABLE OF CONTENTS 00002 Nexus Table of Contents doc PAGE 1 OF 3 Tenant Improvement for a New PETCO Store Farmington Hills Ml T383 Farmington Pointe 29335 Orchard Lake Road Farmington Hills Ml 48334 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing cccccccceeceeeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeaeeceeeeesaeeesaaeseeeeesecaeeeeaeeseneeee 1 2 05500 Metal Fabricatlonsys c ccdirecccgesicendavea neve cieaeke a ce etaanetd A a a aae 1 4 DIVISION 6 WOOD amp PLASTICS 06200 Rough amp Finish Garpenty ieat e ene tien ngaia adhe teenies ntti eine 1 4
134. B1101 Full Mortise Hinge 4 5 x4 5 Stainless BB1199 if gt 42 x80 Steel w Non Removable Pin Girtman 1 VD 22EO Rim Exit Device Girtman 1 LC 4040 XP Closer w cover at Pre Sales side Girtman 1 HA 194S Armorplate 30 x 34 at Pre Sales side Girtman 1 HA 520SN Aluminum Saddle Threshold 1 2 x5 w neoprene gasket Girtman 1 set HA 862S Weatherstripping mill finish 2 x 84 1 x 36 Girtman 1 HA 810SA Door Frame Top Rain Cap Girtman 1 HA 782S V Door Sill Rain Cap Girtman 1 RD DS 6 Security Door Viewer Girtman 1 1 Red Letters on White Background Vinyl Adhesive Sign text EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY ALARM WILL SOUND Note for this Hardware Set This Door s Security Door Viewer to be mounted at a height of 60 AFF to center 1 N HARDWARE SET NO 14 Exterior Rolling Door and Roof Hatch located at Pre Sales Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 1 SC KS41F1200 Padlock w interchangeable construction core Girtman 1 IKSF H R7 626 A Instakey Permanent Core Girtman 1 SF LT 112 Lazy Cam Tailpiece Girtman 1 SC 80 037 Interchangeable Store Core Note for this Hardware Set 1 O NA See Paragraph 3 02 regarding Store Cores and Interchangeable Cores P TRASH ENCLOSURE GATE HARDWARE Model No Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc FINISH HARDWARE 08710 6 PART 3
135. BURST PRESSURE WITHOUT CONTROL RODS Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15255 2014 07 30 15255 4 Submittals shall include two test reports by independent consultants showing minimum reduction of 20DB in vibration accelerations and 10DB in sound pressure levels at typical blade passage frequencies Twin sphere reducing twin sphere and reducing elbows shall be Superflex MFTNC or MFTFU MFTCR and MFLRR standard radius equal elbows Mason Flex MFNEC control rods Type ACR as manufactured by Mason Industries Inc 2 06 PIPE ANCHORS Type PA Provide an all directional acoustical pipe anchor consisting of a telescopic arrangement of two sizes of steel tubing separated by a minimum half inch thickness of heavy duty neoprene material Vertical restraints shall be provided by similar material arranged to prevent vertical travel in either direction All directional anchors shall be equal to Mason type ADA 2 07 VIBRATION ISOLATION SCHEDULE ISOLATOR MIN STATIC BASE UNIT TYPE DEEL IN TYPE REMARKS Air Handling Unit Fan on Floor amp Grade FSN 1 5 In Line Return amp Exhaust Fans Fan Coils Hung from Structure HSN 1 5 Air Handling Unit Fans Hung from Structure HSN 1 5 Pumps on Grade FSN 0 75 BSF Pumps on Suspended Floors FSN 1 5 BSF Curb Mounted Exhaust Internal Neoprene Fans lt 1 HP Grommets Curb Mounted Exhaust Fans gt 1 HP 1 0 BC PART 3 E
136. CTION 15400 PLUMBING SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide Plumbing Systems as shown on the drawings and as specified in this Section including but not necessarily limited to 1 Applications and fees required for plumbing permits utility services and interim and final inspections 2 Coordination with utility companies for utility services 3 Temporary water provisions as required for construction purposes 4 Excavation and backfill concrete pads and pits for plumbing systems work 5 Domestic hot and cold water piping systems including backflow preventers By definition the word piping in this Section means completely assembled pipe fittings nipples and valves 6 Drain waste and vent systems 7 Gas piping system and final gas connections to HVAC equipment 8 Plumbing fixtures fittings valves access panels and accessory items 9 Sterilization of the potable water system 10 Cathodic and dielectric protection 11 Seismic Restraints as may be required by the local jurisdiction 12 Cutting and patching testing adjusting and balancing 1 03 RELATED WORK A Section 07720 Roof Accessories rooftop gas piping mounting pedestals B Section 15255 Seismic Restraints C Work by Others Parts of the building Plumbing
137. CURITY ALARM SYSTEM A The Fire Alarm System and the Security Alarm System shall be provided by a PETCO Vendor through a PETCO National Account agreement For clarification of the installation of the Fire Alarm System and the Security Alarm System contact the following VECTOR SECURITY Contact Thomas Cook tecook vectorsecurity com Tel 703 468 6100 ext 51209 Cell 703 881 6605 E fax 253 780 9767 The Contractor shall coordinate all work related to the Fire Alarm System and the Security Alarm System with the PETCO Project Manager The Contractor shall provide all conduit junction boxes and pull wire where indicated on the drawings Where not a part of a building wide Fire Alarm System designed by others the Fire Suppression System Flow Detectors will be wired into the building fire alarm system by the PETCO Vendor Security Alarm Contractor The Contractor shall provide interface between the Security Alarm System and the Landlord s fire alarm panel where required by the local jurisdiction The Contractor shall coordinate and make provisions for this work but the cost of the PETCO Vendor Security Alarm Contractor s work is borne by PETCO 2 08 POWER POLES The Contractor shall provide Power Poles at PETCO store fixtures as scheduled on the drawings and shall verify the final location of Power Poles before commencement of Power Poles installation work The final location for Power Poles shall be as indicated on the PETCO issued
138. Deto Tenant Improvement for a New PETCO Store Farmington Hills MI T383 Farmington Pointe 29335 Orchard Lake Road Farmington Hills MI 48334 Project Manual Basis of Design PETCO NEXUS CORE 12 5K Prototype PETCO Job No T383 Owner PETCO ANIMAL SUPPLIES STORES INC Tenant in Fee 654 Richland Hills Drive San Antonio TX 78245 Refer to Section 01200 for contact information Architect FRCH Design Worldwide Tenant Improvement 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 Mechanical Electrical Engineer Polaris Consulting Engineers PC Tenant Improvement 214 W Main Street Suite 208 Moorestown NJ 08057 Architect s Project Number 27281 000 September 17 2014 Tenant Improvement for a New PETCO Store Farmington Hills Ml T383 Farmington Pointe 29335 Orchard Lake Road Farmington Hills Ml 48334 TABLE OF CONTENTS 00200 Instructions to Bidders svc diate ea atta ten tea aethe elds ea aa ard aie aed 1 3 Bidding Phase Request for Information Form 00300 FOrm of PropoSalit sieti wtih tars het a ten ener ee aE ee 1 3 Agreement Between Owner and Contractor NOT INCLUDED Attachment A List of Drawings Attachment B Schedule of Values Attachment C Unit Costs 00400 Petco Collaborative WebSite c cece cece cceccsceseeeeeceseeesuueeeeeeeeeeuauaneeseeeeeeseeaneneees 1 3 DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary OF Wolk usan ain aea a aa eea aana aided tees Wiese ceed nar
139. ECUTION 3 01 FINISH CARPENTRY Set and secure finish carpentry items in place rigid plumb and square Permanently fix items using appropriate anchorages Provide trim for scribing and site cutting Countersink semi concealed anchorage devices used to wall mount components and conceal with filler to match surrounding wood place flush with surrounding surfaces Carefully scribe finished items that are against other building materials leaving 1 32 gaps END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROUGH amp FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Nexus Carpentry doc 06200 4 SECTION 06600 EXTERIOR COMPOSITE WOOD PLANKING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 NOT USED 1 2 SUMMARY A Section includes composite wood wall planking B Related Sections 1 Division 05 Section Cold Formed Metal Framing for cold formed metal framing supporting metal faced composite wall panels 2 Division 07 Section Metal Plate Wall Panels for solid metal plate wall panels 3 Division 07 Section Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim for field formed flashings and other sheet metal work not part of metal faced composite wall panel assemblies C References 1 ASTM D 7032 04 Standard Specification for Establishing Performance Ratings for Wood Plastic Composite Deck Boards and Guardrail Systems Guards or Handrails ASTM International 2 ASTM D 7031 04 Standard Guide for Evaluating Mechanical and Physical Properties of Wood Plastic Composite Products ASTM International 3 ASTM E 84 01
140. ED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide supplementary roofing work at the existing roofing system where indicated on the drawings as specified in this section and as needed for a complete and proper installation B The Contractor shall coordinate all aspects of supplementary roofing work with the Landlord if applicable and shall provide all protective means necessary during the course of this work 1 03 RELATED WORK Refer to Section 07720 Roof Accessories for description of accessory items including but not limited to roof hatch walkway pads pipe flashings and curb flashings 1 04 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturers Specifications All roofing material manufacturers specifications shall be followed completely and shall become a part of this specification as if the manufacturer s specification was included entirely herein B Roofing Subcontractor All roofing work shall be provided by a single roofing company experienced with the type of roofing required The Roofing Subcontractor shall be an Approved Installer as designated by the roofing product manufacturer 1 06 SUPPLEMENTARY ROOFING WORK TO MAINTAIN EXISTING WARRANTY if applicable A The Contractor shall retain the Landlord s Roofing Subcontractor for all supplementary roofing work required as a result of new construction including but not necessarily limited to roofing accessory items p
141. EMS USA System Startup Deficiency Report Upon completion of the field checkout the COMFORT SYSTEMS USA inspecting representative will prepare and issue a COMFORT SYSTEMS USA System Startup Deficiency Report to the Contractor and will forward a copy of the report to the PETCO Project Manager for inclusion in the PETCO Inspection Punchlist The costs associated with any subsequent field trip inspection that may be determined as being required by COMFORT SYSTEMS USA as a result of inadequate preparation for the Energy Management System installation by the electrical subcontractor prior to the date of the field installation checkout inspection by COMFORT SYSTEMS USA shall be the responsibility of the Contractor electrical subcontractor END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 16600 2014 07 30 16600 2
142. Engr PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr RTU Thermostats Product Data Unit Heaters Product Data Flue Vent Product Data Exhaust Fan Product Data Lighting Fixture Product Data Electrical Panel Shop Drawings NOTE TO CONTRACTOR This Submittal Status Report form is to be used by PETCO s Tenant Improvement Architect to report the status of submittals receipt review and processing to the PETCO Project Manager High lighted YELLOW indicates Submittals for PETCO As Is Project where applicable High lighted GREEN Submittal for PETCO Exhibit B or As Is Project where exterior spandrel color may have to be approved High lighted LT GREEN These submittals not usually listed for Exhibit B projects building shell detailing is by Landlord s Architect Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01342 Nexus Submittal Status Form xls SECTION 01410 CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 SUMMARY A Construction Quality Control Services will be provided by PETCO s Testing Inspection Agency in a contract for services with PETCO Additional testing and inspections shall be provided and or coordinated directly by the Contractor as defined in this Section and will NOT be under PETCO s Testing Inspection Agency s scope of work B Both PETCO s and Contractor s Testing Inspection Agency s Project Engineer s shall be a Professional Engineer licensed in Michigan All test reports inspection r
143. FLOOR painted floor if applicable A In addition to the Surface Conditions General above the Contractor shall verify that the surface is clean dry sound and offer sufficient profile to achieve adequate adhesion B Minimum substrate cure is 28 days at 75 F Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype PAINTING 09900 Nexus Painting doc 09900 2 Remove all form release agents curing compounds salts efflorescence laitance and other foreign matter by sandblasting shot blasting mechanical scarification or suitable chemical means Provide skim coating of prepared concrete floor surface in Work Room and Wellness Room per Section 0331 0 Concrete Floor Preparation Do not use hydrocarbon solvent for cleaning Refer to ASTM D4260 Rinse thoroughly to achieve a final pH between 8 0 and 11 0 Allow to dry thoroughly prior to coating Concrete Floor Testing 1 Moisture Emission Level Test The Contractor shall provide testing to confirm moisture vapor emission levels in accordance with ASTM F 1869 98 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride This testing must be provided in an enclosed temperature controlled building shell or tenant space a Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level Moisture Vapor shall not exceed 3 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours b Note that the specified acceptable emission level for this floor coating product may be different than
144. Final Site Cleanup completion with the PETCO Project Manager 1 2 Exterior concrete slabs and sidewalks adjoining the PETCO Tenant Space Clean free of mud dirt and debris Power sweep and clean with water and detergent as required Exposed concrete foundations and or retaining walls Remove bond breaker dirt and discoloration Vacuum upon completion Asphaltic and concrete paving adjoining the PETCO Tenant Space Clean free of construction generated mud dirt and trash Power sweep and clean with water and detergent as required Directional signage Clean free of construction generated marks stains and smudges END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION amp FINAL CLEANING 01710 Nexus Const Final Cleaning doc 01710 3 SECTION 01730 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1 01 SUMMARY A Any material or procedure specified by reference number symbol or title of a standard such as a commercial standard federal specification trade association standard technical society standard or other similar standard document shall comply with the requirement in the latest revision thereof and any amendment or supplement thereto except as may be limited as to type class or grade or modified in such reference Reference documents shall be considered an integral part of this Project Manual as if included in their entirety B The Contractor shall comply with requirements of association trade or Federal Standards except when more stringent
145. Globe Valves Milwaukee 1502 125 bronze body solder joints with bronze disc when up to 2 in diameter 7 Ball Valves Nibco Scott 1595 or 5595 150 bronze body chrome plated ball telfon seats 8 Gas Valves Rockwell Nordstrom 143 with 555 lubricant for natural gas service Valve Boxes Mueller H 10360 Size 564 S screw type 5 1 4 shaft with WATER cast in lid Trap Primers Provide automatic trap primer on cold water supply at nearest fixture and run drain to trap seal being protected Provide Access Panel where concealed in walls Backflow Preventer Provide reduced pressure principle Backflow Preventer on domestic water lateral to the building if required by the local jurisdiction Backflow Preventer shall be equal to Watts 909 Air Cushions and Shock Absorbers Provide full size vertical air cushion not less than 12 inches long and 1 inch pipe size shock absorbers at each hot and cold water connection to a fixture or faucet equal to Zurn A 1700 size 400 Josam 14800 or Wade W 20 Vacuum Breakers Provide on faucets hydrants and other water discharge points with threaded hose connector where shown on drawings or required by applicable Code equal to Watts 8 A Vaccum Breakers for general piping application shall be equal to Watts 288A 2 07 TRAPS A All fixtures and floor drains are to be separately trapped as near to the fixture or floor drain as possible Traps shall be self cleaning water sea
146. Inc Stoughton MA contact Donna Macleod 800 628 7462 x241 Adhesive The Contractor shall provide adhesive equal to Durabond D 870 Carpet Tile amp Pad Adhesive by Bostik Findley Middletown MA 888 592 8558 www bostikfindley us com Installation The Contractor shall field cut and install the Entrance Floor Mat Tiles to cover the entire Vestibule floor surface and the floor mat shall be finished tight to the adjacent door thresholds Submittal No submittal is required for this product 10 Fire Alarm amp Security System National Account Partial Work will be provided by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall provide supplementary electrical work 11 Fire Extinguishers a The Contractor shall furnish and install Fire Extinguishers where shown on the drawings or as may be additionally required by the jurisdiction s fire marshal Fire Extinguishers shall be equal to Model No MP6 Multi Purpose Dry Chemical UL Rating 3A 40B C nominal capacity 6 pounds dry chemical with bracket Model No 862 by Larsen s Manufacturing Company Minneapolis MN 800 527 7367 Wall Column Bracket Provide non standard bracket Model No 862 by Larsen s Manufacturing Company Installation Unless otherwise designated by the jurisdiction fire marshal the Contractor shall install Fire Extinguishers at a uniform height of no more than 48 from floor to top of the fire extinguisher handle 12 Grooming Reception Counter Accessory Low
147. Inc Vibration Mountings amp Controls Inc or Amber Booth Company T Manufacturer supplier shall determine vibration isolation and seismic restraint sizes and locations Provide piping equipment isolation systems and seismic restraints as required Provide installation instructions and drawings Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15255 2014 07 30 15255 1 2 Manufacturer supplier shall provide calculations as may be required to determine restraint loads resulting from seismic forces required by applicable provisions of the seismic code Seismic calculations shall be certified by a licensed engineer experienced in the design of restraints for flexibly mounted equipment 2 02 VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNT TYPES A General A All metal parts of vibration isolation units installed out of doors shall be cold dip galvanized cadmium plated or neoprene coated after fabrication Galvanizing shall meet ASTM Salt Spray Test Standards and Federal Test Standard No 144 2 Labor saving accessories can be an integral part of isolators supplied to provide initial lift of equipment to operating height hold piping at fixed elevations during installation and initial system filling operations and similar installation advantages However accessories must not degrade the vibration isolation system B Type FSN Housed Floor Spring and Neoprene 1 Spring isolators shall be housed single spring mounts for seismic and restrained
148. Insulation Board EPS insulation board ASTM C578 Type 1 insulation board board with minimum thickness 3 4 deep or thicker as shown on the drawings with a minimum 3 4 EPS material thickness at its least section EPS Board shall be aged air dried for the equivalent of six weeks prior to installation 6 Mechanical EPS Fasteners a Wind Devil Fasteners by Wind Lock Corporation Leesport PA 800 872 5625 or equivalent fastener as recommended by USG Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM REPAIRS 07250 Nexus EFIS Repairs doc 07250 2 PART 3 1 Light Gauge Steel Framing Type LM fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum penetration into framing 2 Heavy Gauge Steel Framing Type S fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum penetration into framing 3 Masonry Type ME expansion fastener and plate system 1 minimum penetration into masonry 7 Exterior Basecoat Senerflex Standard Base Coat 100 acrylic mixed with portland cement 8 Reinforcing Mesh a Above 87 0 height at adjacent finish grade Flexguard 4 Standard Reinforcing Mesh b Below 8 0 height at adjacent finish grade Flexguard 15 Reinforcing Mesh applied as a secondary reinforcement under Flexguard 4 Standard Reinforcing Mesh at these wall areas 9 Textured Finish Senerflex Exterior Textured Finish 100 acrylic trowel applied minimum installed thickness 1 16 over reinforcing 3 16 maximum thickness 10 Color Tex
149. LITIES TERMINOLOGY Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information SUMMARY A PETCO will furnish the Energy Management System EMS under a National Account agreement with COMFORT SYSTEMS USA The Contractor shall install all accessories for the Energy Management System as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to 1 Hill PHOENIX PowerPlus Integrated Power amp Control Assembly 2 Sensing devices including temperature light and override switches 3 Power and control conductors and connections to the controlled equipment RELATED WORK Section 15500 HVAC Systems Section 16000 Electrical Systems QUALITY ASSURANCE All materials apparatus equipment and installation shall comply with the most stringent standards between applicable building and electrical codes and ordinances State Industrial Accident Commission Underwriters Laboratory and National Board of Fire Underwriters All items material and equipment shall bear the Underwriters Laboratory Label of approval and the AFL IBEW Union Label if applicable FIELD INSTALLATION CHECKOUT OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM COMFORT SYSTEMS USA will provide one field installation checkout visit so as to verify the Energy Management System installation and operation This visit is to be scheduled for two 2 days after the scheduled
150. LOR COLOR application begins Allow the surface to dry completely before beginning the FLOR COLOR application NOTE Where drawings call for no color to be applied skip step 9 and proceed to step 10 9 Apply the DIAMATIC FLOR COLOR LITHO DYE at the rate of 400 500 square feet per gallon The application shall be done according to the FLOR COLOR Technical Information Sheet Allow the surface to dry completely before continuing a minimum of 45 minutes to 2 hours depending on the ambient temperature 10 Apply DIAMATIC FLOR SIL per application instructions at a rate of 400 square feet per gallon Actual rates may vary due to concrete porosity 11 Allow DIAMATIC FLOR SIL to dry before continuing on to the next step 12 GRIND POLISH 5 800 Resin Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 13 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 14 MICROPOLISH BURNISH 1 FLOR GRIT 800 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic 15 Dry mop the floor clean to remove all debris Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 9 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Apply DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH High Gloss per application instructions at a rate of 2 500 square feet per gallon Actual rates may vary due to concrete porosity 1 coat Allow to dry a minimum of 15 minutes MICROPOLISH BURNISH 2 FLOR GRIT 800 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic
151. METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide miscellaneous metal work as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation such as 18 19 Anchor bolts washers and nuts Angle frames for rooftop mounted equipment openings including but not necessarily limited to exhaust fans roof hatch and rooftop HVAC units part of building shell construction Angle and or channel jambs at masonry openings part of building shell construction Banner Anchors at building exterior Front Elevation wall and top of parapet coping Bearing Plates Bollards with Chain Door Lintels and other masonry opening lintels part of building shell construction Exterior Metal Stairs part of building shell construction Hitching Rings Ladder to roof hatch Leveling Plates Loading Dock Leveler and Dock Bumper angle part of building shell construction Metal Pipe Railings Rainwater Conductor Guards part of building shell construction Rodent Barrier Hardware Cloth Security Mesh at exterior metal framed walls exterior soffits or interior demising partitions Concealed Tube Steel Structural Columns at aluminum storefront part of building shell construction Unistrut and all thread support rods for suspended plumbing mechanical and electrical equipment and other assemblies Additional miscellaneous steel items that may not be
152. Non Composite Deflection Limit 1 240 Uniform 5 PSF Lateral Load Framing Type Manufacturer See See See SSMA Reference Note 1 Note 2 Note 3 2 1 2 x 20 GA at 16 OC Dietrich 250S125 27 12 1 No listing No listing Marino Ware 212DWS20 12 1 11 7 11 7 Unimast 212ST 13 10 13 0 13 0 2 1 2 x 25 GA at 16 OC Dietrich 250S125 18 11 3 No listing No listing Marino Ware 212DWS25 11 3 9 6 9 6 Unimast 212ST 12 6 11 0 11 0 3 5 8 x 20 GA at 16 OC Dietrich 362S125 27 15 8 No listing _No listing Marino Ware 358DWS20 15 8 15 0 15 0 Unimast 358ST 17 11 17 3 17 3 3 5 8 x 25 GA at 16 OC Dietrich 362S125 18 14 4 No listing No listing Marino Ware 358DWS25 14 4 14 6 14 6 Unimast 358ST 16 0 14 6 14 6 6 x 20 GA at 16 0OC Dietrich 600S125 27 23 2 No listing No listing Marino Ware 6DWS20 29 2 239 1 239 1 Unimast 600ST 26 1 25 6 25 6 6 x 25 GA at 16 OC Dietrich 600S125 18 19 9 No listing No listing Marino Ware 6DWS25 19 9 n a n a Unimast 600ST 20 0 20 0 20 0 Note 1 Partition with Gypsum Wallboard on both sides Composite Note 2 Partition with Gypsum Wallboard full height on one side partial height Gypsum Wallboard on the other side Non Composite Note 3 Furred Partition with Gypsum Wallboard on one side Non Composite 2 02 DEFLECTION TRACK METAL
153. O Tenant Space Final Completion 8 Submission of Closeout Documents to PETCO 9 Last Date of Change Order Request submission to PETCO PL ON DOOI C An updated revised Construction Progress Schedule shall be submitted to the PETCO Project Manager with each Application for Payment 1 04 CONTRACTOR S JOBSITE OFFICE A Contractor s Jobsite Office Unless otherwise agreed with the PETCO Project Manager the Contractor shall provide and maintain a weather tight freestanding jobsite trailer for the use by the Contractor subcontractors and the PETCO Project Manager Subcontractors may furnish their own similar storage facilities if required B Alternative Contractor s Jobsite Office Renovation This renovation project might permit the use of enclosed existing areas adjacent to the limits of construction for the PETCO project However the use of such space as the Contractor s jobsite office shall be only as specifically permitted by the PETCO Project Manager or Landlord in lieu of a freestanding jobsite construction trailer 1 The PETCO Project Manager is not obligated to coordinate the use of any enclosed existing area adjacent to the limits of construction with the Landlord The Contractor is solely responsible for coordinating availability and access to such space and the cost for use of such space shall be a part of the Base Bid 2 The Contractor shall not use existing area within the limits of construction for the Cont
154. ON AXIAL LOAD BEARING A B Tracks shall be securely anchored to the supporting structure Complete uniform and level bearing support shall be provided for the bottom track At track butt joints abutting pieces of track shall be securely anchored to a common structural element or they shall be butt welded or spliced together Jack studs shall be installed bellow windowsills above window and door heads and at freestanding stair rails and shall be securely attached to supporting members Wall stud bridging shall be installed in a manner to provide resistance to both minor axis bending and rotation Bridging rows shall be equally spaced not to exceed 5 0 on center for wind loading only or 4 0 on center for axial loading 3 04 ERECTION OF COLD FORMED STEEL JOISTS A Joists shall be located directly over bearing studs or a load distribution member shall be provided at the top track B Provide web stiffeners at reaction points and joist bridging where indicated on the drawings C Provide an additional joist under parallel partitions when the partition length exceeds one half the joist span and around all floor and roof openings that interrupt one or more spanning members unless otherwise noted D End blocking shall be provided where joist ends are not otherwise restrained from rotation END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 Nexus Metal Framing doc 05400 2 SECTION 05500
155. PETCO NEXUS Prototype CERAMIC TILE 09310 Nexus Ceramic Tile doc 09310 3 2 09 QUARRY TILE TO VCT FLOOR TRANSITION Provide 3 8 x 1 1 2 floor transition reducer from 1 2 Quarry Tile to 1 8 VCT Refer to Section 09650 Resilient Flooring for product specification Remodel not Rover Prototype 2 10 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are needed 3 02 TILE INSTALLATION A General Comply with ANSI A108 1 ANSI A108 2 and the Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America Maintain minimum temperature limits and installation practices recommended by the product manufacturers Environmental Conditions 1 Tile shall be installed only when moisture resistant gypsum wallboard tile adhesive and air temperature are above 40 degrees F and temperature must remain at this temperature or higher for at least 24 hours after application of tile 2 Steel framing to receive moisture resistant gypsum wallboard shall be structurally sound free from bow and in compliance with local building code requirements Limits of Tile Terminate
156. RRANTY The Contractor shall include a copy of the installer s warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 WALL TILE A Ceramic Wall Tile T 01 1 Provide products by Crossville national acct rep contact Natasha Appel 214 517 6298 nappel crossvilleinc com order fulfillment contact Toni Hale 888 224 6568 ext 3997 No product substitution is acceptable 2 Drawing Key Symbol T 01 Tea For Two WT02 Gloss 4 X8 nominal B Ceramic Wall Tile T 02 1 Provide products by Crossville national acct rep contact Natasha Appel 214 517 6298 nappel crossvilleinc com order fulfillment contact Toni Hale 888 224 6568 ext 3997 2 Drawing Key Symbol T 02 Vapor Honed Finish AV242 6 x24 nominal C Ceramic Wall Tile T 05 i Provide products by Crossville national acct rep contact Natasha Appel 214 517 6298 nappel crossvilleinc com order fulfillment contact Toni Hale 888 224 6568 ext 3997 2 Drawing Key Symbol T 05 White Mosaic VI SBC3 1 x3 nominal D Ceramic Wall Tile T 06 at Tub Room Wall Tile 1 Provide Semi Gloss Color 100 White size 6 x 6 x 5 16 or 4 1 4 x 4 1 4 x 5 16 with 1 16 joints by Dal Tile Corporation Dallas TX Contact Tamara Grandusky 415 290 8302 877 5
157. SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK PETCO Farmington Hills MI T383 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide labor and materials to complete clearing and grubbing stripping of topsoil excavating filling grading and backfilling as indicated on the drawings and as specified in this Section The Contractor shall be directed by the Geotechnical Engineer whose services as specified in Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services have been retained by PETCO The Contractor shall review the site plan and the foundation plan with the Geotechnical Engineer prior to construction The Geotechnical Engineer shall make a final recommendation on the site and foundation preparations which shall be binding to the Contractor and shall become a part of these specifications The Contractor shall include in the Base Bid all costs including but not limited to survey undercutting and structural fill for footing and foundation excavations to the frostline and or bearing strata as defined in the Geotechnical Investigation Report or specific additional depth to achieve the design bearing capacity as may be specified by the Geotechnical Engineer and or the Structural Engineer The Contractor s completion certification and delivery of Section 00300 Form of Proposal to PETCO represents that the Contractor has completely reviewed the Geotechnical Investigation Report has a thorough understanding of the soils substrata
158. SED 3 06 CLEANING amp PROTECTION A The Contractor shall protect installed flooring as recommended by the flooring manufacturer against damage from rolling loads other trades or the placement of fixtures and furnishings B The Contractor shall provide cleaning in accordance with Section 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning requirements END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09660 Nexus Sheet Flooring doc 09660 5 SECTION 09670 EPOXY FINISH ON CONCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide the Epoxy Finish on Concrete including integral Epoxy Cove Base with Top Edge Trim Cap where scheduled as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete installation 1 03 RELATED WORK A Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems B Section 09650 Resilient Flooring 1 Vinyl Composition Floor Tile and Transition adjacent to the Aquarium Area must be completely installed prior to the installation of the Epoxy Flooring 2 Reference this Section for flooring layout procedure based on obtaining a flooring layout CAD file from Petco s Tenant Improvement Architect C Section 09660 Resilient Sheet Flooring A similar Top Edge Trim Cap is also detailed and specified for use with Resilient Sheet Flooring 1 04 SUBMITTAL The Contractor shall provide Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Product Manager per Section 01340 requirements This submittal i
159. SOS date for the site The contractor shall coordinate the electrical sub contractor such that the installation of the Energy Management System is complete and the Petco EMS Check off sheet is completed and faxed to both Comfort Systems and the Petco Project Manager prior to the scheduled SOS date The contractor shall also coordinate the mechanical sub contractor such that the HVAC systems have been installed and start up completed prior to the SOS date PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EMS EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES A The Energy Management System including DDC Controller Relay Contactor Panels and HVAC Controls will be furnished by COMFORT SYSTEMS USA in a National Account agreement i e direct purchase by PETCO COMFORT SYSTEMS USA NATIONAL ACCOUNTS 2655 Fortune Circle West Suites E amp F Indianapolis Indiana 46241 First Point of Contact Cedric Wilson Project Manager cedric wilson comfortsystemsusa com Tel 317 638 5363 Tel Direct 317 246 4278 Cell 317 658 0035 Second Point of Contact Ron Hamersley EMS Engineer Ronald hamersley comfortsystemsusa com Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 16600 2014 07 30 16600 1 PART 3 Tel 317 638 5363 Tel Direct 317 638 5363 ext 4315 No product substitution is permitted The Energy Management System is manufactured by COMFORT SYSTEMS USA Some of the system components are factory installed in the Hill L PHOENIX PowerPlus Int
160. SPECTION The Contractor shall submit written notice to the PETCO Project Manager in a timely manner so as to allow adequate scheduling of the punchlist site visit that the Contractor has reviewed the contract documents inspected the installed completed work and verified the work is complete and ready for the PETCO Project Manager s Construction Punchlist Inspection CONSTRUCTION PUNCHLIST INSPECTION A The Construction Punchlist Inspection will be provided by the PETCO Project Manager on or about the Date of Substantial Completion A copy of the Construction Punchlist which will list items as Incomplete not completed within the Construction Time established in the Lease Agreement or as Punchlist Items provided within the Construction Time established in the Lease Agreement but needing additional work to correct deficient or incomplete work will be provided to the Contractor Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 Nexus Contract Closeout doc 01700 1 B The Contractor shall complete all items noted on the Construction Punchlist within the time limit stated in the Lease Agreement Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the PETCO Project Manager all Construction Punchlist items must be completed by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the PETCO Project Manager no later than the Date of Final Completion 1 07 CONTRACTOR S NOTICE OF PUNCHLIST COMPLETION The Contractor shall submit a written Notice of Punch
161. Store Fixture Plan furnished to the jobsite by a PETCO Representative Refer to the drawings for the PETCO Vendor Contractor Responsibilities 2 09 DUPLEX RECEPTACLES SWITCHES AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS A Duplex Receptacles Provide 3 pole grounding type with the third pole U shaped grounded to the conduit system equal to Hubbell 5252 and or GF5362 1 and or CR5352IG with acceptable alternative products by Cooper Crouse Hinds Leviton Pass amp Seymour or Slater Isolated Ground IG receptacles shall be orange not white with orange triangle A single duplex receptacles dedicated to a 20A 1P circuit shall be Hubbell 5352 or equal Switches 20 amp 120 277 volt AC throughout quiet type silver button contact type equal to Arrow Hart No 1991 1 1991 2 1991 3 with acceptable alternative products by Hubbell Leviton Pass amp Seymour or Slater Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 5 Devices Receptacles Switches Telephone Outlets and Coverplate Colors a Interior Painted Color White Walls Provide Color White Devices and Coverplates 2 Interior Painted Color Other Than White Walls Provide Color Ivory Devices and Coverplates 3 Selected Receptacles Some receptacles are indicated to be Grey in color to distinguish these devices which are on controlled circuits from those which are not Plugmold Provide by Wiremold Corporation in color as indicated on plans No product s
162. TCO representative as designated by the PETCO Project manager or the PETCO District Manager to the PETCO Project Manager stating the following Contractor Name the Carrier factory representative and HVAC subcontractor Name have started each and all systems and we have demonstrated their normal operations to PETCO representative Name and we have instructed the PETCO representative in the operation and maintenance thereof Contractor Representative s Name and Signature HVAC Subcontractor Representative s Name and Signature Carrier Representative s Name and Signature PETCO Representative s Name and Signature A second and third instruction meeting between the Contractor and the designated PETCO operating personnel shall be scheduled at three 3 months and eleven 11 months after the Date of Substantial Completion Date of Turnover of Tenant Space to Petco Prior to acceptance and final payment the Contractor shall demonstrate that all HVAC equipment is functioning properly and efficiently Sheave changes and air qualities shall be balanced by a certified Balancing Contractor PE for consistent temperatures throughout controls shall be adjusted and the system shall be placed in proper operation 3 06 OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS TO PETCO Upon completion of the entire mechanical system and prior to acceptance by PETCO the Contractor shall provide a qualified systems engineer and fully instruct the PETCO mai
163. TER MANAGED EIFS MANUFACTURERS A Basis of Design Provide Outsulation MD by Dryvit Systems Inc Warwick RI 401 822 4100 1 Sheathing Provide Exterior Gypsum Sheathing meeting ASTM C79 requirements for water resistant core or Type X core product type subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Refer to Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System Do NOT provide Exterior Gypsum Sheathing without also providing exterior plywood sheathing backup at any location where PETCO signage is scheduled to be provided 2 Air Weather Barrier Dryvit Backstop acrylic Air Weather Barrier 3 Flashing Trims Manufacturer s standard as designed and manufactured for the intended purpose 4 Exterior Insulation Board Dryvit OMD Exterior grooved EPS insulation board board thickness minimum 1 1 2 with 3 4 EPS deep v groove reveals where shown on the drawings leaving a minimum 3 4 EPS material thickness EPS Board shall be aged air dried for the equivalent of six weeks prior to installation 5 Mechanical EPS Fasteners Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype WATER MANAGED E I F S 07240 Nexus EFIS doc 07240 1 a Wind Devil Fasteners by Wind Lock Corporation Leesport PA 800 872 5625 No substitutions are permitted 1 Light Gauge Steel Framing Type LM fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum penetration into framing 2 Heavy Gauge Steel Framing Type S fastener and plate system 5 8
164. TERIALS A ROOFTOP UNIT amp OTHER MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT ROOFCURBS 1 2 3 4 HVAC Rooftop Units The Contractor shall provide the Rooftop Unit RTU roof curbs Exhaust Fans The Contractor shall provide Exhaust Fan roofcurbs as required The Contractor shall provide treated wood blocking and shims as required to provide a level top of roofcurb elevation to receive all rooftop mechanical equipment Refer to the mechanical drawings and Section 15500 HVAC Systems B RTU RETROFIT ROOF CURB ADAPTERS 1 Reuse existing roof curbs and provide custom adapter extensions for installation of new rooftop equipment equal to roof curb adapters by Roof Products Inc Chattanooga TN 800 262 6669 Contractor shall provide existing roof curb measurements and all pertinent data related to the new rooftop equipment to the fabricator C MISCELLANEOUS SEALANT amp FLASHING WORK The Roofing Subcontractor or others under the supervision of the Roofing Subcontractor shall provide supplementary roofing flashing and sealant work upon completion of the Building Signage installation using means and methods necessary to maintain the specified roofing manufacturer s warranty Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROOF ACCESSORIES 07720 Nexus Roof Accessories doc 07720 1 D PIPE MOUNTING SUPPORT PEDESTALS Provide pre manufactured pipe mounting pedestals for rooftop horizontal gas piping equal to Pillow Block Pipestands with accessory Pipe Straps by Miro
165. Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials ASTM International 4 ASTM D 570 Water Absorption of Plastics 5 ASTM D 1761 Mechanical Fasteners in Wood 6 ASTM D 1413 99 Test method for Wood Preservatives by Laboratory Soil block Cultures 7 ASTM C177 Standard Test Method for Steady State Heat Flux Measurements and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate Apparatus 1 3 DEFINITION A Composite Wood Planks Assembly Composite wood planks attachment system components miscellaneous metal framing and accessories necessary for a complete wall veneer finish system 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A General Performance Composite wood planks assemblies shall comply with performance requirements without failure due to defective manufacture fabrication installation or other defects in construction B Fire Test response characteristics per ASTM E 84 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp Wood doc Wood Planking 06600 1 1 5 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each type of product indicated Include construction details material descriptions dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes for each type of composite wood wall planking and accessory B Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation layouts of composite wood planks details of edge conditions joints planking profiles corners anchorages attachment system trim flashings closures and acces
166. Two 2 Year Warranty against defects on all glass products in the Building Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Installers Warranty The Contractor shall provide of the glazing installers warranty for all work for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PRODUCTS 2 01 VISION GLASS A General Provide the glass type and thickness shown on the drawings or specified in this Section Tempered Glass All tempered glass provided must comply with Fed Spec DD G 1403 and ANSI 297 1 and bear the appropriate permanent labels EXCEPT where temporary labels are specifically allowable by applicable code or allowable by the jurisdiction 1 General Provide the glass type and thickness shown on the drawings or specified in this Section 2 Provide 1 4 inch thickness Tempered Glass NEXUS Prototype 3 Insulating Glass Units Exterior Storefront Type G SIGMA No 64 7 2 double pane Clear Glass outer pane 1 4 inch inner pane 1 4 inch and total unit thickness 1 inch Clear insulating units shall have a maximum shading coefficient of 0 80 or less Provide tempered insulated glazing where shown on the Drawings Wire Glass Provide Type III Class 1 Kind A Form 1 with pattern M3 wire mesh 1 4 inch thickness fire rated door assemblies if applicable Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype GLAZING 08800 Nexus Glazing doc 08800 1 2 02 E
167. Type Ill Grade X Class 1 UL listed 5 8 thick Acceptable product manufacturers AON Sheetrock products by USG Chicago IL 800 950 3839 www usg com Gyproc products by Domtar Gypsum Ann Arbor MI 800 366 8271 G P Gypsum products by Georgia Pacific Atlanta GA 404 652 4000 Gold Bond Gypsum products by National Gypsum Company Charlotte NC 704 365 7300 e Gypsum products by Temple Inland Diboll TX 409 829 1220 f No other product manufacturers are permitted apop Interior Moisture Resistant Gypsum Wallboard Drawing Key Symbol M R GYP where scheduled on the drawings 1 Provide mold and moisture resistant gypsum wallboard at walls and ceiling equal to the following product manufacturers a Sheetrock Water Resistant 5 8 Regular Gypsum Panels by United States Gypsum Company Chicago IL b 5 8 XP Fire Shield Wallboard by National Gypsum Company Charlotte NC Exterior Sheathing for EIFS substrate Provide Dens Glass Gold Glass Mat Faced Exterior Sheathing by G P Gypsum Corporation subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Paper faced exterior gypsum sheathing is NOT an acceptable product substitution 2 04 CEMENT BOARD SYSTEM A Interior Cement Board Drawing Key Symbol CEM BD where scheduled on the drawings Ja Provide Dens Shield 5 8 tile backer by Georgia Pacific 2 Acceptable Alternative Provide Durock 5 8
168. URERS A Acceptable Manufacturers 1 Design Basis Contract Documents are based on Super Lumideck Flat Soffit canopy products and system by Mapes Canopies 888 273 1132 2 2 MATERIALS A Decking Consists of 3 inch extruded flat soffit 0 078 inch decking style pan minimum 0 032 aluminum B Intermediate framing members Extruded aluminum alloy 6063 T6 C Fascia As indicated including the following options 1 Standard 8 inch extruded GM d style minimum 0 125 aluminum 2 Optional 8 K style minimum 0 032 aluminum 2 3 ACCESSORIES A Anchors Stainless steel 2 4 FABRICATION A Connections Mechanically assembled utilizing 3 16 fasteners with a minimum shear stress of 350 Ib compression sleeve at through bolts Prewelded or factory welded connections are not acceptable B Ship in preassembled sections C Concealed Drainage Drain water from covered surfaces into intermediate trough directed to either the front for front drainage or to the rear for ground level discharge via designated downspouts D Shop assemble in largest practical sizes for shipment E Provide anchors and brackets required for attachment of framing of same material and finish as framing 2 5 FINISHES A Aluminum Chemically clean and apply manufacturer s standard 2 Coat Kynar finish sorayed and baked 1 Color Interstate Blue B Hanger Rods Chemically clean and apply manufacturer s standard 2 Coat Kynar powder coat finish spraye
169. Wall and Swinging Doors National Account a b The Grooming Reception Counter Accessory Low Wall and Swinging Doors will be delivered to the jobsite by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall offload the Grooming Reception Counter Accessory Wall and Swinging Doors and shall assemble and install the Grooming Reception Counter Accessory Wall and Swinging Doors 14 Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Door Finish Hardware PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 6 Hollow Metal Doors Frames and Door Finish Hardware will be purchased by the Contractor from a PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor Except for the installation of store cores all Hollow Metal Doors Frames and Door Finish Hardware shall be installed by the Contractor 15 HVAC Rooftop Units Inventory Agreement The Contactor shall furnish and install HVAC Rooftop Units and structural provisions 16 Interior PETCO Store Graphics National Account Interior Surface Mounted Wall Graphics and Bracket Mounted Graphics will be furnished and installed by one or more PETCO Vendors 17 Light Fixtures and Lamps Inventory Agreement The Contractor shall furnish and install Light Fixtures and Lamps 18 Loading Dock Equipment Inventory Agreement a INVENTORY AGREEMENT Loading Dock Equipment shall be purchased by the Contractor from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by
170. XECUTION 3 01 APPLICATION Miscellaneous pieces of mechanical equipment such as expansion tanks shall be vibration isolated from the building structure by Type NH isolators unless their position in the piping system requires higher degrees of isolation 3 02 INSTALLATION OF VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT A Installation of vibration isolation equipment shall be in accordance with the manufacturer s written instructions B Isolation Mounts 1 2 All vibration isolators shall be aligned squarely above or below mounting points of the supported equipment Isolators for equipment with bases shall be located on the sides of the bases which are parallel to the equipment shaft unless this is not possible because of physical constraints If a housekeeping pad is provided the isolators shall bear on the housekeeping pad and the isolator base plate shall rest entirely on the pad Hanger rods for vibration isolated support shall be connected to structural beams or joints not from the floor slab between beams and joists Provide intermediate support members as necessary Vibration isolation hanger elements shall be positioned as high as possible in the hanger rod assembly but not in contact with the building structure and so that the hanger housing may rotate a full 360 degrees without contacting any object Parallel running pipes may be hung together on a trapeze which is isolated from the building Isolator deflections must be the larges
171. XTERIOR OPAQUE WINDOW FILM A Provide Tinting Film equal to 3M Scotchcal Window Film Color White OR as selected by the Landlord and or the PETCO Project Manager at the interior side of the exterior opaque glazing where shown on the drawings by 3M Construction Products 877 777 7580 or 401 233 7800 The 3M Construction Products representative may furnish qualified local distributors and installers in this project locale Product Mock up This product MUST be approved on site by the PETCO Project Manager This film must be opaque not transparent or translucent and shall completely conceal interior elements when viewed from the exterior unless accepted by the PETCO Project Manager Final product selection may be dictated by similar applications elsewhere in the shopping center vicinity by the Landlord or by local ordinance 2 02 NOT USED 2 03 TRANSPARENT MIRROR CAGE ROOM DOORS A PART 3 Provide Transparent Mirror One Way Glass at the Grooming Reception to Cage Room door and at the Grooming Salon to Cage Room door equal to Pilkington Mirropane E P with reflective mirror coating facing towards the Grooming Salon side at door to Grooming Salon and at the Grooming Reception side at door to Cage Room 1 Nominal Thickness 1 4 2 Glass Substrate Pilkington Optifloat Grey Tinted glass 3 Visible Transmittance 12 4 Visible Reflectance 60 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine
172. aces adjacent to welds F Gas Cutting Do not use gas cutting torches for correcting fabricating errors in structural framing except on secondary members where prior approval is obtained When gas cutting is permitted finish the gas cut section to a sheared acceptable appearance 3 03 PAINTING A Secure all required approvals of welding and connections prior to application of field primer B Prime coat structural steel and fittings except galvanized items with light gray primer on all exposed members 1 Prepare surfaces by removing loose rust loose mill scale spatter slag and flux deposits Clean steel in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning 2 After erection clean spots and surfaces where paint has been removed damaged or burned off field bolts and other field connections not concealed in the finished work 3 Remove dirt oil and grease 4 Apply a spot coat of the approved primer 5 Do not apply paint to wet damp oily or improperly prepared surfaces 6 Spray apply the primer filling joints and corners and covering surfaces with a smooth unbroken film of at least 1 5 dry mils thickness END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 Nexus Struct Steel doc 05120 3 PART 1 SECTION 05200 METAL JOISTS GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide Metal Joists as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as
173. actor Construction Agreement and included in the Total Contract Sum 2 The Contractor shall coordinate all related work and modify all surrounding conditions as necessary to integrate the work of each accepted Bid Alternate B Bid Alternate No 1 Exterior Sun Control Window Film Refer to all Drawings Project Manual general and Project Manual Section 08800 and state the amount to ADD TO the Base Bid to provide Exterior Sun Control Window Film to single and or insulating glazing where shown on the drawings may not be at all exterior glazing If applicable C There are no other Bid Alternates established for this project 1 02 VOLUNTARY BID ALTERNATES A PETCO encourages and will consider Voluntary Bid Alternates if prepared and submitted by the Contractor for the express purpose of reducing the total project cost The Contractor may at the Contractor s option prepare and submit proposed voluntary bid alternates as attachments to the Form of Proposal at the time of bid submission B If included as part of the Voluntary Bid Alternate product substitutions other than those specifically approved in this project manual can only be considered by PETCO and the Architect Engineer if comprehensive product data is submitted to the Architect Engineer during the bid review process and if so requested by PETCO The Architect Engineer will NOT review proposed product substitutions during the project s bidding phase 1 Voluntary Bid Al
174. actured by Emseal Joint Systems Ltd Westborough MA 508 836 0280 if applicable E Sealant at Fa ade and Building Abutment Joints above grade Provide sealant equal to Dynatrol Il Type II two part polyurethane sealant as manufactured by Pecora Corporation Harleysville PA 800 523 6688 as a secondary closure to this joint system unless otherwise approved by the PETCO Project Manager if applicable F Typical Interior Joints Mono one part acrylic terpolymer sealant meeting ASTM C834 G Interior Sawcut Scoring Joints at Retail Area Provide Lithoseal Trafficalk 3G sealant one Color as selected by PETCO by L M Scofield Company Douglasville Georgia and Los Angeles California 800 800 9900 or the appropriate Division Office for chemically treated concrete floor H Joints in Metal Components Acoustical Sealant non drying synthetic rubber material for non porous surfaces or product as specifically recommended by the metal products manufacturer l Glazing Compound Refer to Section 08800 Glazing J Firestopping Provide non sag one component sealant meeting ASTM E814 ASTM 84 IEEE 634 and listed as UL 1479 The following are acceptable products fire separation assembly if applicable 1 FIRECODE compound with THERMAFIBER Safing Insulation by USG Corporation Chicago IL 312 321 4221 2 FYRE Shield Sealant by Tremco Beachwood OH 800 321 7906 3 CAFCO TPS Firestop Putty by Isolatek Internat
175. aintainer Gloss Stain and Wear Protection Routine Maintenance Treatment C DIAMATIC ULTRAFLOR CONCRETE REPAIR AND TOPPING MATERIALS 1 Where less than 1 8 width crack repair is required prior to polishing the Color and Material must be approved by Diamatic prior to being installed 2 Where greater than 1 8 width crack repair is required prior to polishing the Color and Material must be approved by Diamatic prior to being installed 3 Where concrete control joints are required to be repaired prior to polishing the Color and Material must be approved by Diamatic prior to being installed D DIAMATIC COLORING SYSTEM Drawing Key Symbol FC 02 1 Where a coloring application is required DIAMATIC FLOR COLOR LITHO DYE Micronized water borne translucent dye shall be used 2 The specified color shall be Petco Diamatic Petco Leather for all areas to receive color E FLOOR PROTECTION MATERIALS 1 To prevent minor damage from light trade traffic during build out of site an approved Construction grade flooring protection material for the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System shall be installed Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 5 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 EXAMINATION A Inspect all concrete substrates and conditions under which the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System to be installed B Verify that all surfaces and site c
176. all loose scaling paint by hand scraping or with power tools Rusted surfaces shall be cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP2 63 Hand Tool Cleaning or SSPC SP3 633 Power Tool Cleaning Where heavy rust corrosion or deteriorated coatings exist the surface should be abrasive blast cleaned in accordance with SSPC SP6 63 Commercial Blast Cleaning The abrasive blasted surface must be blown off with compressed air to remove blast product traces and must be painted within 24 hours with rust inhibitive primer Weathered unpainted galvanized iron surfaces must be wire brushed or power washed to remove white rust deposits prior to application of galvanizing primer 3 05 PAINT APPLICATION A Primer and Painting 1 2 3 Touchup shop applied prime coat s which may have been damaged and touchup bare metal or other substrate areas prior to start of the application of finished coat s Tinting Paint Primer coat shall be tinted towards the color of successive finish coats The number of coats indicated on the Painting Schedule is the minimum number of coats required Additional coats required for complete coverage shall be applied at no additional cost to PETCO Visible defects Sand and dust between coats to remove defects visible to the unaided eye from a distance of five feet from the surface B Brush Paint Application Brush out and work the brush coats onto the surfaces in an even film working to the specified
177. all provide Label Identification using a Micarta Nameplate 1 16 thick Color Black with engraved 1 4 white letters Hand operated embossed tape for example Dymo Labelmaker is NOT acceptable B Locations requiring Label Identification 1 Panelboards cabinets starters safety switches and other apparatus used for operation and control of circuits appliances and equipment Provide bolted Micarta Nameplates on the interior and exterior of branch panels main panel circuits and on the exterior of disconnect switches motor controls major J boxes power and auxiliary push buttons thermal switches time switches and similar equipment 2 All Power Receptacles Other Than 120V Indicate voltage and phase 3 Wiring by Contractor that is to be terminated by others Provide Micarta Nameplate indicating circuit number source or destination PAINTING A All exposed overhead Electrical System conduit and supports in the roof structure shall be cleaned prior to painting and dry fall painted to match the adjacent painted exposed structure per Section 09900 Painting B The Contractor shall paint exposed conduit junction boxes and similar items which are not factory pre finished pre painted so as to match the paint color of the adjacent wall or ceiling unless otherwise shown on the drawings or as otherwise directed by the PETCO Project Manager TESTING The Contractor shall test all wiring and connections for continuity
178. alled by this PETCO Vendor with supplementary work provided by the Contractor MARINELAND RETAILER SYSTEMS Contact Karl Cockrell Karl Cockrell unitedpetgroup com 2911 Douglas Drive Bossier City LA 74111 Tel 318 747 6500 FAX 318 747 2504 b AQ1 Freezer The Freezer will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor Cc AQ2 Plant Tank AQ4 and AQ8 Aquatics Tanks and AQ12 Feeder Warehouse PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 11 1 This equipment will be furnished and installed by a PETCO Vendor 2 The Contractor shall provide final plumbing and electrical connections d AQ3 Bagging Station 1 The Bagging Station will be furnished to the jobsite in several pre assembled units by a PETCO Vendor 2 The Contractor shall offload assemble and install the Bagging Station and provide final plumbing and electrical connections e AQ13 Prep Sink Sink with drain board in Work Room The Prep Sink shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor f AQ7 AQ12 1 This equipment will be furnished and installed by the PETCO Vendor 2 The Contractor shall provide Power Pole final plumbing and electrical connections 29 Store Fixtures Break Room National Account except where noted a BR2 Refrigerator The Refrigerator will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor b BR3 Lock
179. alled by the PETCO Vendor 2 Furnished by the PETCO Vendor and installed by the Contractor 3 Partially furnished and or installed by the PETCO Vendor and partially furnished and or installed by the Contractor 4 The Contractor must coordinate with the PETCO Project Manager regarding provisions and scheduling for delivery of products labor and materials provided by PETCO under National Account agreements with specified product and assembly suppliers for those items that the Contractor must either install only or furnish AND install Inventory Agreement Purchased by the Contractor As further defined in this Section and in other Project Manual Sections PETCO has secured Inventory Agreements with some construction product manufacturer suppliers 1 Unless specifically approved in advance and approved in writing by the PETCO Project Manager the Contractor shall provide these Inventory Agreement construction products with no substitutions permitted 2 The cost for PETCO Inventory Agreement products to be purchased by the Contractor has generally been pre established with the manufacturer supplier 1 04 LIST OF PETCO FURNISHED AND CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS A PETCO Furnished and Contractor Provided Items and Division of Responsibilities are also described in abbreviated form on the Architectural Drawings Drawing Sheet A0 2 The PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco
180. alled shall be firmly supported and secured to the construction Anchors where necessary shall be non hygroscopic and shall be inserted in holes drilled in the construction per the manufacturer s instructions 3 06 BRANCH CIRCUITS A Joints splices taps and connections for 600 volt conductors shall be solderless Provide Scotchlock Buchanan or Marr connectors for wire 10 AWG and smaller provide S amp B Lock Tite connectors for wire 8 and larger Tape all connections with rubber type tape 1 1 2 times the thickness of the conductor insulation then covered with friction tape or plastic equal to Scotch Wrap No 33 3 07 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING FOR LIGHTING AND MISCELLANEOUS SINGLE PHASE LOADS A Branch Circuit Wiring Provide No 12 Type THHN protected by 20 ampere circuit breakers Provide larger wires as indicated on the drawings or as required to reduce voltage drop All branch circuit wiring shall be done with identification white neutrals and color coded phase wire Splices and connections shall be made with pressure type connectors Where multiple conductors are installed in a single conduit provide de rating of conductors and increased conductor sizes in accordance with NEC or applicable codes Where switch leg conduit is indicated without conduit size or number of wires provide 2 12 conductors in a 3 4 conduit 3 08 LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS A Light Fixtures shall be wired with 90 degree C rated in
181. als to attain required compaction density FIELD QUALITY CONTROL for work requiring Testing Agency if applicable A Field testing including tests and analysis of fill material will be provide by the Testing Inspection Agency per ANSI ASTM D698 and as specified in Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services Compacting testing will be provided by the Testing Inspection Agency in accordance with ANSI ASTM D1556 Nuclear ASTM 689 ASTM D2922 ASTM 3011 and Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services If tests indicate that the fill material or work does not meet specified requirements the Contractor shall remove the deficient fill material replace and re test fill material at no cost to PETCO PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK The Contractor shall provide additional fill and re compact all fill areas which are subjected to the Contractor s or any subcontractor s vehicular traffic until the Date of Final Completion CONCRETE SLAB INFILL AT BUILDING FLOOR SLAB TRENCHING A The Contractor shall provide reinforced concrete at interior trenching per Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Provide welded wire fabric reinforcement for concrete slab and trenching infill and reinforcing dowels where the new concrete slab for trenching infill abuts existing concrete slab Moisture Vapor Barrier Provide a moisture vapor barrier located under a 3 inch layer of approved granular self draining compactable fill under th
182. alt patching and crack sealing Existing conditions must be field verified to determine the extent of the work REFERENCES Federal Specifications FS SS S 1614 1 Sealing Compound Jet Fuel Resistant Hot Applied One Component for Portland Cement and Tar Concrete Pavements ASTM Publication D 3405 Specification for Joint Sealants Hot Pours for Concrete and Asphalt Pavements SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 2 02 2 03 2 04 2 05 2 06 BITUMINOUS ASPHALT PATCHING Asphalt patching materials must conform to applicable State Specifications for Highways Streets and Bridges Asphaltic Concrete Base Course shall be per Item 340 Type B and a minimum stability of 35 Bitumen shall be AC 20 viscosity graded asphalt ASPHALT PATCHING TACK COAT Asphalt emulsion shall meet specifications for Type SS 1 ata 50 50 dilution rate Tack coat rate shall be 0 10 to 0 15 gallons per square yard ASPHALT PATCHING PAVING BASE COURSE Base course aggregate material shall meet State Highway specification standards ASPHALT PATCHING PAVING SUBGRADE Subgrade material shall be provided as described in Section 02200 Earthwork if applicable CRACK SEALING EQUIPMENT The unit applicators used for heating and installing hot poured sealant materials shall be mobile and shall be equipped with a double boiler agitator type kettle with an oil medium in the outer space for heat transfer a di
183. and entrance door warranty to replace work of this Section that fails due to defective materials or workmanship within three 3 years from the Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO C Aluminum Storefront Installers Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the aluminum storefront installer s warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted to PETCO per Section 01700 Contract Closeout D Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Units Product Warranty The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer s standard Three Year product warranty E Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Units Installer s Warranty The Contractor s Installer shall provide a warranty for all work provided under the general contract including labor to repair or replace defective parts and transportation for one 1 year from the Date of Substantial Completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT amp MANUAL ALUMINUM SWING DOORS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR A Aluminum Storefront and Doors shall be equal to products by Kawneer Company Inc Bloomsburg PA 1 Unless otherwise accepted by the PETCO Project Manager acceptable alternative manufacturers are limited to the following a Leed Himmel Industries Inc Hamden CT 203 248 2886 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DOORS amp STOREFRONT 08410 Nexus SF Foors doc 08410 2
184. and installed by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall furnish and install the junction box conduit and pull string and power supply 8 Energy Management System National Account PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 5 Partial Work will be provided by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall provide supplementary electrical work 9 Entrance Floor Mat located at the Vestibule a e The Contractor shall furnish and install surface mounted Helix Z2 floor mat with Helix Z1 borders by Grand Entrance with replaceable 9x12 sections with exterior grade brush tread polypropylene fibers Helix Z1 tiles will allow for field cutting for custom fit Open sides of mat shall be restrained with extruded aluminum tapered frames anchored to concrete floor slab Sliding door thresholds shall have tapered section omitted from installation to allow mat to meet flush with sliding door thresholds and restrained with extruded aluminum tapered frame with 90 degree leg Color shall be 9305 Espresso Frames shall match finish of storefront system in vestibule otherwise anodized bronze Manufacture rep contact Mike Hanlin 888 424 6287 Acceptable Alternative The Contractor shall furnish and install Model Supreme NOP 3 8 tuft Entrance Floor Mat Color Sable Brown Entrance Floor Mat tiles 18 or 19 11 16 square 43 2 SF per case sold by case by Mats
185. and test re test as necessary to determine compliance with the contract requirements and suitability for the intended purpose b The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide Field Moisture Density Relationship Tests and Laboratory Soils Tests on soil samples from in place material C The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide inspection and testing for scarifying and re compacting of cleaned subgrade and for excavating filling and grading as the work progresses CONSTRUCTION QUALITY Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTROL SERVICES 01410 Nexus Const QC doc 01410 1 2 The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide subgrade and backfill site evaluation of bearing soils for footings foundation piers foundation walls grade beams interior and exterior concrete slabs 3 The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide site evaluation of backfill for utility lines 4 The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide testing of asphalt paving and graded aggregate base course if required including oaoop In place density testing of aggregate base course In place density testing of asphalt paving Modified proctor test Marshall stability and flow test Extraction and gradation B Pile Driving Inspection and Testing if applicable The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide pile load tests and shall monitor and log pile driving operations C Concrete Material Testing and Site Inspections if applicable 1 The Testing Inspection Agen
186. and to advise on proper use of admixture and adjustment of concrete mix proportions to meet jobsite and climatic conditions The concrete mix shall meet ACI 318 standards Concrete Floor Slab Tolerance Floor Slabs except in rooms or areas with designed floor slopes for floor drains shall have a floor flatness as determined in accordance with ASTM E1155 and shall have the following properties Average Value Minimized Local Flatness FF FF 35 FF 24 Levelness FL FL 25 FL 17 PRODUCTS Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Nexus CIP Conc doc 03300 1 2 01 2 02 2 03 CONCRETE FORMWORK The Contractor shall design erect support brace and maintain Concrete Formwork so it will safely support vertical and lateral loads that might be applied until such loads can be supported safely by the concrete structure MOISTURE VAPOR BARRIER Moisture Vapor Barrier shall be provided above 2 inches of approved granular fill or as approved by the Building Shell Geotechnical Engineer to accommodate a minimum uniform load rating of 150 p s f and a concentrated load of 5 kips and under the subsequently placed concrete slab The moisture vapor barrier shall be equal to Stego Wrap 15 mil Vapor Barrier by Stego Industries LLC Griffolyn Vaporguard by Reef Industries or premoulded membrane with PLASTMATIC CORE by W R Meadows The vapor barrier shall conform to ASTM E1745 Class A or B The membrane shall have a water va
187. anual for information pertaining to Voluntary Bid Alternates 1 09 DELIVERY OF CONTRACTOR S BID DOCUMENTS A All Contractors bid documents must be uploaded to Petco Projects in PDF format in the order listed below i Attachment A Form of Proposal ii Attachment B Schedule of Values iii Attachment C List of Drawings iv Attachment D Voluntary Bid Alternates if any v Attachment E Contractors Certificate of Insurance vi Attachment F Proof of Valid State License B In addition to the information noted in 1 09A all Schedule of Values amounts need to be entered into Petco Projects by the Bidding Contractor in the designated sections as required C All sections MUST be completed Any blank sections or changes of any kind may result in your proposal being rejected D Unit prices must be completed at time of bid submission No qualifications clarifications etc of bid are allowed No alternates unless specifically requested by the Petco Construction Manager 1 10 CONTRACT AWARD A After the winning GC is informed that they are the successful contractor the Petco Construction Coordinator will prepare and forward two 2 original contracts to the contractor No later than three 3 working days after receipt the contracts must be executed signed dated witness signature and Corporate Seal if applicable and returned to Petco via overnight courier to the attention of the Petco Construct
188. ard 2 Construction Cost Savings A Contractor requested product substitution must result in a net savings in total construction cost with the proposed credit to PETCO itemized and submitted along with the product substitution request 3 The product substitution request must be submitted to the Architect in writing using the Request for Product Substitution form that follows this Section 4 The Contractor must demonstrate that the requested product substitution is equal to or superior to the product specified in the Project Manual 5 The Contractor is solely responsible for the full coordination of the work of any trade that may be affected by the Architect s acceptance of the Contractors product substitution 6 A product substitution request that is accepted by the Architect is valid only upon the Contractor s receipt of the Architect s written acceptance 7 The Architect may reject a product substitution request if deemed to be in PETCO s best interest Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUBMITTALS 01340 Nexus Submittals doc 01340 1 1 04 CONTRACTOR S SUBMITTAL PREPARATION AND REVIEW A Submittals shall consist of manufacturer s scale drawings catalogs or descriptive literature stating the complete characteristics of equipment as indicated on the drawings or in the Project Manual Erection drawings if applicable shall be submitted to indicate the locations arrangements and sizes of products or assemblies B Prior to sub
189. arm system by the security alarm contractor G Provide supervisory switches for all sprinkler system OS amp Y gate valves Supervisory switches shall be Potter Model OSYSU 2 or approved equal Switches shall be mounted such that they do not interfere with the normal operation of the valve and shall be adjusted to operate within two revolutions of the valve control or when the stem has moved no more than one fifth of the distance from its normal position The switch mechanism shall be contained in a weatherproof die cast aluminum housing that shall provide a 3 4 tapped conduit entrance and incorporate the necessary facilities for attachment to the valve Switch housings shall be finished in red baked enamel The switch mechanism shall have a minimum rated capacity of 7 amp 125 volt AC 02 25 amp 25 DC The entire installed assembly shall be tamperproof and arranged to cause a switch operation if the housing cover is removed or if the unit is removed from its mounting Gate valve switches shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved Valve supervisory switches will be wired into the Building Fire Alarm System by the security alarm contractor Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 15300 2014 07 30 15300 3 PART 3 Test the sprinkler system as required by and in the presence of representatives of agencies having jurisdiction Conduct duration and other details of tests not covered by agencies
190. ate CONTRACTOR S INSURANCE The Undersigned Bidding Contractor submits with this Bid Proposal a CERTIFICATE FROM THE INSURANCE COMPANY stating that the Bidding Contractor can and will be insured to the limits required by PETCO as stated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor The Undersigned Bidding Contractor agrees that insurance will be purchased and maintained and that the Bidding Contractor will deliver a copy of the Insurance Certificate to PETCO SIGNATURES The Undersigned Bidding Contractor states that he she they are the only person persons having an interest in this Bid Proposal If this Bid Proposal is submitted by an unincorporated company or partnership then the Bid Proposal shall be signed in the company or partnership name and additionally signed by all partners or members of the company in their individual names Company Legal Name Business Address Owner Partner Signature Printed Name Owner Partner Signature Printed Name Date If this Bid Proposal is submitted by a corporation then the President or other Corporate Officer shall sign and attach the corporate seal and further attested to by the corporation s Secretary Legal Name of Corporation Business Address Signature of President or Other Corporate Officer Printed Name Date Attest Signature of Corporate Secretary Corporate Seal Attachments e Attachment B Schedule of Values e Attachment C PETCO Unit Costs e Voluntary Bid Alterna
191. ated at all curves and at recommended intervals of 10 feet 3m or 5 feet 1 5m for counter top units Intermediate posts shall be equipped with self adjusting spring loaded drop bolts activated from the inside only Drop bolts shall engage dustproof stainless steel receptacles E Track 1 Curtain shall be hung from an overhead track 1 5 16 88mm wide by 1 9 16 40mm high Track shall be tempered aluminum alloy 6351 T6 2 Curves where required shall be 14 856mm radius standard F Stacking 1 Stacking shall not exceed a depth of 1 15 per foot of closure width plus 3 for each post lead end or intermediate 95mm lin m 76mm per post Full egress doors add 7 178mm 5 Finish Finish shall be standard clear anodized G Installation Ja Verify that other trades have completed all preparation work 2 Verify dimensions of opening prior to installation Installation 1 Install closure as per printed instructions from MobilFlex and approved shop drawing 2 Clean and adjust closure to ensure smooth operation 2 04 BUILDING SIGNAGE ACCESS DOOR A Refer to building shell construction drawings if applicable if clearly established acceptable location and certain to be provided A Provide Acudor Series SF 2000 nominal door size 24 x24 prime coated steel 16 gauge door and frame with piano hinge by Acudor Products Inc Cedar Grove NJ 201 857 1800 at the following locations and with th
192. ation NOTE Where drawings call for no color to be applied skip step 9 and proceed to step 10 9 Apply the DIAMATIC FLOR COLOR LITHO DYE at the rate of 400 500 square feet per gallon The application shall be done according to the FLOR COLOR Technical Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Flr Fnsh doc 03360 10 Information Sheet Allow the surface to dry completely before continuing a minimum of 45 minutes to 2 hours depending on the ambient temperature 10 Apply DIAMATIC FLOR SIL per application instructions at a rate of 400 square feet per gallon Actual rates may vary due to concrete porosity 11 Allow DIAMATIC FLOR SIL to dry before continuing on to the next step 12 GRIND POLISH 5 800 Resin Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 13 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 14 MICROPOLISH BURNISH 1 FLOR GRIT 800 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic 15 Dry mop the floor clean to remove all debris 16 Apply PolyAspartic Clear Top Coat with 1 4 NAP ROLLER Lint Free or MoHair 3 05 EDGES A Where desired polished edge work of all areas shall be done with a 5 or 7 DIAMATIC Hand Held or Walk Behind polishing tool The edge polishing process will match the corresponding steps outlined above for the desired gloss level and each edge polishing step shall be done immediately after the matching main polishing step The edges and the main floor
193. ations if the flooring manufacturer is known or otherwise provide restorative maintenance in accordance with Butcher s Art of Floor Care Training Guide B Floor Stripping Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION amp FINAL CLEANING 01710 Nexus Const Final Cleaning doc 01710 1 1 If floor stripping is determined as the appropriate means of restorative maintenance in lieu of the alternative Floor Cleaning method further described or to restore the premium appearance standard when soil has penetrated to the floor surface the Contractor shall clean and strip the existing floor finish prior to the application of new wax with Butcher s Cutting Edge No Rinse Stripper Part 321492 2 The Contractor shall apply five 5 coats of even medium coats of Butcher s Mainstay Floor Finish Part 931032 using a clean mop finish and ensuring that each successive coat is completely dry to the touch before recoating C Floor Cleaning 1 If floor cleaning is determined as the appropriate means of restorative maintenance in lieu of Floor Stripping or to restore the foundation of the floor finish and gloss when the floor no longer responds to burnishing the Contractor shall provide Butcher s Hot Springs Cleaner and automatic floor scrubber cleaning in accordance with Butcher s Art of Floor Care Training Guide 2 The Contractor shall apply five 5 even medium coats of Butcher s Mainstay Floor Finish
194. bases shall be equal to Mason Model CMAB curb type isolation bases Spring isolators shall be selected and positioned along the curb to achieve the minimum static deflection called for in the schedule the static deflection shall be constant around the entire periphery of the base Springs shall be freestanding laterally stable with a diameter of not less than 0 8 times the compressed height and have additional travel to solid that is at least 50 of the actual deflection Resilient neoprene snubbers shall be provided at the corners of the base to limit movement of equipment under wind load to 1 4 2 The isolation curb base shall be made weathertight by sealing all around the periphery with closed cell neoprene or flexible vinyl A closed cell sponge gasket or field caulking shall be used between the equipment unit and isolation curb for a weathertight seal Type BSF Base Steel Frame Type BSF bases shall be equal to Mason Model WFSL Steel base frames shall consist of structural steel sections sized spaced and connected to form a rigid base which will not twist rack deform or deflect in any manner which will negatively affect the operation of the supported equipment or the vibration isolation mounts The thickness of steel frame bases shall be at least 1 10 the longest dimension of the base but not more than 12 Type BK Inertia Pad Type BK bases shall be equal to Mason Model K Type BK shall consist of rectangular st
195. be left standing unless shown specifically to be removed Where possible relocate existing trees and shrubs in lieu of destroying them After removals of all surface debris strip topsoil to a minimum depth of 6 and 10 feet beyond the proposed building footprint area Strip topsoil no deeper than the existing material Stockpile topsoil on the project site in a location approved or designated by the PETCO Project Manager Construct topsoil storage piles to freely drain surface water and cover topsoil if required to prevent wind blown dust Where trees are indicated to be left standing stop topsoil stripping at a distance to prevent damage to the main root system Use only hand methods for grubbing within this area Fill depressions caused by clearing and grubbing operations with satisfactory soil material unless further excavation or earthwork is indicated Existing loose wet fill materials shall be stripped from the floor slab spread footings and continuous wall footings and pavement areas The stripped loose wet fill material shall be washed or stockpiled for later use Exact depths of stripping shall be determined by the Geotechnical Engineer in the field at the time that stripping work is provided After stripping all areas at or below grade must be proofrolled to densify the exposed soils and to detect soft zones that may require further treatment Proofrolling shall be performed with an equipment method approved by the Geotechnical
196. building perimeter The complete building perimeter must be accessible by tractor trailers subject to physical site limitations The stone base and site storm drainage system shall be constructed as detailed on the drawings pavement sections and shall be maintained by the Contractor during the course of construction at no additional cost to PETCO Maintenance of the stone base and site storm drainage system by the Contractor shall include but is not limited to replacing all soft or failing area of the site that may develop during the course of construction 1 10 STRUCTURAL STEEL SUBCONTRACT A The Structural Steel Subcontractor shall refer to architectural drawings as well as structural mechanical and electrical drawings and shall coordinate with the Contractor s superintendent for proper location of work under this contract B The Structural Steel Subcontractor shall install all structural steel shall furnish and install miscellaneous structural metal items and furnish to the Contractor other miscellaneous steel items to be installed by the Contractor all as shown on the drawings or further specified in the project manual C Structural Steel Construction Drawings shall NOT be scaled Larger scale details take precedence over smaller scale details Dimensioned details take precedence over non dimensioned details 1 11 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM SUBCONTRACT Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Nexus Summary of W
197. by Date Sent to P by Architect Review by Consultant From Consultant by Architect Submittal Reviewer Contractor 09310 Ceramic Tile Product Data Architect Concrete Floor Testing results Send Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Project Manager for record purposes not for review and approval 09650 Resilient Flooring Product Data architect SSS SSS Concrete Floor Testing results Send Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Project Manager for record purposes not for review and approval 09660 Resilient Sheet Firg Product Data Architect PE eee Concrete Floor Testing results Send Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Project Manager for record purposes not for review and approval 09670 Epoxy Finish on Concrete Product Data Architect Sa Sas Concrete Floor Testing results Send Concrete Floor Testing results to the PETCO Project Manager for record purposes not for review and approval Pre Fab Dock Shelter for use with speed lift FS Piping shop drawings PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr PME Engr HVAC Rooftop Unit Product Data PME Engr HVAC Ductwork shop drawings Ooo PME Engr Hydraulic Calculations Fire Suppression Product Data Floor Drains Hair Interceptor Product Data Plumbing Fixtures Fittings Product Data Piping Materials Product Data Grilles Registers Diffusers Product Data PME Engr PME
198. cal Engineer prior to the time of floor slab and paved area construction D Maintain all benchmarks monuments and other reference points The Contractor shall replace any benchmarks monuments and other reference points which are disturbed or destroyed during the course of construction unless otherwise directed E The Contractor shall immediately notify the PETCO Project Manager when any unforeseen underground piping is encountered prior the start of any excavation work The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused as a result of any improper care of utility service lines F Excavate or fill to proper elevation with allowances for floor slabs walls forms center shoring and inspection of foundations G Bottoms of footings shall be firm level clean and clear of any loose materials and shall be kept dry Protect the bottom of excavations from frost and saturation Densify footing bottoms with a mechanical tamper as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer H Trenches shall be sharp and true in dimension I Unless otherwise noted grade areas under floor slabs that rest on earth to a smooth firm surface ready to receive 6 stone base consisting of well grades 3 4 stone aggregate as approved by the Geotechnical Engineer J Work excavated to a greater depth than required by the drawings and project manual specifications shall be filled with concrete or as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer K Excavations for fo
199. ce Concrete Anchor Bolt Layout Concrete Accessories Product Data Concrete Mix Designs Concrete Test Reports Reinforcing Steel Special Concrete Floor Finish Product Data Applicator Qualifications Polished Concrete Samples Concrete Unit Masonry Concrete Masonry Product Data Concrete Masonry Color Samples Coarse Fine Grout Mix Designs Mortar Mix Design Wall Reinforcing Placement Shop Drawing Structural Steel Structural Steel Shop Drawings Metal Joists Metal Joists Shop Drawings Metal Decking Metal Decking Product Data Rough amp Finish Carpentry Casework Shop Drawings Water Managed EIFS Product Data EIFS Color Samples Roofing System Product Data Metal Doors amp Frames Metal Doors and Frames Product Data Door and Frame Schedule Aluminum Entrance Doors amp Storefront Interior Storefront Shop Drawings Automatic Sliding Entrance Drs Shop Dwgs Interior Manual Sliding Door Shop Dwg Finish Hardware Finish Hardware List Finish Hardware Product Data Glass amp Glazing Spandrel Glass Color Chart Linear Metal Wall System Resilient Flooring Concrete Slab Moisture Testing Results Resilient Sheet Flooring Concrete Slab Moisture Testing Results Epoxy Flooring on Concrete Concrete Slab Moisture Testing Results Pre Fab Dock Shelter for use with speed lift Building amp Pylon Signage Signage Shop Drawings Metal canopy Fire Suppression System Piping Layout Shop Drawings Hydraulic Calculations
200. ceed with the installation until any unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected Installation indicates acceptance of substrates with regard to conditions existing at the time of installation 3 02 PREPARATION A Smooth concrete surfaces removing rough areas projections ridges and bumps and filling low spots control or construction joints and other defects with underlayment patch and skim coat as recommended by the flooring manufacturer Remove paint varnish oils release agents sealers and waxes Remove residual adhesives as recommended by the flooring manufacturer Remove curing and hardening compounds not compatible with the adhesives used as indicated by a bond test or by the compound manufacturer s recommendations for flooring Avoid organic solvents Provide subfloor Calcium Chloride Tests and Bond Tests to determine if surfaces are dry free of curing and hardening compounds old adhesive and other coatings and ready to receive flooring Vacuum or broom clean surfaces to be covered immediately before the application of flooring Make subfloor free from dust dirt grease and all foreign materials 3 03 INSTALLATION OF VINYL SHEET FLOORING A Install flooring in strict accordance with the latest flooring manufacturer s printed installation instructions For installation of resilient flooring directly over a Moisture Mitigation product the contractor shall use a 100 solids adhesive and or contact type a
201. chair safety the field area shall consist of a non slip surface with a minimum of 40 90 raised points 0 045 high per sq in 2 Color Safety Yellow Federal Color 33538 colorfast UV stabilized coating 3 Provide where shown on the drawings PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 3 03 FINAL LAYOUT STORE FIXTURE PLAN A Final Layout Store Fixture Plan MAY be issued by PETCO for Final Layout purposes and MAY be made available for field reference Information contained on the Final Layout Store Fixture Plan may vary slightly from the Store Fixture Plan shown on the drawings In the event of conflict the information shown on the Final Layout Store Fixture Plan supersedes unless otherwise directed by the PETCO Project Manager SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work described in this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected INSTALLATION The Contractor shall coordinate the interface of the items of this Section with all affected trades so as to ensure proper and adequate provisions in the work of those trades under their respective scopes of work Except where installation is scheduled to be by others the Contractor shall install the items where shown on the drawings in strict accordance with the manufacturer s written recommen
202. check with each utility company supplying services to this work and shall determine all requirements and include in his bid the cost of same 1 13 OWNER S SPECIALTY ITEMS A Contractor shall install items furnished by Petco as indicated on the drawings B Contractor s bid to include receiving unloading inventory storage protection installation labor equipment and erection materials required to completely install all of the items provided by Petco and installed by the Contractor END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 Nexus Instruction to Bidders doc 00200 4 FORM OF PROPOSAL TO PETCO Animal Supplies Stores Inc 654 Richland Hills Drive San Antonio TX 78245 PM Wade Rose 1 The Undersigned Bidding Contractor Bidding Contractor s Name Address City State Telephone No Fax No Certifies a careful review of all Bidding Documents including but not limited to the Instructions to Bidders the Construction Drawings and the Project Manual entitled Tenant Improvement for a New PETCO Store Farmington Hills Ml T383 Farmington Pointe 29335 Orchard Lake Road Farmington Hills MI 48334 and bound together as Architect s Project No 27281 000 PETCO PM Job No T383 dated September 17 prepared by or under the direction of the Architect FRCH Design Worldwide 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 and the Engineer s named on the specific engineer s drawings
203. chitect Consulting Engineers Contractor Subcontractors and Major Equipment Suppliers Cc Part 2 The Contractor shall compile all operation and maintenance instructions organized and subdivided by sequential Project Manual CSI Section and arranged within each CSI Section by system The following documentation shall be included 1 List of equipment 2 Parts list of each equipment component 3 Operating instructions and significant design criteria 4 Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 Nexus Contract Closeout doc 01700 3 1 15 LIST OF BUILDING MAINTENANCE MANUAL PARTS 2 3 amp 4 CONTENTS Section Reference 01700 05300 07240 07250 07530 07540 07600 07190 07920 08100 08300 08410 08800 09510 09650 09660 5 Maintenance instructions for special finishes including recommended cleaning methods and special precautions including the identification of detrimental cleaning agents Part 3 The Contractor shall include items as detailed in the List of Building Maintenance Manual Parts 2 3 and 4 Contents Requirements Part 4 The Contractor shall include a copy of each product warranty service warranty and or other guarantee document from manufacturers as specified in other Project Manual Sections Description BMM Table of Contents BMM Director Contract Closeout Copy of PETCO Notice to Proceed Copy of
204. cing placements and supports 1 2 Clean reinforcement and remove loose dust and mill scale earth and other materials that reduce bond with concrete Position support and secure reinforcement against displacement by forms construction and the concrete placement operations Place reinforcement to obtain the required coverage for concrete protection Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable lapping adjoining pieces one full mesh minimum Welded wire fabric pieces wire tied per reference standard Unless otherwise shown on the drawings or required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction lap bars 24 diameters minimum 3 03 EMBEDDED ITEMS A Minimum Concrete Coverage The Contractor shall provide a minimum of 2 concrete cover over the top of the embedded conduit The conduit shall be located under the welded wire fabric and the concrete depth shall be increased accordingly to accommodate the minimum clearances specified The Contractor shall accurately locate bolts inserts and other required items in the concrete secured so they will not be displaced The Contractor shall provide sleeves or core drill finished concrete to receive guardrails handrails or fencing Increase the thickness of the concrete and maintain minimum concrete coverage if the outside diameter of the conduit exceeds 30 of the concrete thickness B Structural Concrete The Contractor shall NOT embed piping other than electrical duc
205. code or jurisdiction Provide fire retardant treated plywood with flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROUGH amp FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Nexus Carpentry doc 06200 1 accordance with ASTM E 84 equal to Exterior Fire X treatment by Hoover Treated Wood Products Inc Thompson GA 706 595 5058 Fire Retardant Treated Wood and Plywood where fire retardant wood is required by code or jurisdiction Provide AWPA Type A fire retardant treatment flame spread rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84 equal to Pyro Guard treatment by Hoover Treated Wood Products Inc 1 Alternative Applied Fire Retardant Coating Provide spray or immersed Fire Retardant Coating achieving a Class B rating equal to Flame Control Coating System No 129 Varnish Base Coat and No 130 Varnish Overcoat Low Sheen by Flame Control Coatings Inc Niagara Falls NY 716 282 1399 a Fire Hazard Classification Tested per ASTM E 84 b Acceptable Alternate Provide Flame Stop I DS pyrolitic fire retardant penetrant by Flame Stop Inc Ft Worth TX 877 397 7867 www flamestop com 1 Class A one coat system dries clear applied by spray brush or roll application or immersion on clean previously stained wood as scheduled 2 Fire Hazard Classification Tested per ASTM E 84 NFPA 255 UL 723 2 02 BASE AND WALL CABINETS A Provide AWI Custom quality grade base and wall cabinets
206. ct to approval PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 ERECTION A Surveys 1 Establish permanent benchmarks necessary for accurate erection of structural steel 2 Check elevations of concrete surfaces and locations of anchor bolts and similar items before erection proceeds B Temporary shoring and bracing 1 Provide temporary shoring and bracing members with connections of sufficient strength to bear imposed loads 2 Provide temporary guylines to achieve proper alignment of the structure for erection 3 Remove temporary connections and members when permanent members are in place and final connections are made C Anchor Bolts 1 Furnish and install anchor bolts and other connections required for securing structural steel to adjacent work 2 Provide templates and other devices as needed for presetting bolts and other anchors to accurate locations D Setting bases and bearing plates Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype STRUCTURAL STEEL 05120 Nexus Struct Steel doc 05120 2 Clean concrete bearing surfaces free from bond reducing materials and then roughen to improve bond to surface Clean the bottom surface of base and bearing plates Set loose and attached base pla
207. ction E The RTUs shall each be furnished with a relay to provide three 3 minute time delay between starting the first and second compressor for each unit and a lockout timer to provide a minimum off time of five 5 minutes between compressor cycling and Temperature sensing control system F Temperature Control shall be as follows de Each new RTU shall be provided with factory installed Carrier temperature control system suitable for interfacing with the Energy Management System provided by PETCO s Vendor The control system shall provide two stages of cooling and two stages of heating adjustable anti cycle timer economizer control where applicable etc as indicated on the drawings 2 Smoke Detection Carrier units will be furnished with duct smoke detectors Upon smoke detection by the rooftop units duct mounted smoke detectors the rooftop units must shut down with signal sent to the fire alarm control panel 3 If Carrier units are NOT provided for this project the HVAC Contractor shall furnish and install System Sensor ionization detectors with sampling tube and auxiliary contacts The Electrical Contractor shall provide field power wiring No product manufacturer substitution is permitted G The Rooftop HVAC Units shall be furnished with disposable filters for testing and until the construction completion H The HVAC installer must be certified to handle R 410A refrigerant due to new service procedures and precaution
208. cy shall provide on site reinforcing steel inspections and shall verify that reinforcing steel bars are in compliance with the specified standards 2 The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide on site and off site concrete testing and placement inspections a Site Inspections of footings piers walls and other small concrete pours and concrete slabs on grade 1 2 The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide continuous placement inspections on concrete with designed compressive strength greater than 2000 psi The Testing Inspection Agency shall make slump tests to verify conformance with specified slump throughout the progress of concrete placement or for at least every 75 cubic yards of concrete placed The Testing Inspection Agency shall check air content throughout progress of concrete placement for at least every truckload of air entrained concrete The Testing Inspection Agency shall verify that finished concrete surfaces will have the level or slope tolerance required in the drawings Test Reports shall include record of cubic yards of concrete placed previous concrete yardage placed and total concrete placed to date Test Reports shall report other data which may have a bearing on the quality or strength of concrete and report if any concrete has been rejected Test Reports shall include Testing Inspection Agency inspectors name time of arrival and departure and total hours for day b Concrete test cylinder compres
209. d CertaPro FSK 25 Faced Batts with integral vapor retarder for use in concealed applications only rated with surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84 including Maximum Flame Spread Index 75 and Maximum Smoke Developed Index 150 Interior Partition Thermal Insulation Provide 3 1 2 thick foil faced glass fiber batts with an insulation only value of R 11 where shown or scheduled on the Drawings Insulation shall be equal to CertainTeed CertaPro Thermal FSK 25 Faced Batts with integral vapor retarder for use in exposed applications rated with surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84 including Maximum Flame Spread Index 25 and Maximum Smoke Developed Index 450 Interior Sound Attenuation concealed Provide 3 1 2 unfaced glass fiber batts for interior sound attenuation purposes at walls at suspended ceilings and other locations where shown or scheduled on the Drawings Insulation shall be equal to CertainTeed CertaPro AcoustaTherm Batts rated with surface burning characteristics per ASTM E84 including Maximum Flame Spread Index 25 and Maximum Smoke Developed Index 50 Interior Sound Attenuation exposed Provide 3 1 2 PSK faced White glass fiber batts for interior sound attenuation purposes at exposed structure and other locations where shown or Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype BUILDING INSULATION 07210 Nexus Bldg Insulation doc 07210 1 scheduled on the Drawings Insulation shall be equal to Owens Corning Flame Spread 25
210. d and baked Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype CANOPIES 10530 Nexus Canopies docx 10530 2 1 Color Interstate Blue PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and approved Shop Drawings B Accurately position with horizontal lines level free from distortion C Secure in place using anchors best suited to substrate 3 2 ADJUSTING A Clean and touch up scratches and abrasions in finish coat with same finish as originally applied END OF SECTION Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype CANOPIES 10530 Nexus Canopies docx 10530 3 PART 1 SECTION 15255 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS GENERAL 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY A Unless otherwise noted all plumbing fire suppression mechanical and electrical equipment shall be mounted on vibration isolators to prevent the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the building structure Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the weight distribution so as to produce reasonable uniform deflections All isolators and isolation materials shall be selected and certified using published or factory certified data Any variance or noncompliance with these specification requirements shall be corrected by the Contractor in an approved manner The Contractor shall pro
211. d any expense incurred by the Contractor as a result of rejection of the Contractor s deviations by the Geotechnical Engineer shall be borne by the Contractor END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EARTHWORK 02200 Nexus Earth Work doc 02200 6 PART 1 SECTION 02220 TRENCHING GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide utility trench excavations compacted bedding under fill over utilities to subgrade elevations backfilling and compaction and compliance with State trenching act and laws trench safety engineering design and OSHA standards 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 02200 Earthwork Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation 1 04 REFERENCES A B C D ANSI ASTM C136 Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ANSI ASTM D698 Test Methods for Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures Using 5 5 Ib 2 49 kg Rammer and 12 inch 304 8 mm Drop ANSI ASTM D1556 Test Method for Density of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method ASTM D2922 and ASTM D3017 Nuclear Method 1 05 TRENCHING Trench safety design shall be in compliance with applicable City and State codes and in compliance with Federal Regulations Part 126 of OSHA Sub part P is incorporated by reference PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 FILL MATERIALS Fill materials shall have a plasticity index not less than 4 and not greater than 15 All select fill shall be compacted to a dry densit
212. d manufacturer s recommendations CONDENSATE PIPING Provide condensate piping with P trap to outflow onto roof surface or piping with indirect connection to storm gutters as indicated on drawings GAS PIPING WHERE APPLICABLE Refer to Section 15400 Plumbing Systems ELECTRICAL WIRING A Mechanical equipment having electric motors shall be furnished with all necessary control services for the protection of each motor and for automatic and or manual control B All field line voltage wiring shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor Sensors thermostat and control switches shall be located as shown or directed and all controls relays starters and wiring shall conform to the National Electrical Code and all local applicable requirements All controls shall be furnished and proper identified with instruction for proper electrical connections The responsibility for proper connections and operations of HVAC equipment although field wired by the Electrical Contractor or the owner s vendor is included under this Section Verify all electrical connections before ordering any equipment FIRE AND FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS Provide fire and combination fire smoke dampers where indicated or required by NFPA and all locally adopted codes Dampers shall be designed for horizontal or vertical air flow as required by installation Fire dampers shall be UL labeled to meet UL 555S and all adopted code requirements Dampers shall have blades or curtain ou
213. d membrane flashing at all roof penetrations and parapets except as noted otherwise in manufacturers written specifications and drawings Refer to the roofing manufacturer s Flashing Specifications for applicable conditions COUNTERFLASHING Provide reinforced membrane flashing at all vertical roof parapet conditions installed continuous to termination over the parapet blocking and under the parapet coping All counterflashing products shall be provided in accordance with the roofing manufacturers recommendations as an integral part of the warranted roofing system if any Refer to the roofing manufacturer s Flashing Specifications for applicable conditions PIPE AND OTHER MEMBRANE PENETRATIONS Piping and other roofing membrane penetration flashings shall be subject to the approval of the Roofing Manufacturer as an integral part of the warranted roofing system The Contractor shall verify the status of any existing Roofing Warranty and roofing specifications with the Landlord with the assistance of the PETCO Project Manager if required Products shall be equal to pre manufactured pipe boots by Portals Plus Inc Bensenville IL 708 766 5240 HORIZONTAL PIPE MOUNTING PEDESTALS The Contractor shall provide pre manufactured pipe mounting pedestals for rooftop horizontal gas piping as specified in Section 07720 Roofing Accessories Unless specifically approved in roofing manufacturer published documentation wood blocking is NOT an acceptable s
214. dard installation details shall be followed completely and shall be considered a part of this Section as if the manufacturer s specification was included in its entirety WARRANTY A Manufacturers Warranty The Contractor shall provide the Manufacturer s Standard 12 Year Product Warranty in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Installers Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the EIFS installers warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ACCEPTABLE EIFS MANUFACTURERS A Basis of Design Provide Outsulation EIFS System by Dryvit Systems Inc Warwick RI 401 822 4100 1 Sheathing Exterior Gypsum Sheathing meeting ASTM C79 requirements for water resistant core or Type X core product type subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Refer to Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System Do NOT provide Exterior Gypsum Sheathing without also providing exterior plywood sheathing backup at any location where PETCO signage is scheduled to be provided 2 Air Weather Barrier Dryvit Backstop acrylic Air Weather Barrier 3 Flashing Trims Manufacturer s standard as designed and manufactured for the intended purpose 4 Exterior Insulation Board Dryvit Exterior EPS in
215. dations and the requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction securing all components firmly into position level and plumb END OF SECTION PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 17 SECTION 10400 EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A PETCO s Vendor will provide the complete prefabricated exterior building signage and pylon signage as specified in this Section and as indicated on the drawings with supplementary work provided by the Contractor B Related Work by Contractor 1 The Contractor shall provide all final electrical connections and materials as required and called for on the drawings 2 The Contractor shall provide supplementary roofing flashing and sealant work as required upon completion of the building signage installation 3 Exterior Building Signage The Contractor shall install all flashings and sealants as required and called for on the drawings 4 Pylon Signage The Contractor shall provide signage footings foundations and anchor bolts as required and called for on the drawings The Contractor shall provide underground electrical provisions 1 03 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 PETCO SIGNAGE NATIONAL ACCOUNT The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of Exterior Building Signage with the following PETCO Natio
216. des R OTME CONCRETE CURING CONCRETE FINISHES A Concrete Curing Compound 1 Provide at all new interior and exterior concrete slabs on grade 2 Provide concrete curing compound equal to L amp M Cure water soluble water based clear sprayable non residual concrete curing agent by L amp M Construction Chemicals Inc Omaha NE 402 453 6600 3 Specification Standard USDA approved and VOC compliant 4 The slab shall be cured for at least 60 days prior to installing joint fillers control construction perimeter joints etc which shall be cleaned and filled with joint filler Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Nexus CIP Conc doc 03300 2 B C Concrete Sealer Refer to Section 09910 Concrete Sealer Detectable Warning Surface Finish 1 The Contractor shall provide a Detectable Warning concrete surface finish on handicap ramp surfaces and adjacent landing areas as shown on the drawings or as may be required by the local jurisdiction 2 Detectable Warning Surface The Contractor shall provide a Coarse Broom Finish on the designated handicap ramp surfaces and adjacent landing areas unless the local jurisdiction requires an alternative finish In the event that the local jurisdiction requires an alternative finish the Contractor shall provide the alternative finish at no additional expense to PETCO 2 06 ADMIXTURES A B D Calcium chloride is NOT permitted Water reducing ad
217. dhesives with long working times that can be applied to substrates with a pH up to 10 The method of use is to apply the contact type adhesives to the substrate and allow the materials water to flash off prior to the flooring installation Test proper adhesion of adhesive to moisture mitigation product prior to the installation of the entire flooring system Install flooring wall to wall before the installation of floor set cabinets and equipment Extend flooring into toe spaces door recesses closets and similar openings If required install flooring on pan type floor access covers Maintain continuity of color and pattern within pieces of flooring installed on these covers Adhere flooring to the subfloor around covers and to covers Scribe cut and fit or flash cove to permanent fixtures columns walls partitions pipes outlets and built in furniture and cabinets Adhere flooring to the subfloor without cracks voids raising and puckering at the seams Roll with a 100 pound roller in the field areas Hand roll flooring at the perimeter and the seams to assure adhesion Refer to specific rolling instructions of the flooring manufacturer Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09660 Nexus Sheet Flooring doc 09660 4 Lay flooring to provide a minimum number of seams Avoid cross seams filler pieces and strips Match edges for color shading and pattern at the seams in compliance with the manufacturer s recommendations
218. ding and or site construction operations Winter Protection is defined as the costs associated with or incurred in order to complete all work within the scope of the general contract for construction within the calendar time as further defined by the PETCO Contractor Agreement for construction under prevailing winter construction conditions and is inclusive of any means necessary to perform such general construction including but not limited to the following Temporary heat Temporary power Temporary lighting Cold weather concrete work Cold weather masonry work Deicing and or snow removal Frozen ground removal frost ripping Stone base if required for site access for construction vehicles Temporary tenting protection of construction work to maintain working temperature 0 Trenching and excavation including all costs for over excavation as may be required for site or building foundation footings 11 Labor materials and equipment required for any winter conditions related provisions 2 SO 0 NO OP GON 1 09 PREPARATION OF THE SITE AND ACCESS MAINTENANCE The initial phase of construction shall include all site preparation as specified in order to establish all rough grades to allow for the intended designed site drainage This initial site preparation work shall include all provisions for the installation of pavement stone base material in order to establish maintainable access on the project site and around the
219. djusting of the Fire Suppression System 0200 S10 ONS G9 NO 1 03 RELATED WORK A Refer to Section 09900 Painting for description of paint work related to exposed overhead Fire Suppression System piping All exposed overhead Fire Suppression System piping and supports shall be dry fall painted to match adjacent painted exposed surfaces B Refer to Section 15255 Seismic Restraints 1 04 SUBMITTAL Submit Fire Suppression Shop Drawings Hydraulic Calculations and Fire Suppression Product Data per Section 01340 Submittals requirements in adequate detail to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Section 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Fire Suppression System Layout 1 The Contractor may request a Reflected Ceiling Plan CAD file prepared in AutoCAD format from the Petco Project Manager and the Petco Tenant Improvement Architect via e mail Project Architect s Name Jason Patterson Project Architect s Email Address jpatterson frch com Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 15300 2014 07 30 15300 1 The Petco Tenant Improvement Architect should provide the requested CAD file within two working days of the Contractor s request The Architect will provide the most current Reflected Ceiling Plan information available at the time of the Contractor s request for the Reflected Ceiling Plan CAD file Should a subsequent Construction Bulletin be issued that impacts the fire suppression syst
220. ds chain eye anchors with no more than approximately 4 sag equal to McMaster Carr Part No 3594T49 zinc plated ungraded steel straight link chain material diameter 0 25 inside link width 0 45 inside link length 1 55 approximately 7 links per foot 2 Chain Eye Anchor Provide one Chain Eye field welded to each side of an Interior Bollard that is shown on the drawings to receive Chain The Chain Eye Anchor should be located on all Bollards intended to receive chain at an equal 38 height above the floor 3 Connector Provide two 2 threaded connectors one at each end of a section of chain equal to McMaster Carr Part No 3711T23 Oval with Large Opening zinc plated steel 4 Mounting Anchors Secure each Interior Bollard to the concrete floor slab with four 4 epoxy grouted anchor bolts or expansion anchors sized for 3 minimum anchorage depth Exterior Imbed Bollards Provide Galvanized Schedule 40 pipe bollards filled with concrete and provided with finished concrete cap and anchored in concrete footings as detailed on the drawings 2 05 NOT USED 2 06 HITCHING RINGS at Pet Grooming Areas A The Contractor shall furnish and install Hitching Rings where shown on the drawings consisting of stainless steel components by McMaster Carr Supply Company Los Angeles CA 562 692 5911 www mcmaster com Each Hitching Ring Assembly consists of the following parts Part of Assembly McMaste
221. e Sign Installation Provide one sign at the side of each door for the rooms listed above using double faced adhesive back tape and locate at a height of 60 above the finish floor to the centerline of the sign adjacent to the latch side of the door and 12 from the outside edge of the door frame to the centerline of the sign adjust this dimension plus minus if field conditions limit placement C Emergency Personal Eyewash Station located at the Tub Room 1 The Contractor shall furnish and install an Emergency Personal Eyewash Station where shown on the drawings consisting of a double 2 32 ounce bottles of isotonic saline wash and a wall mounted safety station bottle holder 5 lbs 2 Provide equal to Model No 320004620000 by Honeywell available from W W Grainger Inc www grainger com as item 3ARD8 3 Installation Secure the wall mounted safety station with wall anchors suitable for cement board substrate wall anchors and screws are NOT furnished with the product Manhole Cover and Frames Gratings and Inlets The Contractor shall furnish and install all cast iron manhole covers and frames where shown and specified on drawings F Miscellaneous Warning Signs The Contractor shall furnish and install miscellaneous warning signs equal to products by Seton Identification Products Branford CT 800 243 6624 in the Locations where noted Sign Description Model Size _ Location Fire Extinguisher 13895 Wall above eac
222. e Drawings and as required for a complete installation SAFETY RAIL AT INTERIOR SIDE OF EXTERIOR STOREFRONT if applicable A Provide Safety Rail system mounted to the interior face of exterior storefront when the exterior storefront s horizontal aluminum framing mullion is not located between 21 and 34 height above the finish floor 1 2 Rail Provide equal to Kawneer 104 060 6 H x 1 25 W The Safety Rail shall receive Wall Bumper trim as specified in Section 10300 ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SWING DOOR SLIDING DOOR COLOR SCHEDULE Description Location Finish Type Finish Color Building Exterior Exterior Storefront Contractor shall verify with the Building Shell Exterior Automatic Sliding Entrance Door drawings the exterior automatic sliding entrance Unit with Transom door unit finish color shall match the building shell s exterior storefront finish color ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOORS amp STOREFRONT 08410 Nexus SF Foors doc 08410 4 Building Interior Safety Rail if req d To match the exterior storefront finish color Building Interior Vestibule Clear Anodized Building Interior all other Clear Anodized or Satin Anodized Brake Metal Color to match adjacent aluminum color as scheduled PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided
223. e Supervision Travel Costs Contractor s Acquisition of Final Certificate of Occupancy Other TOTAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 2 SITTEWORK Demolition Site Clearing Rock Removal Unsuitable Soil Excavation amp Disposal Excavation amp Backfill includes approved fill material Preliminary amp Final Grading Site Concrete Masonry NOT including Building Concrete Masonry Retaining Walls NOT including Building Foundation Work Site Lighting and Foundations Trenching Asphalt Paving including Pavement Striping Concrete Paving Irrigation System Landscaping Storm Drainage System Gas Service to Tenant Space Domestic Water Service to Tenant Space includes Meter Pit Vault Check Valve Fire Suppression Water Service to Tenant Space includes Meter Pit Vault Detector Check Sanitary Sewer Service to Tenant Space Electrical Service to Tenant Space includes Transformer Meter Primary Other TOTAL SITEWORK DIVISION 3 CONCRETE Concrete Footings amp Foundations including Reinforcing Foundation Dampproofing Foundation Waterproofing amp Drainage System Concrete Slabs on Grade including Reinforcing Concrete Floor Preparation Other Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00302 Nexus Attachment B Sched of Values xls FP AA A A A A A QA QA QA QA QA A QA A RA QARR OA GGG GRAGO GG Ga aR A RA RAANG Sub Total Div Total Sub Total Div Total Sub Total Div Total ATTACHMENT B Page 1 04
224. e above systems shall be furnished under other parts of these specifications Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 15300 2014 07 30 15300 4 3 03 VALVE SEALS SIGNS TAGS amp CHARTS Provide copper wire and approved seals for manually operated shut off valves required to be sealed in OPEN position Provide identification signs of standard design and fasten securely at designated locations as per NFPA13 Tags shall be fastened to all control valves 3 04 EQUIPMENT AND EXTRA HEADS This work includes furnishing and installing a plastic cabinet with cover on the wall near the A S R and 48 above the floor containing six extra sprinkler heads of each type used along with a proper wrench 3 05 FINAL CLEANING A Piping shall be cleaned free of visible rust labels or surface dirt B After the sprinkler installation has been completed tested and approved the Contractor shall remove all oil and grease from piping heads and other visible parts of the fire suppression system and shall leave the system in a neat clean and workmanlike manner C Exposed Fire Suppression System piping shall be painted per Section 09900 Painting D After inspection of this work the Contractor shall remove from the premises and legally dispose of all Fire Suppression System waste material and construction debris END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM 15300 2014 07 30 15300 5 SE
225. e existing partition finish with anchorage through existing finish es to the wall framing TRASH ENCLOSURE GATE AND HARDWARE A Provide a trash enclosure as detailed on the drawings with galvanized heavy duty gate hardware equal to the following 1 Gate Hinges Provide two pair of full surface plain bearing heavy weight Welding Hinges equal to 1850 as manufactured by Hager St Louis MO 800 325 9995 2 Cane Bolt Provide two 18 length x 1 2 diameter Cane Bolts equal to Hager 1408 SHOP PAINT Provide primer meeting Fed Spec TT P 636 Prime paint components Color Primer Red For repair of galvanizing use a high zinc dust content paint complying with MIL P 21035 GALVANIZING Galvanize items to be embedded in concrete slabs and as noted on drawings in accordance with ASTM A123 minimum 1 25 oz sq ft FABRICATION Fabricate with accurate angles and surfaces that are true to the required lines and levels grinding exposed welds smooth and flush forming exposed connections with hairline joints and using concealed fasteners wherever possible Prior to shop painting or priming properly clean metal surfaces as required for the applied finish and for the proposed use of the item On surfaces inaccessible for painting after assembly or erection apply two primer coats PART 3 EXECUTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Nexus Metal Fab doc 05500 4 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examin
226. e following additional features Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SPECIAL DOORS 08300 Nexus Special Doors doc 08300 3 1 Soffit Access Door Exterior Provide with cylinder lock and key 2 Ceiling Access Door Interior Provide at the Retail Area ceiling at access to the entrance pediment rooftop enclosure complete with stainless steel screwdriver cam latch C Acceptable alternative Cesco Products 888 422 3726 www cescoproducts com D Finish The Contractor shall paint the Building Signage Access Door to match adjacent finish surfaces PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 INSTALLATION A The Rolling Door or Sectional Overhead Door at Pre Sales shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s printed instructions and as otherwise detailed on the drawings B The Double Acting Traffic Impact Door at Pre Sales shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s printed instructions and as otherwise detailed on the drawings C The Building Signage Access Door shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer s printed instructions and as otherwise detailed on the drawings END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SPECIAL DOORS 08300 Nexus Special Doors doc 08300 4 SECTION 08410 ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOORS amp STOREFRONT PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide exterior Aluminum Storefront interior windows aluminum channel glazing frames interior aluminum swing doors interior alumin
227. e materials in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Installers Warranty The Contractor shall provide the installers warranty for all work provided for a term of one year from the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout REFERENCE STANDARDS A Comply with the applicable provisions of the following 1 ASTM C635 Metal Suspension System for Acoustical Tile and Lay In Panel Ceilings ASTM C636 Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay In Panels 3 ASTM E580 Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay In Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraints if seismic restraints are required by the local jurisdiction PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 T GRID SYSTEMS Provide systems of supporting members anchors wall cornices adapters for light fixtures and grilles and accessories of every type required for a complete suspended T grid system of the arrangement shown on the drawings complying with pertinent requirements of Underwriters Laboratories Inc and governmental agencies having jurisdiction 2 02 ACOUSTICAL CEILING GRID AND TILE A Provide products by Armstrong Interiors Contact Monty Gillespie 513 309 1495 vigillespie armstrong com to verify product availability No product substitution is acceptable Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ACOUSTICAL CEILING
228. e provided at no cost to constituents other than for training 1 06 TRAINING A Training will be provided to the User based on their role within the project You will be provided with a user manual specific to your role in any project that provides a step by step instructions graphical instructions and process documentation If you need additional education it can be obtained by contacting Mignon Ayala at 858 453 7845 x3753 Education is role specific but you may have as many people in attendance as needed We will conduct the session on line real time using a third party vendor We suggest utilizing a conference room with a high speed Internet connection for training groups larger than two individuals B Training will be at the sole cost and expense of the User C The use of Petco Projects may require skills not traditionally required on past Petco projects You will not receive additional compensation or time extensions for delay unforeseen conditions inefficiency or technical difficulty due to the use of Petco Projects Petco Contact Mignon Ayala 858 453 7845 x3753 email mignon ayala petco com END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00400 Nexus Petco Collaborative Website docx 00400 2 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 1 01 SUMMARY The provisions of the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor and this Project Manual are hereby made a part of the Contract for general construction All subcontractors are refer
229. e subsequently placed concrete slab The moisture vapor barrier shall consist of Visqueen or equal manufactured polyethylene sheeting product 6 mils minimum thickness with all joints taped and sealed per ASTM D2130 Reinforcement of Concrete Slab Topping shall be in accordance with the following minimum standards or as may be superseded by the local jurisdiction or as may be otherwise specified by the building shell architect engineer 1 Slab on Grade Trench Construction 3000 psi Concrete slab on grade reinforced with ASTM A185 Welded Wire Fabric and placed on vapor barrier and prepared subgrade 2 Structural Slab As specified by the building shell engineer 3 Dowels Provide ASTM A615 Grade 60 1 2 diameter x 8 deformed reinforcing dowels spaced 32 on center maximum 4 epoxy embed into existing concrete slab Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype TRENCHING 02220 Nexus Trenching doc 02220 2 D Epoxy Adhesive The Contractor shall provide epoxy product equal to Rawl Dowel Fast two component non sagging ASTM C 881 Types Il IV and V Grade 3 Classes B and C epoxy by Powers Fastening Inc New Rochelle NY 914 235 6300 Compressive Strength ASTM D 695 10 000 psi Tensile Strength ASTM D 638 3500 psi at 7 days Flexural Strength ASTM D 790 5300 psi Bond Strength ASTM C 882 2000 psi concrete to concrete 2 day moist cure 2000 psi steel plate to concrete 2 day moist cure ROD E Finish of Concre
230. e the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION Set work accurately and anchored firmly into position plumb and level Work embedded in concrete shall be treated as specified and set with concrete patching material as specified in Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Where field welding is required comply with AWS recommended procedures for shielded metal arc welding for appearance and quality of weld and for methods to be used in correcting welding work Grind exposed welds smooth and touch up shop prime coats Do not cut weld or abrade surfaces which have been hot dip galvanized after fabrication and which are intended for bolted or screwed field connections Clean and re prime field welds bolted connectors and abraded areas of shop priming or finish material END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Nexus Metal Fab doc 05500 5 PART 1 SECTION 06200 ROUGH amp FINISH CARPENTRY GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 ROUGH CARPENTRY SUMMARY A Rough Carpentry The Contractor shall provide carpentry work including materials and fasteners as needed for a complete and proper installation including but not limited to 1 Concealed mounted blocking as may be required for wall mounted items that cannot be supp
231. e will be furnished to the jobsite and offloaded and installed by one or more PETCO Vendors Telephone System National Account The Telephone System will be provided by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall furnish and install the telephone backboard junction boxes conduit and pull string and power supply Toilet Room and other room Accessories a Partial NATIONAL ACCOUNT The Contractor shall coordinate the delivery of Accessories with the PETCO Project Manager and shall install PETCO s Vendor Furnished Accessories as furnished from PETCO s distribution warehouse No product substitution or alternative product supplier is permitted b INVENTORY AGREEMENT Hand Dryers in Toilet Rooms shall be purchased from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by the Contractor HAINES JONES amp CADBURY Contact Selinna Hale selinna hale hjcinc com Tel 800 459 7099 No product substitution or alternative product supplier is permitted No submittal is required for this product 1 Provide Excel Dryer Inc Xlerator Hand Dryer XL SB brushed stainless steel Where required also provide the Xlerator Recess Kit 40502 2 Contractor is responsible for furnishing and installing all necessary wall blocking fasteners and electrical junction boxes to the unit PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 8 3 The Contractor shall install
232. each system the Contractor shall include a copy of the certified Air Balancing Report in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted to PETCO after the Date of Turnover of Tenant Space to PETCO per Section 01700 Project Closeout The Balancing Report shall include the following Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 2014 07 30 15500 6 1 Air volumes at all supply return and exhaust outlets 2 Total CFM supplied Total CFM returned Total Static Pressure at each fan and at each system Actual CFMs Design CFMs 3 Motor speed fan speed and input ampere rating for each fan 3 05 SYSTEM TESTING AND START UP A B The Contractor shall provide System Startup for the first heating and first cooling season System Startup of the HVAC Systems shall be for ten 10 consecutive calendar days During this period of operation the Contractor shall test each component for proper operation The airflow shall be balanced temperature controls adjusted bearings tested and lubricated motor loads taken flow rate balanced and pressures checked During the ten 10 day System Startup and Test period the Contractor shall inform designated PETCO personnel about the operation and maintenance of HVAC Systems equipment System Startup Statement The Mechanical Contractor shall provide a signed System Startup Statement certifying acceptance of the operation and acknowledgement of the receipt of instructions by an authorized PE
233. ed B Prior to application of the Epoxy Finish the area must be dried in well ventilated and finish lighting in place and permanently heated with the temperature between 65 to 85 degrees F C The Contractor shall furnish either temporary or permanent phase 208V power or other power source as may be required for use by the Epoxy Finish Installer D Concrete must be free of curing compounds sealers old adhesives and all incompatible substances 3 02 EPOXY FINISH INSTALLATION A Preparation of Concrete Substrate All preparation of concrete substrate shall be per ASTM D 4259 Sec 6 Mechanical Abrading Sec 8 Abrasive Blast and or ASTM D4260 Chemical Preparation Preparation of concrete substrate shall be in accordance with product manufacturer s written instructions Remove all existing loose coatings if present and or any sealer bond breakers oils and greases to expose a clean substrate followed by mechanical abrading with dustless equipment Substrate shall be sound and profiled meeting ICRI standard guidelines 03732 for coating of concrete with sealers coatings and polymer overlays This profile is SCP 3 CSP3 5 Concrete Surface Profile B Vinyl Composition Floor Tile and Transition adjacent to the Aquarium Area must be completely installed prior to installation of Epoxy Flooring It is intended that the Vinyl Transition top surface be CAREFULLY and thoroughly taped off by the Contractor or the epoxy flooring in
234. ed to fans AHU s tanks stacks VAV boxes and unit heaters Seismic Restraint Type III 3 All floor mounted equipment Seismic Restraint Type V END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15255 2014 07 30 15255 6 SECTION 15300 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide a Fire Suppression System where shown on the drawings as specified in this section and as needed for a complete and proper installation including but not necessarily limited to Applications and fees for all plumbing permits services and inspections Obtain Flow Test data Shop drawings Sprinkler piping systems complete with valves fittings and specialties Sprinklers Alarm check valve Backflow prevention device as may be required by the local jurisdiction Detector check valve as may be required by the local jurisdiction Draining and testing piping 10 Fire department connection 11 Valve supervisory switches 12 Water flow detecting alarm 13 Access door for valves etc as required 14 Concrete pads and pits as required 15 All necessary hangers inserts and incidentals as required for a complete system 16 Seismic Restraints as may be required by the local jurisdiction 17 Testing and a
235. ed to eliminate evidence of buckling or variations in flatness exceeding referenced standards for stretcher leveled metal sheet Install metal panel units in coordination with carrier system 1 Align joints in adjacent courses to form uniform straight parallel joints 2 Fit adjoining units to form flush tight joints Scribe and cut units for accurate fit at borders and around construction penetrating walls 3 Remove protective film from panels only when space is completely clean and free of airborne particles Use white cotton gloves for final installation of panels into grid system 3 4 ADJUST AND CLEAN A B C Adjust components to provide uniform tolerances Replace panels that are scratched dented or otherwise damaged Clean exposed surfaces with non solvent non abrasive commercial type cleaner END OF SECTION Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype LINEAR METAL WALL SYSTEM 09546 Nexus Linear Mtl Wall Syst docx 09546 3 SECTION 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide Vinyl Composition Tile Vinyl Base and related accessory items where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 RELATED WORK A Section 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning reference for final floor cleaning and waxing B Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation C Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems
236. egrated Power amp Control Assembly and in most Carrier HVAC units while others are installed by the Electrical Contractor 1 The DDC Controller and HVAC Controls will be furnished by COMFORT SYSTEMS USA and installed by the electrical contractor 2 The COMFORT SYSTEMS USA CPU will be furnished loose for COMFORT SYSTEMS USA checkout personnel 3 All temperature sensors low voltage control wiring sensor wiring and sensing devices shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor in a conduit junction box system provided by the Contractor The low voltage cable may be run exposed above the ceiling and at the roof joist if the electrical code permits EXECUTION 3 01 DELIVERY The Energy Management System will be furnished to the jobsite approximately three 3 weeks prior to the Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO 3 02 INSTALLATION OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES A The electrical subcontractor shall install all provisions for the Energy Management System as indicated on the drawings The electrical subcontractor shall coordinate with COMFORT SYSTEMS USA checkout personnel when COMFORT SYSTEMS USA provides checkout of the Energy Management System and verifies the system s field operation 3 03 FIELD INSTALLATION CHECKOUT OF ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM A The Contractor and electrical subcontractor shall be scheduled to be on site during the installation checkout with COMFORT SYSTEMS USA COMFORT SYST
237. el High Performance Acrylic Traffic Marking Paint 85093 85094 Paint Type Latex Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype PAINTING 09900 Nexus Painting doc 09900 5 3 07 INTERIOR SURFACES PAINTING SCHEDULE A Interior Exposed Construction e g columns roof structural steel exposed piping and ductwork First Coat PPG Speedhide Super Tech 6 726XI must be tinted as Second AND Third Coats scheduled PPG Speedhide Super Tech 6 726XI must be tinted as scheduled Paint Type Sheen Latex Eggshell B Interior Exposed Construction metal roof deck roof structural steel exposed piping and ductwork First Coat if Steel amp Rusty Galvanized with acrylic primer First Coat if Steel acrylic primer Second AND Third Coats PPG Speedhide Super Tech 6 726XI must be tinted as scheduled PPG Speedhide Super Tech 6 726XI must be tinted as scheduled PPG Speedhide Super Tech 6 726XI must be tinted as scheduled with Third coat IF required for complete coverage Paint Type Sheen Acrylic Flat C Interior Doors and Door Frames First Coat Glidden Professional Devoe Coatings Devflex 4020PF Second AND Third Coats Paint Type Sheen D Wood First Coat Second AND Third Coats Paint Type Sheen E Gypsum Wallboard First Coat Second AND Third Coats Paint Type Sheen DTM Primer and Flat Finish Glidden Professional Devoe Coatings Devflex 4216L High Performance Acrylic Semi Gloss Latex Semi gloss Glidden Pr
238. em layout it is the Contractor s responsibility to request a revised updated CAD file from the Architect B Codes and Regulations 1 The Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall be licensed with applicable state and local jurisdictions and evidence of the ability of this contractor to provide work of this scope shall be provided to the PETCO Project Manager upon request The Contractor shall apply for pay for and obtain all necessary permits and fees required by any applicable state and local jurisdictions including all connection charges and fees The following specifications are minimum requirements and shall govern except that applicable building codes Underwriter Laboratory requirements and or drawings shall govern when the requirements are in excess hereof All work shall be in accordance with the Standards of the National Fire Protection Association for Installation of Sprinkler and Systems NFPA 13 latest edition as referenced in the design criteria shown on the prototype fire suppression system drawings the local fire marshal and any other authorities having jurisdiction Make all necessary arrangements give all notices and obtain all permits required by the utilities companies for connection to water main and for installation of detector check valves backflow preventers vaults etc in order to provide a complete system Prepare all necessary shop drawings and complete hydraulic calculations required for this sprinkler
239. ement and then every Friday of each week thereafter the Contractor shall send Digital Construction Progress Photographs to the PETCO Project Manager Digital Photographs Format A minimum of twenty four 24 Digital Construction Progress Photographs shall be sent on a weekly basis each Friday to the PETCO Project Manager Photographs shall show in summary the progress of construction work A descriptive Narrative should be included in the e mail where appropriate Digital Photographs shall be sent via email with the Project Name identified in the email cover description to the following e mail address Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 01200 Nexus Const Admin doc 01200 3 Wade Rose at e mail address Wade Rose petco com D Alternative to Digital Photographs Subject to acceptance by the PETCO Project Manager the Contractor shall prepare and send a minimum of twenty four 24 color 4 x6 photographs each week with the subject matter comprehensively representing the general progress of the work completed to date with each photograph labeled on the reverse in permanent ink without damaging the print side PETCO Farmington Hills MI T383 PETCO PM Job T383 the Date that photographs were taken and keyed to an attached Descriptive Narrative E All photographs shall be in focus and with minimum distortion Select locations to provide diversified overall views and close up views of the work from posit
240. epair any damage incurred Provide guardrails warning signs and or lights at open excavations for the protection of workmen and others Maintain all benchmarks monuments and other reference points The Contractor shall replace any benchmarks monuments and other reference points that are disturbed or destroyed during the course of construction unless otherwise directed The use of explosives is NOT permitted unless otherwise approved 3 11 SUBSOIL DATA A The subsoil data included with the project manual as a Geotechnical Investigation Report is for the Contractor s informational purposes only The data on subsurface conditions is not intended as representation or warranties of the accuracy or continuity between soil borings The Architect and PETCO assume no responsibility for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by the Contractor The data is made available for the convenience of the Contractor only Refer to Section 01420 Site Investigation Data Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by the Contractor at the Contractor s option at no additional cost to PETCO The recommendations of the Geotechnical Investigation Report shall be followed by the Contractor in addition to Section 02200 Earthwork Any deviation from the recommendations of the Geotechnical Investigation Report without prior approval from the Geotechnical Engineer may be made by the Contractor at the Contractor s risk an
241. eports and correspondence shall be certified by the Testing Inspection Agency s Licensed Professional Engineer C Both PETCO s and Contractors Testing Inspection Agency s may reject materials or workmanship which do not meet standards either at the storage plant or at the jobsite and shall notify the PETCO Project Manager immediately and in writing of any rejection of materials or workmanship D The Contractor shall permit both PETCO s and Contractor s Testing Inspection Agency s access to the jobsite at all times and shall provide supplementary labor and equipment as may be required 1 02 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS A Special Inspections may be required by the local jurisdiction If the Testing Inspection Agency is so licensed or otherwise approved to provide same Special Inspections may be provided under the Testing Inspection Agency s scope of work subject to approval and authorization of the PETCO Project Manager B The Contractor shall advise the Architect and the PETCO Project Manager in a timely manner if the Contractor is advised of any applicable requirements for Special Inspections 1 03 CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES PROVIDED BY PETCO S TESTING INSPECTION AGENCY A Grading and Sitework Material Testing and Site Inspections if applicable 1 Inspections a The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide Density Testing at fill and backfill areas and shall inspect on site and imported fill and backfill
242. epted or directed by the Owner and or Architect All test data shall be recorded and submitted upon completion of job a Section 03 30 00 Cast In Place Concrete b ASTM E1155 Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and Levelness using the F number system must be performed by General Contractor c ASTM E430 Standard Test Method for Measurement of Gloss of High Gloss Surfaces by Abridged Goniophotometry d ASTM G23 81 Standard Test Method for Ultraviolet Light and Water Spray Resistance e ACI 302 1 R 04 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction F Pre Installation Conference Prior to the installation of the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System a on site conference shall be conducted to review specification requirements a Required attendees include the Owner Architect General Contractor ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System Subcontractor for Quality Assurance b The minimum agenda shall include a Tour of work area inspection and discussion of preparation of substrate and other pre Installation conditions and issues b Review of System requirements including drawings specifications and other contract documents c Review of required submittals and completion status d Review and finalization of installation schedule verification of availability of required materials trained Installer personnel equipment proper electrical power to avoid any type of delay e Limit access to wo
243. erior Finishes Specialty Construction Fire Suppression HVAC Plumbing amp Drainage Electrical Work A Proposals shall be based on materials and methods described on the Drawings and Specifications All local state and federal taxes shall be included in the Bid Quote any Alternates Unit Prices and give all Breakdowns included in Proposal Form The total price indicated should be the total cost to Petco including all Overhead and Profit B Bid proposal shall include the cost of preparation and submittal of all shop drawings samples etc as indicated and required herein and in all documents including all sales taxes delivery costs and all other incidental necessary expenses C The Proposal shall not contain a recap of the work to be done but shall be filled in appropriately in blank areas provided D No bidder shall modify withdraw or cancel his bid or any part thereof for sixty 60 days after the time established for receipt of the bid E Any bulletins or addenda issued during the time of bidding are to be covered in the Bid Proposal Form and in the execution of the Contract shall become a part thereof The bidder shall be responsible for transmitting Addenda information to all concerned with their bid Receipt of Addenda shall be acknowledged on the Bid Proposal Form F No bid modification will only be considered unless an email is sent to the specific Petco Construction Manager via email 1 03 WARNING TO BIDDING CONTR
244. ers Employee Lockers will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor C BR5 Table The Table will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor 30 Store Fixtures Retail Area Check Lanes National Account a CL1 CL2 and CL3 Check Lane Cash Wrap Fixture Power Pole 1 The Check Lane Fixtures and Power Poles will be furnished to the jobsite by a PETCO Vendor 2 The Contractor shall offload assemble and install the Check Lane Fixtures and Power Poles shall provide the junction boxes and electrical provisions at all Power Pole locations shall provide supplementary conduit to the point of connection at the junction box and shall provide final electrical connections 31 General Furnishings Equipment National Account a F1 through F7 General Furnishings and Office Equipment will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded assembled and installed by a PETCO Vendor 32 Store Fixtures Retail Area Gondola National Account a G1 through G7 Gondola Fixture Units will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded assembled and installed by a PETCO Vendor and PETCO Employees b The Contractor shall provide electrical power supply to the roof deck ceiling mounted junction box located above Gondola Fixture Units requiring power provisions shall provide conduit and wiring from the Gondola Fixture Units to the roof deck ceiling mounted junction boxes and shall provide final electrica
245. erted 14 gauge cold rolled steel channels spot welded within the door with honeycomb core 2 Doors shall be internally reinforced with 14 gauge steel reinforcement for closers 3 Mortised hardware reinforcements shall be factory drilled and tapped 4 Doors shall be phosphatized and receive one coat of baked on primer Exterior Hollow Metal Doors 1 Exterior Hollow Metal Doors shall be 1 3 4 16 gauge cold rolled steel manufactured flush with visible edge seams 1 8 bevel on hinge and lock edges top and bottom inverted 14 gauge cold rolled steel channels spot welded within the door sound deadened with one pound density polystyrene laminated to inside panel faces Perimeter voids shall be honeycomb filled Doors shall be internally reinforced with 14 gauge steel reinforcement for closers Mortised hardware reinforcements shall be factory drilled and tapped Outswinging exterior metal doors shall be provided with top weather caps Doors shall be phosphatized and receive one coat of baked on primer OP ON 2 03 METAL DOOR FRAME REQUIREMENTS A Hollow Metal Frame Standards Typical for all Interior and Exterior Doors 1 Hollow metal frames shall be 16 gauge flush cold rolled steel fully arc welded 2 faces 4 head where applicable for masonry openings reinforced with 8 gauge steel hinge reinforcements 16 gauge strike reinforcement drilled for door silencers at the rate of 3 per strike jamb and 2 per head of door
246. es as detailed on the drawings 3 Sheet Metal Colors a Building Shell Coping Color to be selected from product manufacturer s standard colors b PETCO Entrance Feature Provide roofing panels and related coping trim with color equal to ATAS International Brite Red 17 B Acceptable Alternative Merchant amp Evans Industries Inc Burlington NJ 800 257 6215 C Acceptable Alternative Reynolds Metals Company Eastman GA 800 841 7774 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SHEET METAL 07600 Nexus Sheet Metal doc 07600 1 D Acceptable Alternative Product Substitution subject to approval per Section 01340 Submittals 2 02 SHEET METAL REQUIREMENTS A Sheet Metal Coping Pre finished 3004 Aluminum Alloy H 12 to H 14 tempered per ASTM B209 12 0 lengths with splice plates Provide concealed anchors that resist wind uplift and permit expansion and contraction with temperature changes Coping Corners shall be 45 degree shop mitered and heliarc welded Field fabricated coping corners with sealant applied at non welded mitered meeting joints is NOT permitted Sheet Metal Accessories Exposed Sheet Metal Accessories shall be the same material and finish as the coping All welds shall be ground and shop painted to match the field color Provide Expansion Joints at 20 to 30 intervals to prevent thermal movement distortion Description Thickness Texture Coping Cap 040 embossed texture Cont hold down cleat 040 Splice plates
247. ess local codes differ in which case the local codes shall prevail AC 480 Volt and Above Phase A Brown Phase B Orange Phase C Yellow Neutral White 208Y 120V System Phase A Black Phase B Red Phase C Blue Neutral White Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 6 F Safety switches Provide horsepower rated Type HD externally operated quick make and quick break and shall be fusible or non fusible as indicated and with ratings as shown on the drawings G Switches having dual ratings higher rates when used with dual elements fuses shall have ratings indicated on metal plates riveted or otherwise permanently fastened to the enclosure H Motor Starters Provide magnetic starter as noted on the drawings with line voltage protection in three phases with a holding contact two N O and two N C auxiliary contact unless otherwise noted HOA pilot light and reset button in the face Coil operating voltage shall be 120 volt PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 3 03 3 04 3 05 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected DEMOLITION amp PATCHING No structural member shall be cut without the written consent of the Structural Enginee
248. etal Doors and Frames Product Data Submit manufacturers product data indicating compliance with the standards specified in this Section B Door and Frame Schedule Submit door and frame schedule keyed to the Door Schedule in the drawings in detail adequate to verify compliance with the standards specified in this Section WARRANTY The Contractor shall include a copy of the Metal Door and Frame manufacturer s standard product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 HOLLOW METAL DOORS amp FRAMES INVENTORY AGREEMENT A The Contractor shall purchase Interior and Exterior Metal Doors and Frames from Girtman amp Associates in an Inventory Agreement and shall install all doors and frames The Contractor shall coordinate delivery of Metal Doors and Frames with the following GIRTMAN amp ASSOCIATES INC GIRTMAN TOTAL OPENINGS LLC Contact Jamie Stewart e mail jstewart girtman com 7115 Cockrill Bend Blvd Nashville TN 37209 Tel 855 447 8600 Ext 1511 FAX 615 350 6686 No product substitutions are permitted 2 02 METAL DOOR REQUIREMENTS A Interior Hollow Metal Doors 1 Interior Hollow Metal Doors shall be 1 3 4 18 gauge cold rolled steel manufactured flush with visible edge seams 1 8 bevel on hinge and lock edges top and bottom Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL DOORS amp FRAMES 08100 Nexus Mtl Doors and Frames doc 08100 1 inv
249. etc E Detector Check Provide a detector check in the sprinkler system water main Detector check shall be Viking Model E complete with by pass shutoff valve magnetic line disc meter and swing check valve where required by the administrative authority F Provide water flow detectors in the sprinkler system mains where shown Detectors shall be installed in the mains at the point of entry into the building Detectors shall be Potter Model VSR D vane type and shall be designed for mounting on either vertical or horizontal piping Detectors shall not be mounted in a fitting or within 12 inches of any fitting that changes the direction of water flow Detectors shall have a sensitivity setting to signal any flow of water that equals or exceeds the discharge from one sprinkler head Detector switch mechanisms shall incorporate an instantly recycling pneumatic retard element with an adjustable range of 0 to 60 seconds Switches shall have a minimum rated capacity of 7 amp 125 volts AC 0 25 amp 24 volts DC and shall be actuated by a polyethylene vane extending into the waterway of the piping Detectors shall be weatherproof dust tight construction and shall be provided with a 3 4 conduit entrance Detectors shall be finished with a tamperproof bolt that requires the use of a special wrench for removal Detectors shall be Underwriters Laboratories listed and Factory Mutual approved Flow detectors will be wired into the building fire al
250. ete Topping equal to Ardex K 500 by Ardex Engineered Cements at areas scheduled to receive no additional finish flooring with the possible exception of Concrete Sealer Hardener PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 CONCRETE FLOOR PREPARATION Provide all Concrete Floor Preparation work in accordance with governmental agencies having jurisdiction and as recommended by the flooring product manufacturers and their respective trade association standards END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE FLOOR PREPARATION 03310 Nexus Conc Flr Prep doc 03310 2 SECTION 03360 POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A This is the recommended specification for ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System B Complete installation details are provided in the DIAMATIC Technical Brochures available at www ultraflor com 1 03 RELATED WORK A Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation 1 04 SUBMITTAL A Product Data Submit Manufacturer s technical literature for each product indicated specified or required Include manufacturers technical data application instructions recommendations and MSDS B Installer Qualifications
251. eted prior to the placement of foundation walls or mechanical equipment installation All structural fill materials used for the project shall be a clayed sand or sandy clay with a maximum liquid limit of 40 The structural fill shall be compacted to a minimum density of 95 of the maximum modified Proctor dry density ASTM D1557 All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Geotechnical Engineer When sufficient fill material of satisfactory character is not available on the project site fill material of the required character shall be brought to the site by the Contractor at the Contractor s expense One hundred 100 pound samples of each material to be used as fill shall be submitted to the Geotechnical Engineer for approval two weeks prior to commencing fill operations Fill material shall not be sued as compacted fill until approved by the Geotechnical Engineer Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EARTHWORK 02200 Nexus Earth Work doc 02200 4 3 06 1 Fill material imported from an off site source shall be tested prior to construction use at the Contractor s expense to determine the suitability of the fill material and standard Proctor parameter Test reports shall be submitted to the Geotechnical Engineer Final acceptance of on site fill material or off site material shall rest with the Geotechnical Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding upon the Contractor Acceptance of any material by the Geotechnical Engi
252. evard Arlington VA 22209 Institute ASHRAE American Society of Heating 1791 Tullie Circle NE Atlanta GA 30329 Refrigerating amp Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical 345 East 47 Street New York NY 10017 Engineers ASPA American Sod Producers Assn 4415 West Harrison Street Hillside IL 60162 ASTM American Society for Testing amp 1916 Race Street Philadelphia PA 19103 Materials AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 South Walter Reed Drive Arlington VA 22206 AWPA American Wood Preservers Assn 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda MD 20014 AWS American Welding Society 550 LeJeune Road NW Miami FL 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver CO 80235 BIA Brick Institute of America 11490 Commerce Park Drive Reston VA 22091 CDA Copper Development Association 57 Floor Chrysler Building 405 Lexington Avenue New York NY 10174 CLFMI Chain Link Fence Mfrs Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue NW Washington DC 20036 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg IL 60195 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype REFERENCE STANDARDS 01730 Nexus Ref Standards doc 01730 1 DHI Door and Hardware Institute 7711 Old Springhouse Road McLean VA 22102 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract 1015 15 Street NW Washington DC 20005 Committee American Consulting Engineers Council EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers 25 North Broadway Tarrytow
253. exposed overhead plumbing piping and supports suspended from the exposed structure shall be dry fall painted to match the adjacent painted exposed structure per Section 09900 Painting END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 07 30 15400 9 PART 1 SECTION 15500 HVAC SYSTEMS GENERAL 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide HVAC Systems as shown on the drawings and as specified in this Section including but not necessarily limited to Applications and fees for all HVAC Systems permits services and inspections Rooftop mounted packaged HVAC units RTUs RTU roofcurbs with concentric transitions sheet metal supply return air ducts and duct extensions concentric flush mount diffusers and condensate piping RTU control interface module Carrier RTU MP RTU smoke detectors Exhaust fans unit heaters and associated flues and intakes Electric unit heaters including wall and door heaters where scheduled Controls and wiring not otherwise furnished by PETCO s Inventory Agreement Vendor Seismic Restraints as may be required by the local jurisdiction OND OONO E 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Section 07720 Roof Accessories Section 15255 Seismic Restraints Section 15300 F
254. f Responsibilities is described in this Section and on an abbreviated list on Drawing Sheet A0 2 There are additional miscellaneous Contractor Provided Items listed in this Section that are NOT listed on Drawing Sheet A0 2 1 02 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY B Contractor The Contractor shall furnish and install PETCO Inventory Agreement products and assemblies shall install some PETCO National Account products and assemblies and shall coordinate provisions for these and PETCO Vendor provided products and assemblies all as described in the drawings in this section and other Project Manual Sections PETCO Vendor Where referenced in this Section PETCO Vendor refers to a different entity from Contractor The PETCO Vendor will provide tenant specific work in contract agreement with PETCO The PETCO Vendor may be either a product supplier only that delivers products or assemblies to the project site or may furnish and install the specific products and assemblies PETCO Employee Some PETCO Furnished Items will be installed by PETCO s Employees 1 03 PETCO NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND INVENTORY AGREEMENTS A National Account Purchased by PETCO PETCO has secured National Accounts with some construction product Vendors PETCO direct purchases these national account products with some variation of the following division of responsibilities between PETCO and the Contractor 1 Furnished and inst
255. f length per local standard chamfered surface mounted pre cast concrete parking bumper Anchor bumper to paving with two 2 1 2 diameter x 18 long reinforcing rods l Rapid Access Key Vault a k a Knox Box furnished and installed by the Contractor if required by the fire marshal or the local jurisdiction 1 The Contractor shall provide a recessed rapid entry key storage box for emergency building access where shown on the drawings or as may be otherwise designated by the fire marshal or the local jurisdiction The Rapid Access Key Vault product shall be as approved or recommended by the local jurisdiction and might be equal to one of the following products subject to the Contractor s confirmation with the fire marshal or other local authority a Model No 3200 R Heavy Duty Knox Box with Model No RMK recessed masonry mounting kit by The Knox Company Irvine CA 800 552 5669 b Model No LB1 Fail Safe Key Lock Box with tamper switch by Fail Safe Maitland FL 800 946 8832 2 The Contractor shall coordinate a timely processing and transmitting the Key for the Rapid Access Key Vault between PETCO and the fire marshal or other local authority so as to not impact the issuance of occupancy permits J Stainless Steel Column Coverings Retail Area 1 From top of finished floor provide 42 high 22 gauge Type 304 4 finish shop formed Stainless Steel Column Covers equal to products fabricated by Acudor Products
256. f purchase must accompany any warranty claims filed for excessive swelling cracking of board ends 4 Do not use composite wood material for structural applications C Cleaning 1 Following cleaning recommendations as found in composite decking installation guide at http www calibamboo com mm5 pdf care_and_maintenance_sheets cali_ bamboo _bamdeck_mainte nance pdf COMPOSTIE WOOD PLANKING INSTALLATION A General Install composite wood planks according to manufacturer s written instructions in orientation sizes and locations indicated on Drawings Install planks perpendicular to stud furring unless otherwise indicated 1 Start planking installation at top inside corner with pre drilled counter sunk screws on face of planks 1 from outer edge of plank Fasteners finish shall be manufacturer approved finish to match plank 9 x 2 Trim Head Screws Drill screws in perpendicular to plank not at an angle Do not overdrive screw and avoid splitting of plank Do not nail Provide stainless steel screws within 1 mile of coasts Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp Wood doc Wood Planking 06600 6 2 Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving composite wood planks 3 Place a Infinity Deck clip in the groove of the plank centered on framing member and fasten screw with corresponding bit Do not overdrive 4 Slide next plank onto the exposed Infinity Deck clips providing a 1 4 gap with a spacing to
257. f structural steel is identified by heat and or melt numbers and is furnished with mill analysis and test reports then the Testing Inspection Agency shall provide not less thatn one tension and one bend test for each ten tons or fraction thereof e If testing is so authorized by the PETCO Project Manager and if structural steel is NOT identified by heat and or melt numbers then the Testing Inspection Agency shall provide not less than one tension and one bend test for each five tons or fraction thereof Additional tests shall be provided at the direction of the PETCO Project Manager 1 04 TESTING AND INSPECTIONS PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR S TESTING INSPECTION AGENCY A Portland Cement Certificates of Compliance 1 The Contractor shall obtain the Certificates of Compliance from the cement manufacturer which are delivered to the concrete producer CONSTRUCTION QUALITY Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTROL SERVICES 01410 Nexus Const QC doc 01410 3 2 The Certificates of Compliance must identify the cement as to production lot bin or silo number dating and routing of shipment and compliance with the specified standards 3 The Contractor shall promptly provide all Certificates of Compliance and other test results to the Testing Inspection Agency and shall provide other specific physical and chemical data if required by the Architect Engineer B Aggregate Sieve Analysis Test and Specific Gravity Test 1 Provide one aggregate test un
258. floor mounted Girtman 3 HA 307D Silencers Note for this Hardware Set 1 See Paragraph 3 02 regarding Store Cores and Interchangeable Cores G HARDWARE SET NO 7 HM interior Door Hallway to Break Room And HARDWARE SET NO 7 1 HM Interior Door Hallway to Work Room Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 3 GS ECBB1100 Full Mortise Hinge 4 5 x 4 5 Girtman 1 YA E4721LN B AU Programmable Access Control Lockset with cylinder for HARDWARE SET No 7 only Girtman 1 SC AL70BD SAT Classroom Lever Lock F84 w Interchangeable Construction Core for HARDWARE SET NO 7 1 only Girtman 1 IKSF H R7 626 A Instakey Permanent Core Girtman 1 SF LT 112 Lazy Cam Tailpiece Girtman 1 SC 80 035 Interchangeable Store Core Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc FINISH HARDWARE 08710 4 Girtman 1 LC 4031 LD PA Closer w adjustable delayed action and cover at Room side Girtman 1 HA 194S 10 x 34 Kickplate at non swing door side Girtman 1 HA 403S A Saddle Threshold 1 4 x 4 Girtman 1 HA 268F Cast Floor Stop and Holder Girtman 3 HA 307D Silencers Note for this Hardware Set 1 See Paragraph 3 02 regarding Store Cores and Interchangeable Cores HARDWARE SET NO 8 HM Exterior Means of Egress Door located at Hallway from Retail to exterior
259. for other finish flooring products scheduled 2 Concrete Slab Vapor Control Treatment shall be provided if the Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level exceeds the limit specified or if the Alkalinity pH as tested is above 9 3 03 MATERIALS PREPARATION Mix and prepare paint per the manufacturer s recommendations Store paints in tightly covered containers when materials are not in use Maintain containers used in storage mixing and application of paint in a clean condition free from foreign materials and residue 3 04 SURFACE PREPARATION A Provide surface preparation and cleaning procedures per the paint manufacturers printed recommendations Remove items that are already in place and that are not intended to receive the scheduled paint finish or provide surface applied protection prior to surface preparation cleaning and painting procedures Preparation of Exposed Shell Interior Face at Retail Area if applicable 1 If an exposed interior shell construction without applied furring and gypsum wallboard is scheduled for this project s Retail Area and such exposed construction is acceptable to the PETCO Project Manager then the Contractor shall provide an interior face of finish quality that is acceptable to the PETCO Project Manager via the PETCO Project Manager s field inspection a Exposed concrete unit masonry if applicable shall be uniform in appearance with visible voids patched with mortar flush with t
260. g HVAC systems work shall be provided by the electrical subcontractor 1 Provide conduit outlets wiring disconnect switches and other control line voltage equipment including conduit and control wiring as required for full equipment operation 2 Provide final electrical connections for all control equipment such as solenoid valves that are to be installed in piping lines or control equipment that forms an integral part of the HVAC Systems 3 Provide final electrical connections for all motors magnetic starters line voltage controls and line voltage side of all equipment furnished by others 4 Provide a weatherproof GFI convenience outlet at each HVAC rooftop units Run conduit and wire inside roof curb where allowed by applicable code 5 Provide conduit and outlet boxes for control devices that are provided by others 6 Provide final electrical connections for smoke and ionization detectors furnished and installed by HVAC Contractor Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 9 3 14 3 15 3 16 3 17 3 18 7 Provide final electrical connections for HVAC system ionization detectors that will be furnished and installed by others EXTERIOR BUILDING AND PYLON SIGNAGE Provide sub feeder branch circuit conduit and wire disconnect switch and final electrical connections Refer to Section 10400 Exterior Building amp Pylon Signage LABEL IDENTIFICATION A The Contractor sh
261. gation Treatment The Contractor shall provide Creteseal CS2000 concrete slab vapor control treatment using product by Creteseal Concrete Waterproofing Products Inc Anaheim CA 800 278 4273 www creteseal com 2 02 MOISTURE MITIGATION FOR EPOXY FLOORING A The acceptable moisture emission level for Epoxy Flooring may not exceed 3 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEMS 07190 Nexus Moist Mitigation doc 07190 1 B Concrete surfaces may be shot blasted for concrete moisture testing but must be shot blasted for the subsequent epoxy flooring installation 1 For concrete moisture testing the steel bead shot size should be a 230 to 280 mesh profile to obtain a satisfactory surface or as may be alternatively recommended by the Moisture Mitigation product manufacturer 2 For shot blast preparation required for epoxy flooring installation refer to Section 09670 Epoxy Finish on Concrete C Moisture Mitigation Treatment The Contractor shall provide concrete slab treatment using products by Koester American Corporation Virginia Beach VA _ 757 425 1206 www koesterusa com Application shall be by a manufacturer approved applicator T For Moisture Emission Level of over 3 0 to 10 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hours and pH less than 14 Provide Koester VAP pH single coat vapor control treatment 2 For Moisture Emission Level of over 10 0 to 25 0 pounds per 1000 sq
262. h System as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation RELATED WORK Section 06200 Rough amp Finish Carpentry and Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System product specifications for EIFS substrates SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals Submit EIFS Product Data and EIFS Color Samples per Section 01340 Submittals requirements in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Section QUALITY ASSURANCE The Water Managed Exterior Insulation and Finish System manufacturer s specifications and recommended standard installation details shall be followed completely and shall be considered a part of this Section as if the manufacturer s specification was included in its entirety WARRANTY A Manufacturers Warranty The Contractor shall provide the Manufacturer s Standard 12 Year Product Warranty in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Installers Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the EIFS installers warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ACCEPTABLE WA
263. h Fire Extinguisher 4 x12 Caution 28824 Each Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Leaf Automatic Door 6 1 2 Dia center of door 60 AFF to center G Plan Holder at Telephone Board 1 Provide a Plan Holder for a set of Contractor provided Petco Tenant Space drawings Drawings shall be provided as specified in Section 01700 Project Closeout 2 Provide a 4 diameter x 32 long Schedule 40 PVC pipe with a cemented end cap at one end and a flexible end cap end cover at the other open end PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 15 3 Secure the Plan Holder pipe horizontally at the bottom of the Telephone Board with three metal pipe clamps Refer to the Electrical Drawings for the location of the Plan Holder pipe on the Telephone Board 4 Provide ten feet of 1 16 diameter stranded aircraft cable with one end of the aircraft cable attached to the bound roll of Petco Tenant Space drawings at the binding edge via a Contractor provided punched metal grommet and aircraft cable ferrule clinch connectors Secure the other end of the aircraft cable to the inside of the Plan Holder pipe to the cemented end cap via drilled holes and aircraft cable ferrule clinch connectors H Pre cast Concrete Parking Bumpers The Contractor shall furnish and install at each parking space where indicated on site plan an 8 x 8 x 6 0 long or hal
264. having jurisdiction Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE FLOOR PREPARATION 03310 Nexus Conc Flr Prep doc 03310 1 2 04 FLOOR PATCHING PRODUCTS A Flash Patch and Skim Coating 1 For cracks minor holes crevices score marks control and construction joints the Contractor shall provide concrete patching product compatible with finish flooring adhesives equal to products by Armstrong World Industries Lancaster PA 800 448 1405 a Armstrong S 194 Patch Underlayment and Embossing Leveler b Armstrong S 183 Fast Setting Cement Based Underlayment C Armstrong S 184 Fast Setting Cement Based Patch and Skim Coat For holes and larger patches provide concrete patching product equal to L amp M Durapatch Industrial fiber reinforced high strength cement based patching system by L amp M Construction Chemicals Inc a Acceptable Alternative Provide Ardex SD P Instantpatch self drying fast setting Concrete Underlayment Patch by Ardex Engineered Cements Aliquippa PA 724 203 5000 2 05 FLOOR LEVELING PRODUCTS A Floor Leveling Underlayment Provide Self Leveling Underlayment Concrete equal to Ardex K 15 Ardex Engineered Cements Aliquippa PA 724 203 5000 at areas scheduled to receive finish flooring and in quantities and layers of application necessary to achieve the level tolerance as recommended by the flooring product manufacturer B Floor Leveling Concrete Topping Provide Self Leveling Concr
265. he adhesive residue from the adjacent VCT after epoxy work is complete in this area NOORWN gt ow Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EPOXY FINISH ON CONCRETE 09670 Nexus Epoxy Flooring doc 09670 3 3 03 14 Floor Transition at polish concrete Provide a smooth flush epoxy transition from the installed Epoxy Finish to adjacent polish concrete floor by creating a bevel cut where the two materials are to meet The polish concrete side of the bevel cut is to be taped and epoxy is to be applied up to and into the bevel cut Remove the tape and clean the adhesive residue from the polish concrete after epoxy work is completed applies only to stores with polish concrete at sales floor Cracks and Joints Correct surface voids with Aggregate and 3561 Epoxy Resin Glaze in accordance with the manufacturer s written instructions Correct surface cracks crazing control joints with EPO FLEX HD Epoxy or 3580 Crack amp Joint Filler per the manufacturer s written instructions Integral Epoxy Cove Base Provide integral Epoxy Cove Base 6 inches high radius cove installed with Epoxy Cove Base 3561V materials in all areas scheduled to receive epoxy flooring unless specifically noted otherwise Cove radius shall be not less than 3 4 and shall be applied directly to a sound wall surface The same quartz color shall be used to match the floor and sealed to achieve a smooth surface Top Edge Trim Cap 1 Secure Top Edge Trim Cap to wall through FRP
266. he adjacent concrete unit face Mortar joints shall be formed concave suitable for exposed surfaces Untooled flush cut mortar joints are not acceptable Remove excess mortar mortar smears dirt and masonry b Exposed concrete wall panels if applicable shall be uniform in appearance with visible voids larger than 1 2 in any direction patched with a non shrink Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype PAINTING 09900 Nexus Painting doc 09900 3 cementitious patching product and tooled flush with the adjacent concrete wall panel face Remove excess concrete projections Cc Alternative exposed construction shall be finished similar to above descriptions and with similar finish quality D Preparation of Metal and Wood Surfaces 1 2 3 4 Clean metal and wood surfaces free of dirt oil grease and other foreign substances Galvanized metal surfaces Use solvent for initial cleaning and treat the surface thoroughly with phosphoric acid etch solution remove solution before proceeding Smooth finished wood surfaces exposed to view Use varying degrees of coarseness in sandpaper to produce a uniformly smooth and unmarred wood surface Allow to dry thoroughly before application of paint E Preparation of existing exposed metal structural or plate steel 1 Clean metal surfaces free of grease and oil and clean in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council publication SSPC SPA 63 Solvent Cleaning followed by removal of
267. he drawings the Contractor shall provide Service Entrance as shown on the drawings and per Electrical Utility requirements including transformer pad if required conduit cable disconnection means and devices as shown on drawings to the point of connection with the Electric Utility 1 Service Entrance Conductors shall be copper and sized per Electric Utility requirements However Service Entrance Conductors MAY be aluminum alloy conductors if permitted by the Electric Utility and by the local jurisdiction If provided aluminum alloy conductors shall be compact stranded conductors AA 8000 Series in sizes with current carrying capacity equivalent to the copper sizes indicated on the Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 3 B drawings equal to products by Alcan Cable Stabiloy Use mechanical screw type or compression type dual rated connectors per the manufacturer s recommendations Coordinate with the manufacturer of the service entrance equipment for proper lugs 2 Other than aluminum alloy conductors for service if permitted no other aluminum wire is permitted on this project Service Ground The Contractor shall provide a code approved service ground from the Service Entrance Panel to the nearest accessible cold water pipe structural steel member and four 5 8 diameter x 10 ft ground rods Connect conduit to the rods and pipe with ground clamps equal to T amp B Burndy Company or app
268. he manufacturer WARRANTY Provide the Manufacturer s Standard Product Warranty in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 CONCRETE SEALER HARDENER Drawing Key FC 08A A The Contractor shall provide DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH High Gloss where scheduled on the drawings B No other alternatives accepted for this section PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS Surfaces shall be clean and free of all contaminants film forming curing compounds or sealers The Contractor shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work of this Section and shall not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Concrete must be cured for a minimum of three 3 days prior to the application of Concrete Sealer 3 02 APPLICATION 1 MICROPOLISH BURNISH 1 FLOR GRIT 800 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic 2 Dry mop the floor clean to remove all debris 3 Apply DIAMATIC FLOR FINISH High Gloss per application instructions at a rate of 2 500 square feet per gallon Actual rates may vary due to concrete porosity 4 Allow to dry a minimum of 15 minutes 5 MICROPOLISH BURNISH 2 FLOR GRIT 1500 Diamond Impregnated Pad by Diamatic END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE SEALER 09910 Nexus Conc Sealer doc 09910 1 PART 1 SECTION 10300 PETCO FURNISHED amp CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS GENERAL 1 01 REFERENCE The Division o
269. he printing cost for drawings specifications and other construction documents required for any Contractor License s or subcontractor trade permits shall be the Contractor s responsibility and shall be included in the Base Bid D Final Certificate of Occupancy The Contractor is responsible for providing the local jurisdiction Final Certificate of Occupancy or its equivalent permit so to allow PETCO to commence full retail and service operations on or before the Date of Final Completion 1 06 SITE UTILITIES A Applications for Site Utility Service to the PETCO Tenant Space shall be coordinated by the Contractor with the PETCO Project Manager Local Site Utility Providers points of contact may be included in the drawings for reference purposes B The Contractor shall coordinate the issuance of all Letters of Request for Site Utility Services with the PETCO Project Manager WITHOUT DELAY following the award of the contract for general construction so as to confirm site utility services and schedule connections at the earliest possible calendar date C All coordination of provisions for the Site Utility Services by the Contractor shall be included in the Base Bid Fees due and payable to the local utility so as to facilitate provisions for Site Utility Services will be either PETCO s responsibility or PETCO may coordinate with the Contractor for payment by the Contractor with reimbursement by PETCO to the Contractor at direct cost
270. he system or in the portion under test for at least 15 minutes before inspection Each section shall be filled with water but no section shall be tested at less than a 10 foot water head In testing successive sections at least the upper 10 feet of the previously tested adjacent section shall be tested so that no joint or pipe in the building shall have been tested by less than a 10 foot water head c After all plumbing fixtures have been set and their traps filled with water their connections shall be tested and proved gas and watertight 4 Pipes or joints which leak shall be taken apart and work re done no surface applied caulking is permitted as corrective work 3 13 WATER PIPING STERILIZATION A The Contractor shall notify the PETCO Project Manager prior to commencing Water Piping Sterilization Water Piping Sterilization must be completed and required documents from Part C submitted to the PETCO Project Manager one week prior to the first day of fixturing Contractor shall verify the fixturing date with the PETCO Project Manager Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 201 4 07 30 15400 8 B Water Piping Sterilization Process After the domestic water piping has been pressure tested the entire system shall be thoroughly sterilized per the requirements of the health department having jurisdiction or if there are no requirements the entire system shall be sterilized with a sterilization solution containing n
271. hese products Lead Time for order processing and fabrication is 2 weeks allow for additional shipping time 2 The Contractor shall furnish and install one 1 Series 360 Model PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 4 CC 360 14 Cart Corral with custom PETCO signage on file with the company This model is furnished with galvanized steel base plates for securement 3 Installation The Parking Lot Cart Corral shall be installed by the Contractor in PETCO s customer parking lot where designated by the PETCO Project Manager and may be subject to Landlord s approval Securing fasteners shall be provided by the Contractor b Cart Corral Interior The Interior Cart Corral shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the Retail Area where shown on the drawings 1 Interior Cart Corral at the Retail Area shall consist of chrome posts and railings Double Rail System Vogue post 35 1 2 height Model V components by Alvarado Manufacturing Company Chino CA 800 423 4143 www alvaradomfg com No product substitution is permitted 3 Installation by the Contractor shall be with Contractor furnished double expansion anchors and bolts inserted into pre drilled concrete slab holes C Interior Cart Bumper The Interior Cart Bumper shall be purchased by the Contractor from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by the
272. his Hardware Set 1 Indicates door finish hardware that is NOT included in the Petco Inventory Agreement Vendor Girtman s scope This door finish hardware shall be furnished by the aluminum door supplier or other Contractor designated supplier 2 See Paragraph 3 02 regarding Store Cores and Interchangeable Cores 3 Adhesive Sign shall be mounted to the header above the automatic sliding entrance door unit or as may be otherwise directed by the jurisdiction B HARDWARE SET NO 2 AL Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Retail to Vestibule Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Contractor 1 AR MS1850S Deadlock Contractor 1 AR 4036 Temporary Cylinder Contractor 1 AR 4066 Mortise Turn Knob Cylinder at interior side Contractor 1 See Section 08410 Saddle Threshold 1 2 max height 1 2 maximum slope Girtman 1 SC 80 103 Mortise Cylinder w Interchangeable Construction Core at Vestibule side Girtman 1 SC 7181tk1 x 1 1 8 Thumbtum Girtman 1 Instakey IKSF H R7 626 A Instakey Permanent Core Girtman 1 SC 80 035 Interchangeable Store Core Contractor 1 TR 7741BC Adhesive Sign 1 black letters on contrasting background This Door To Remain Unlocked When The Building is Occupied Notes for this Hardware Set 1 Indicates door finish hardware that is NOT included in the Petco Inventory Agreement Vendor Girtman s scope This door finish hardware shall
273. ied work shown and as reasonably inferred should be considered new construction and a part of the scope of work 1 13 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SUBCONTRACT A The HVAC Subcontractor shall refer to the architectural drawings as well as the plumbing mechanical drawings and electrical drawings and shall coordinate with the Contractor s superintendent for proper location of all work under this contract B The HVAC Subcontractor shall furnish and install all heating ventilating and air conditioning work as shown on the drawings or called for in the project manual except as specified otherwise in Section 15500 HVAC Systems The HVAC Subcontractor shall coordinate with the Contractor regarding provisions for temporary heat for use by the Contractor and subcontractors during construction C Unless otherwise specified work shown and as reasonably inferred should be considered new construction and a part of the scope of work 1 14 ELECTRICAL SUBCONTRACT A The Electrical Subcontractor shall refer to the architectural drawings as well as the plumbing mechanical and electrical drawings and shall coordinate with the Contractor s superintendent for proper location of all work under this contract B The Contractor and or Electrical Subcontractor shall furnish and install all electrical work as shown on the drawings or called for in the project manual except as specified otherwise in Section 16000 Electrical Systems The E
274. ilient flooring adhesives to the concrete floor after removal of old adhesives curing agents breaker compounds dust inhibitors oil grease paint and other special surface treatments and conditions Concrete Slab Vapor Control Treatment shall be provided if the Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level exceeds the limit specified or if the Alkalinity pH as tested is above 9 B Resilient Flooring Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM F 710 98 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Flooring If required due to existing conditions Moisture and pH Mitigation shall be provided per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 Nexus Resilient Flooring doc 09650 1 C Vinyl Composition Floor Tile adjacent to the Aquarium Area must be completely installed prior to the installation of Epoxy Flooring 1 06 WARRANTY A PART 2 Moisture Mitigation If provided then the Contractor shall provide the Moisture Mitigation System manufacturers product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Flooring The Contractor shall provide the flooring manufacturer s product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Flooring Adhesive The Contractor shall provide the flooring adhesive manufacturer s product warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout
275. imum sheen 1 Level B Sheen Medium Gloss reading of 41 to 55 800 grit diamond finish C For instructions on achieving gloss levels refer to the appropriate sub section of section 3 04 below 3 04 POLISHING Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 8 Use the grinding and polishing steps outlines below to achieve the desired level of cut and level of gloss Please note that when grinding and polishing a cross hatch pattern should be used A CUT LEVELS a LEVEL 2 CUT a slightly deeper cut the exposes the fine aggregates and begins to expose the coarse aggregates Also referred to as a salt and pepper finish B CUT LEVEL 2 Selected Finish C LEVEL B Medium Gloss Drawing Key Symbol FC 09A Retail Cat Visit Room and Hallway 1 GRIND POLISH 1 60 80 Premium Grit Metal Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 2 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 3 GRIND POLISH 2 1 Transitional Diamonds Ceramic Bonded by Diamatic 4 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 5 GRIND POLISH 3 200 Grit Hybrid Resin Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 6 Broom and vacuum the floor to remove all residual dust 7 GRIND POLISH 4 400 Resin Bonded Diamonds by Diamatic 8 Broom and vacuum the floor completely to remove all residual dust Using an auto scrubber the floor may be wet cleaned to insure a completely clean surface before the F
276. in the dimensions and arrangement shown on the drawings 1 Break Room Cage Room Wellness Room a Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog Drawing Key Symbol PL 05 On horizontal surfaces shall be Formica color 8824 58 White Drops Matte Finish grain runs long No product substitutions Cabinet and Drawer Hardware Cabinet Door Hinges equal to Blum 125 degree self closing Drawer slides equal to Blum Metabox 320 Series Shelf Pins 8mm plated metal with holes spaced 32mm on centers Cabinet Door and Drawer Pulls Contractor shall provide one Wire Pull 4 wrought brass with chromium plated finish equal to Ives 38 by HB Ives Wallingford CT 800 525 0336 at each sliding drawer and at each hinged cabinet door PON 2 03 PLASTIC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A Provide post formed and standard plastic laminate countertops in the dimensions and arrangement shown on the drawings 1 Break Room Wellness Room Provide Post formed Countertop with integral 4 backsplash and front edge with field applied square edged sidewall trims a Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog Drawing Key Symbol PL 05 On horizontal surfaces shall be Formica color 8824 58 White Drops Matte Finish grain runs long No product substitutions Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROUGH amp FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 Ne
277. ing doc 09660 2 F 1 Provide Armstrong Connection Corlon Color 88704 Stone Harbor Vinyl Sheet Flooring with backing 2 Weld Rod Provide Armstrong weld rod intended for heat welding of seams Adhesive 1 Provide Armstrong adhesive 3599 2 If a Moisture Mitigation product is provided due to existing concrete floor moisture and pH levels as specified in Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems then the Contractor shall provide a compatible flooring adhesive 2 02 INTEGRAL WALL BASE Drawing Key Symbol WB 06 Provide integral flash cove wall base by extending sheet flooring six 6 inches up the wall using adhesive and accessories recommended and approved by the flooring manufacturer 2 03 ACCESSORIES A Top Edge Trim Cap Provide extruded aluminum cap molding equal to ALU0214 S Color Clear satin 11 16 concealed 1 4 leg 7 32 projection from face of wall sized to receive 3 32 product 12 foot length by Outwater Plastics Industries Inc Bagota NJ 800 835 4400 888 688 9283 www outwater com For patching smoothing and leveling monolithic subfloors concrete terrazzo quarry tile ceramic tile and certain metals provide cement based underlayment or cement based patch and skim coat For sealing joints between the top of integral cove cap and irregular wall surfaces such as masonry provide plastic filler applied according to the manufacturer s recommendations Provide a fillet support
278. ing system OS amp Y iron body bronze mounted Milwaukee No F 4 or approved equal 2 Drain Valves Provide angle or globe pattern type screwed with brass bodies and trimmings and iron wheeled handles 3 Check Valves Provide iron body with bronze swing disc and hinge for 175 psi water working pressure Viking Model D 4 Waterflow Provide Potter VSR Water Flow Switch with two sets of contacts 5 Ball Drip Note that check valve in Fire Department Siamese Connection shall be tapped for 3 4 ball drip Siamese connection line shall be tapped for 3 4 ball drip and shall be furnished with Star automatic ball drip valve D Sprinkler Heads Provide Viking automatic spray sprinklers upright or pendant with orifice as required and of the required temperature rating as manufactured by the Viking Corporation Hastings Michigan or approved equal Stock of extra sprinklers 6 of each type used wrench and locking cabinet shall be provided Sprinkler heads occurring in areas that have finished ceilings shall be recessed type with white escutcheons provide quick response where required Sprinkler heads in toilet areas and areas with surface mounted lighting fixtures on ceiling shall be pendent type with extended chrome escutcheons provide quick response where required Finish on pendent heads shall be chrome Sprinkler heads shall be UL listed and FM approved Provide high temperature sprinklers in areas where required such as unit heaters
279. ion System to be field bolted or welded to deck with 1 0 G acceleration capacity Seismic Restraint Type V Non isolated equipment to be field bolted or welded powder shots not accepted to resist seismic forces unless under 100 shear force is required 2 05 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTIONS A Type K 1 Flexible EPDM connectors shall be used on all equipment as indicated on the Drawings and as on the equipment schedule Connectors shall be manufactured of multiple plys of friction nylon tire cord with an EPDM cover and liner No steel wire or rings shall be used as internal pressure reinforcement Straight connectors shall have two spheres with a centered molded in external ductile iron ring to maintain the two spherical shapes Two inch and smaller sizes may have threaded ends Floating flanges shall have a recess to lock the bead wire in the raised EPDM flanges Tapered twin sphere connectors as described above shall be used where line size changes are required in straight piping runs 2 Twin sphere connectors shall have a minimum rating of 250 psi at 179 F and 165 psi at 250 F Elbows and reducing twin spheres shall have a minimum pressure rating of 220 psi at 170 F and 145 psi at 250 F Neoprene materials shall be limited to 220 F Certified safety factors shall be a nominal 4 to 1 with minimum acceptable test results of 3 6 to 1 Tests shall cover burst flange leakage extension without control rods and flange retention at 50 OF
280. ion Coordinator Construction Department along with a current original Certificate of Insurance naming Petco as the additional insured No work will begin without receipt of all of the aforementioned Petco reserves the right to rescind the offer to enter into a contract if the above procedure is not followed Upon full execution of the contract you will promptly be notified to commence with construction Notification in writing will be provided to all Bidders upon determination of the successful Bidder After the job is awarded the successful Bidder will receive their copy of the fully executed Contract B The Bid Documents will be reviewed privately by Petco Information pertaining to contract award will be released by Petco and is not available to the Architect Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 Nexus Instruction to Bidders doc 00200 3 C Petco intends to award the contract for construction to the lowest bid qualified bidder However Petco is not obligated to award the contract for construction to either the lowest bid or to any Bidding Contractor 1 11 CONSTRUCTION PHASE CRITICAL DATES A Refer to the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for definitions of the Construction Phase Critical Dates B If any bidder cannot meet the required schedule he shall disqualify himself 1 12 UTILITY COMPANY RULES A Rules of local Utility companies shall be complied with Before bid is submitted the contractor shall
281. ional Stanhope NJ 201 347 1200 K Sealant Colors 1 When the sealant is NOT painted by a subsequent construction operation as indicated on the drawings the color for each sealant installation is to be selected to closely Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SEALANTS amp CAULKING 07920 Nexus Sealants Caulks doc 07920 2 match the color of at least one of the adjacent surfaces The PETCO Project Manager will be the judge as to the acceptability of the Contractor s proposed color selection 2 In concealed installations use standard Color Gray or Black sealant 3 Should as acceptable color not be available from an approved substitute manufacturer not herein listed except at additional charge then the Contractor shall provide such premium colors acceptable to the PETCO Project Manager at no additional cost to PETCO 2 02 PRIMERS Use only those primers that have been tested for durability on the surfaces to be sealed and are specifically recommended for this installation by the manufacturer of the sealant used 2 03 BACKUP MATERIALS Use only those backup materials that are non absorbent non staining and specifically recommended for this installation by the manufacturer of the sealant used 2 04 MASKING TAPE For masking around joints provide an appropriate masking tape which will effectively prevent application of sealant on surfaces not scheduled to receive it and which is removable without damage to substrate 2 05 OTHER MATERIALS
282. ions that are expected to remain accessible throughout the progress of the work 1 10 CONTRACTOR S SECURED STORAGE AND MATERIALS STAGING A The Contractor shall include in the Base Bid all provisions for unloading receiving inventorying and secured storage of PETCO s Vendor Furnished Items which are either installed by PETCO s Vendor s or installed by PETCO s Contractor as otherwise described in other Project Manual Sections Unless other means are utilized subject to the approval of the PETCO Project Manager the Contractor shall provide and maintain a weathertight freestanding trailer for Secured Storage and Staging of PETCO Vendor Furnished Items ls The Contractor shall furnish Vendor Lists of Goods indicating delivery and acceptance of PETCO Vendor Furnished Items at the PETCO Project Manager s request 2 The Contractor may coordinate the scheduled delivery of PETCO Vendor Furnished Items with the PETCO Project Manager 3 Vendor List of Goods shall be retained for the Contractor s follow up walkthrough inspection with the PETCO District Manager per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B This renovation project might permit the use of enclosed existing space adjacent to the limits of construction for the PETCO project for secured storage and staging However the use of such space shall be only as specifically permitted by the PETCO Project Manager or the Landlord in lieu of a freestanding secured storage trailer 1 The
283. ire Suppression System Section 15400 Plumbing Systems and Section 16000 Electrical Systems related work including gas and electrical wiring and connections to HVAC units heaters and exhaust fans Work by Others The HVAC Control Panel and Control Accessories including sensors and wiring will be provided by PETCO s Inventory Agreement Vendor Refer to Section 16600 Energy Management System 1 04 NOT USED 1 05 SUBMITTALS Prepare submittals and Request for Substitution if any per Section 01340 Submittals Submit Rooftop Unit Product Data Ductwork Shop Drawings Flue Vent Product Data Grilles Registers and Diffusers Product Data Rooftop Unit Thermostat Product Data Exhaust Fan Product Data and Unit Heaters Product Data all in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with the work of this Section 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A All materials apparatus equipment and installation must comply with the most stringent standards between applicable building and mechanical codes and ordinances State Industrial Accident Commission Underwriters Laboratory and National Board of Fire Underwriters Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 2014 07 30 15500 1 B Drawings and Coordination 1 The Contractor shall verify the dimensions governing the mechanical work in the building Because of the scale of the mechanical drawings it is not possible to indicate all offsets fittings and accessories that may be re
284. ired Submittal in this Section s List of Project Submittals the Contractor shall NOT prepare submittals for products and assemblies that the Contractor intends to furnish for this project as specified with no substitution C Photocopies of the Architect Engineer s drawings are NOT acceptable as submittals D Refer to the construction drawings for supplementary non standard items that may be specifically noted to be submitted for review E All submittals MUST be reviewed first by the Contractor and received by the Architect no later than three 3 weeks after the Date of Commencement or Date of Tenant Improvement Start of Construction 1 03 CONTRACTOR REQUESTED PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A Contractor requested product substitutions will only be considered for acceptance by the Architect if the following conditions are met 1 Documented Delivery Problem The Contractor must provide substantial written documentation to support a claim of a delivery problem which is in conflict with the construction schedule including but not limited to copies of correspondence to and from the product manufacturer which demonstrates that a delivery problem exists relative to the timely completion of construction work A Contractor requested product substitution will NOT be considered if the Contractor or any subcontractor has delayed executing subcontract for labor agreements or scheduling subcontract work from the time of construction contract aw
285. ish Manufacturer s standard polyester topcoat Color Brown White or as selected by the building shell architect from the manufacturer s standard colors 2 Acceptable Alternate Model CFW face mounted rolling service door by Cornell Iron Works Inc Mountaintop PA 800 233 8366 a Rolling Door Construction Metal foam metal insulated sandwich interlocking slat construction manual operation with Type CF chain b Locking Provide with interior bottom bar slide bolt lock C Finish SpectraShield Polyester Powder Coating Color as selected by the building shell architect from the manufacturer s standard colors 3 Acceptable alternate Product Substitution subject to approval per Section 01340 Submittals B Sectional Overhead Door Acceptable alternative to Rolling Door Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SPECIAL DOORS 08300 Nexus Special Doors doc 08300 1 a Provide Overhead Door Corporation Thermacore 591 Series OR 426 Series 2 Door Assembly Metal foam metal insulated sandwich panel construction with EPDM thermal break and ship lap design with rounded water channels a Door assembly shall additionally include rabbeted meeting rails forming weathertight joints and full width interlocking structural rigidity 3 Manual Operation Chain hoist with gear reducers and pull rope 4 Finish Manufacturer s prefinished interior and exterior with no manufacturer s labels a Exterior Color To be selected from manufacture
286. istant the application of these high acid cleaners may etch the surface and cause a residual stain Regular maintenance and cleaning will help prolong surface shine E ULTRAFLOR Rejuvenation recommended application every 1 to 2 years depending upon floor wear and traffic Contact DMS for project specific recommendations Contact information Todd Parker 858 864 6313 END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Flr Fnsh doc 03360 13 SECTION 04220 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide concrete masonry infill where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete installation 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 09900 Painting for masonry stain specification 1 04 SUBMITTAL The Contractor shall submit Coarse and Fine Grout Mix Designs meeting ASTM C476 and Mortar Mix Design meeting ASTM C270 to the Architect prior to placement per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE The Testing Inspection Agency will provide concrete masonry Grout and Mortar Field Test Reports per Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services PART 2 MATERIALS 2 01 CONCRETE MASONRY A Concrete Unit Masonry shall be equal to products by Superlite Block Tuscon AZ 800 366 7877 Where shown on the drawings provide normal or medium weight hollow load bearing concrete masonry units comply with
287. it Exterior Textured Finish trowel applied minimum installed thickness 1 6 over reinforcing 3 16 maximum thickness 9 Color Texture Drawing Key Symbol EIFS 1 Color to be determined Texture Dryvit Sandblast B Acceptable Alternative EIFS Provide Senerflex EIFS System by Senergy Cranston RI 800 221 9255 1 Sheathing Exterior Gypsum Sheathing meeting ASTM C79 requirements for water resistant core or Type X core Refer to Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard System Do NOT provide Exterior Gypsum Sheathing at any location where PETCO signage is scheduled to be provided provide an Alternative Sheathing as follows a Alternative Sheathing Exterior Plywood Sheathing if shown on the drawings product type subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Refer to Section 06200 Rough amp Finish Carpentry b Alternative Sheathing Cement Board if shown on the drawings product type subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Refer to Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System 2 Weather Resistive Barrier Membrane Tyvek StuccoWrap Weather Resistant Barrier by Dupont Tyvek Wilmington DE 800 448 9835 3 Drainage Mat Senergy Drainage Mat three dimensional drainage core consisting of fused entangled filaments 4 Flashing Trims Manufacturer s standard as designed and manufactured for the intended purpose 5 Exterior
288. jobsite and shall provide Record Drawings to PETCO after the Date of Turnover of Tenant Space to PETCO per Section 01700 Contract Closeout 1 08 CLOSEOUT MAINTENANCE BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide new replacement 2 MERV pleated filters to replace the temporary filters used during construction by the Date of Turnover of Tenant Space to PETCO PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 HVAC UNITS A The rooftop mounted packaged HVAC Units RTUs shall be purchased by the Contractor through a PETCO Inventory Account agreement CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS Contact Theresa Dawson Theresa Dawson carrier utc com P 949 309 9815 F 860 660 6441 No product manufacturer substitution is permitted B Lead Time 8 to 10 weeks after credit account approval and execution of purchase order Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 2014 07 30 15500 2 C The RTUs shall be furnished by the PETCO Inventory Account vendor complete with casing refrigeration system gas fired heating section fan motor and drive filters two sets for each RTU hail guard economizers and barometric relief and automatic controls D The RTUs shall be furnished by the PETCO Inventory Account vendor with Roofcurbs unless retrofit roofcurbs are provided Pressure treated wood blocking and shim material to level the roofcurbs shall be provided by the Contractor Fire Retardant Wood shall be provided by the Contractor if so required by the local jurisdi
289. l connections PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 12 33 Store Fixtures Furnishings Equipment Grooming Room various National Accounts a GR1 Grooming Table will be furnished to the jobsite by a PETCO Vendor 1 The Contractor shall offload the Grooming Table 2 A PETCO Vendor will assemble and install the Grooming Table b GR3 Animal Kennel with Dryer and GR4 Animal Kennel will be furnished to the jobsite and installed by a PETCO Vendor c GR2 Shop Vacuum GR5 Grooming Hose and GR7 Shampoo Dispenser will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded assembled and installed by a PETCO Vendor d GR6 Washer and Dryer will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor 1 The Contractor shall provide all plumbing mechanical and electrical provisions including washer hose fitting connections dryer vent transition and dryer vent piping through roof and roof flashing where shown or specified on the drawings 34 Store Fixtures Retail Area Reptile Habitats National Account a RTL1 Reptile Habitat RTL1 Reptile Petter will be furnished to the jobsite offloaded and installed by a PETCO Vendor b The Contractor shall provide final electrical connections 35 Store Fixtures Retail Area Small Animal Habitats National Account a SAM1 Small Animal Habitat SA3 Ferret Petter National Account will be furnished
290. l be equal to products by Celanese Piping Systems Provide dome strainer for all roof drains including those existing to remain 2 05 PIPE HANGERS amp SUPPORTS A Rooftop Piping Supports Refer to Section 07720 Roof Accessories Wood blocking with pipe clamps is NOT an acceptable means of supporting horizontal gas piping located on the roof Pipe Hanger Maximum Spacing 1 Steel Pipe 1 1 4 and smaller 8 0 OC 1 1 2 and larger 10 0 OC 2 Copper Tubing 1 1 4 and smaller 6 0 OC 1 1 2 and larger 10 0 OC 3 Plastic Pipe Where Allowed 1 1 2 and smaller 3 0 OC 2 and larger 4 0 OC Isolaters Install Trisolator 500 isolators around all uninsulated copper lines at hangers IInstall dielectric fitting between all ferrous and non ferrous piping with a 12 section of red brass pipe Hanger Size Size hangers on insulated lines to fit around outside diameter of insulation with allowance for sheet metal shield Pipe shield shall be sized as 1 3 the circumference of the insulation with length of not less than 3 times the diameter of the insulation maximum 24 Acceptable manufacturers Grinnell Grabler Fee amp Mason Elcen Overhead Supported Each horizontal pipe shall be supported on adjustable wrought iron clevis hangers equal to Grinnell Figure 260 except that groups of pipes shall be supported Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 0
291. l planks and attachments 2 Framing supporting elements 3 Penetrations of wall by pipes and utilities 4 Waterproofing flashing details G Compatibility and Adhesion Test Reports From sealant manufacturer indicating the following 1 Materials forming joint substrates and joint sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants 2 Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion H Product Test Reports Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency for each product Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp Wood doc Wood Planking 06600 2 1 8 Field quality control reports Maintenance Data Composite wood planks to include maintenance manuals Warranties Samples of special warranties QUALITY ASSURANCE Testing Agency Qualifications Qualified according to ASTM E 329 for testing indicated Source Limitations Obtain each type of composite wood planks from single source from single manufacturer Fire Resistance Ratings Where indicated provide composite wood planks identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a qualified testing agency Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency 1 Indicate design designations from UL s Fire Resistance Directory or from the listings of another qualified testi
292. l wind load requirements for exterior aluminum storefront 2 Interior Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Transom Unit s Product Data The Contractor shall submit Product Data per Section 01340 Submittals in sufficient detail showing the dimensions of work type size and spacing of fasteners material thickness finish Colors and the interface of this work with adjacent trades 3 Interior Manual Sliding Aluminum Door Unit Product Data The Contractor shall submit Product Data per Section 01340 Submittals in sufficient detail showing the dimensions of work material thickness finish Color and the interface of this work with adjacent trades 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Aluminum Storefront and Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Unit shall bear the Product Notice of Acceptance current jurisdiction approval and product acceptance if required by the jurisdiction B Storefront Structural Engineering The Contractor and storefront manufacturer shall be responsible for providing an engineered storefront system which meets the most stringent of either the pertinent Model Building Code or local wind load requirements for exterior aluminum storefront and interior storefront at the Vestibule which may be subject to exterior wind load requirements The Contractor and storefront manufacturer shall provide all integral vertical and horizontal structural reinforcements as may be required but may not be ALUMINUM ENTRANCE Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DOORS
293. lan Holder at Telephone Board 8 Precast Concrete Parking Bumpers 9 Rapid Access Key Vault Knox Box 10 Stainless Steel Column Coverings 11 Tactile Detectable Warning Surface Tile 12 Cast in place Tactile Detectable Warning Tile 13 Surface Applied Tactile Detectable Warning Surface Tile PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 SCHEDULE OF PETCO FURNISHED AND CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ITEMS A Where other Sections are referenced those Sections should also be referred to for additional descriptions of the divisions of responsibilities for the respective item 1 Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor 2 Banner Anchors Banner Anchors shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor at the building exterior where shown on the drawings 3 Cabinets Countertops Coat Rack Shelves Cabinets Countertops Coat Rack and Shelves shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor 4 Cart Corral Exterior and Cart Corral Interior a Exterior Cart Corral Inventory Agreement The Parking Lot Cart Corral shall be purchased by the Contractor from this PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor and installed by the Contractor NATIONAL CART COMPANY INC 3125 Boschertown Road St Charles MO 63301 Tel 800 455 3802 FAX 636 723 4477 website www nationalcart com 1 No product substitutions or alternative product suppliers are permitted No submittals are required for t
294. lation specified in this Section to be furnished as part of the mechanical work such as temperature and pressure control devices and installed by the electrical subcontractor B Section 16600 Energy Management System Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 1 1 04 SUBMITTALS Prepare submittals and Request for Product Substitution in accordance with Section 01340 Submittals Submit Lighting Fixture Product Data and Electrical Panel Shop Drawings in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with the work of this Section 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A All materials apparatus equipment and installation shall comply with the most stringent standards between applicable building and electrical codes and ordinances State Industrial Accident Commission Underwriter s Laboratory and National Board of Fire Underwriters All items materials and equipment shall bear the Underwriters Laboratory label of approval and the AFL IBEW Union Label if applicable Drawings and Coordination f The Contractor shall verify the dimensions governing the electrical work in the building Because of the scale of the electrical drawings it is not possible to indicate all offsets fittings and accessories that may be required to meet all conditions The Contractor shall examine adjoining work on which electrical work is dependent for proper operation and must report any work that must be corrected 2 If equip
295. lectrical Service in a timely manner the Contractor MUST inform the Electrical Utility of the following AND pay the required fees to initiate service work needed from the Electric Utility Total lighting and power loads for the project Date when electrical service is needed Date of Final Completion Estimated Store Opening date PON The Contractor shall pay all costs including cable and other charges as levied by the Electric Utility as required to provide temporary and permanent electrical service to the PETCO Tenant Space 2 02 CONTRACTOR S COORDINATION WITH TELEPHONE COMPANY A Service utility requirements of the Telephone Company and availability of service are determined by PETCO and the Architect Engineer as accurately as possible The Contractor MUST verify the availability of Telephone service and determine all details pertaining to exact locations requirements and fees payable to the Telephone Company all within the scope of the work included in the Base Fee The Contractor shall pay all costs including cable and other charges as levied by the Telephone Company as required to provide temporary and permanent telephone service to the PETCO Tenant Space The Contractor shall contact the telephone company and verify all existing conditions before work is started and pay any fees that the Telephone Company may require 2 03 SERVICE ENTRANCE SERVICE GROUND A Service Entrance Unless indicated by Landlord on t
296. lectrical Subcontractor shall coordinate with the Contractor regarding provisions for temporary power for use by the Contractor and subcontractors during construction Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Nexus Summary of Work doc 01010 4 C Unless otherwise specified work shown and as reasonably inferred should be considered new construction and a part of the scope of work 1 15 PETCO NATIONAL ACCOUNTS amp PETCO CONTRACTOR FURNISHED ITEMS A The Contractor shall fully coordinate with the PETCO Project Manager regarding provisions and scheduling for delivery of products labor and materials provided by specified construction product and building operations systems suppliers for those items which the Contractor must either provide or install B PETCO Contractor Furnished Items as further specified in Section 10300 PETCO Furnished amp Contractor Provided Items may be divided into the following general divisions 1 National Account Purchased by PETCO As further defined in Section 10300 PETCO Furnished amp Contractor Provided Items and specific project manual sections PETCO has entered into National Accounts with various construction product and building operations Vendors PETCO direct purchases these national account products with the following division of responsibilities between PETCO and the Contractor a Furnished and installed by PETCO PETCO s Vendor b Furnished by PETCO PETCO s Vendor and i
297. led and shall have a scouring action Traps shall be set true with respect to water seal and shall be protected from freezing All underground traps except P traps into which floor drains with removable strainers Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 07 30 15400 4 discharge shall be provided with accessible cleanouts Traps which are not part of plumbing fixtures shall be of the same material and size as pipes or branches into which they discharge All traps shall be installed with provision for cleaning Traps exposed above the floor shall be chrome plated adjustable brass with chrome plated approved cleanout plugs cast set screw wall escutcheon and casing 2 08 CLEANOUTS A Where indicated on the drawings and as required by the local jurisdiction Make all cleanouts accessible by one of the following means 1 Within 6 inches from ceiling access panel 2 Extending to floor or grade above 3 Locate in wall with removable plate Cleanouts CANNOT be located in areas where Epoxy Flooring is scheduled Size Same as pipe on which installed Installation Covers set flush with finished wall floor or grade to be securely anchored by means of integral lugs or bolts Where surfacing materials such as resilient flooring is used install the clean out with top so that finished surface is smooth and flush Acceptable Manufacturers Zurn Josam Wade Jay R Smith Floor Cleanouts and Access Cove
298. less the character of material changes material is substituted or additional aggregate testing is requested by the Architect Engineer 2 Testing sample from conveyor belts or batching gates at the ready mix plant shall include a Sieve Analysis Test and Specific Gravity Test to determine product compliance with specified standards and grading 3 The Contractor shall promptly provide all Sieve Analysis Test and Specific Gravity Test results to the Testing Inspection Agency and shall provide other specific physical and chemical data if required by the Architect Engineer C Laboratory Design Mix af The Contractor shall provide the Concrete Mix Design in accordance with ACI 318 Chapter 5 after approval of the aggregate and whenever the character or source of materials is changed 2 The Contractor shall provide copies of the Concrete Mix Designs for all mixes as prepared by a Licensed Professional Engineer to the Testing Inspection Agency 3 Laboratory Design Mix shall also be submitted to the Architect Engineer per Section 01340 Submittals D Concrete Test Reports 1 Concrete Test Reports shall contain concrete supplier weather air temperature range required strength of concrete water cement ratio weight per cubic yard at the batching plant source and type of aggregates and cement and moisture content of aggregate 2 Concrete Test Reports shall also be submitted to the Architect Engineer per Section 01340 Submittals
299. list Completion to the PETCO Project Manager prior to the Contractor s submitting the Final application for Payment acknowledging that all corrective work for all punchlist items is complete and has been previously accepted in agreement with the PETCO Project Manager The Contractor shall include copies of the Contractor s Notice of Punchlist Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals provided to PETCO as further as described in this Section 1 08 CONTRACTOR S NOTICE OF CHANGE ORDER REQUEST STATUS The Contractor shall submit written notice to the PETCO Project Manager along with the Final Application for Payment that there may be Change Order Request s forthcoming All Change Order Requests must be received by the PETCO Project Manager no later than ninety 90 days after the Date of Final Completion Change Order Requests received after this time will not be considered 1 09 NOTICE OF COMPLETION The Contractor shall provide a completed Notice of Completion form to the PETCO Project Manager no later than fourteen 14 days after the day of the Punchlist Inspection This form is provided by PETCO and is included in the Project Manual after this Section 1 10 SPARE PARTS MAINTENANCE AND EXTRA MATERIALS The Contractor shall deliver all products spare parts and maintenance and extra materials specified to the project site and place in a location approved or designated by the PETCO Project Manager The delivery of all spare parts and main
300. listed but are required for this project refer to the drawings 1 03 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A Comply with following standards as pertinent 1 Rolled steel plates shapes and bars ASTM A36 2 Cold formed steel plates etc ASTM A283 Grade C 3 Steel tubing ASTM A500 A501 Grade B Fb 27 700 psi E 24 000 000 psi 4 Steel bars and bar size shapes ASTM A306 Grade 65 or ASTM A36 5 Cold finished steel bars ASTM A108 6 Cold rolled carbon steel sheets ASTM A336 7 Galvanized carbon steel sheets ASTM A526 with ASTM A525 G90 zinc coating 8 Stainless steel sheets AISI Type 302 or 304 24 gauge with number 4 finish 9 Gray iron casting ASTM A47 10 Malleable iron castings ASTM A48 Class 10 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Nexus Metal Fab doc 05500 1 11 Steel pipe ASTM A53 Type E or S Grade B 12 Concrete inserts Threaded or wedge type galvanized malleable cast iron per ASTM A27 Required bolts shims and washers hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153 2 02 FASTENERS A B General For exterior use and where built into exterior walls provide zinc coated fasteners provide fasteners of type grade and class required for the particular use Comply with the following standards as applicable Bolts and nuts provide hexagon head regular type ASTM A307 Grade A Lag Bolts provide square head type co
301. ll damper control handles electric controls air controls and other apparatus which must be located in an inaccessible location must be provided with suitable access doors or covers fitted over a framed hole which will permit proper operation and servicing of HVAC Systems 2 06 DUCTWORK INSULATION 2 07 2 08 A General Provide materials complying with NFPA Bulletin 90 A as determined by UL Method NFPA 225 ASTM E84 and local jurisdiction flame spread rating under 25 and smoke developed rating under 50 Acceptable Manufacturers Owens Corning Fiberglass Johns Manville Certainteed Exposed Ductwork Line interior of exposed supply and return ductwork with 1 thick 3 0 lb cu ft density black neoprene coated fiberglass duct liner minimum installed R value of 4 0 Wrap exterior of rectangular concealed supply ductwork with fiberglass batt duct insulation with vapor barrier Use bonding adhesive to prevent sagging of insulation seal all joints breaks and punctures with vapor barrier compound 1 Ceiling space in areas gt 9000 and up to 19800 HDD65 2 thick 1 0 lb cu ft density minimum installed R value of 6 0 2 Ceiling space all other geographic areas except gt 19800 HDD65 2 thick 0 75 Ib cu ft density minimum installed R value of 5 0 Rectangular exposed exterior ductwork shall be insulated with 1 5 thick insulation board 6 lb cu ft with ASJ or FSK Facing Facings shall have a maximum vapor transmi
302. looding the project site and surrounding areas Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms and undercutting of footings and prevent soil changes detrimental to the stability of subgrades and foundations Provide and maintain all pumps well points sumps suction and discharge lines and all other dewatering system components necessary to convey water from excavations Convey water removed from excavations and rainwater to collecting or run off areas Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits for each part of the structure Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches The prevailing groundwater level shall be determined prior to excavation Extend only one foot into the prevailing groundwater intrusion of groundwater into the excavation can be controlled by installation of perimeter drains routed to sump pumps Should the proposed excavation extend more than one foot into the excavation then an extensive drainage system well points or other compressive dewatering procedures shall be used for this purpose Site dewatering is not recommended since this may have detrimental effect on adjacent structures Permanent perimeter drains and sumps shall be installed as recommended by the Geotechnical Engineer 3 05 FILL amp BACKFILL A Fill operations under floor slabs shall proceed immediately and shall be compl
303. ls submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Subcontractor Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the Electrical Subcontractor s warranty for all work provided for a term of one year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Building Maintenance Manuals In addition to warranties the Contractor shall include Electrical Systems instructional and maintenance information per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 2 D Project Record Drawings The Contractor shall record all changes as the work progresses on a set of project record drawings kept at the jobsite and shall provide Record Drawings to PETCO after the Date of Substantial Completion per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 CONTRACTOR S COORDINATION WITH ELECTRIC UTILITY PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID PROPOSAL A Service utility requirements of the Electric Utility and availability of service are determined by PETCO and the Architect Engineer as accurately as possible The Contractor MUST verify the availability of Electrical service and determine details pertaining to exact locations requirements and fees payable to the Electric Utility all within the scope of the work included in the Base Fee Prior to the Date of Commencement and as soon as possible so as to NOT cause any delay in providing E
304. lverize these materials as harmful dust may result Inhalation of this dust may cause asbestosis or other bodily harm Please consult the adhesive manufacturer the Resilient Floor Covering Institute www rfci ccom and all applicable government agencies for rules and regulations concerning the handling and removal asbestos containing materials b Prevent any damage to concrete slab surface during demolition from chipping hammers Existing flooring should be removed mechanically with walk behind or ride on scraping equipment Prepare the existing concrete mechanically via scarification shot blasting or other means including diamond grinding by using aggressive metal bonded DIAMATIC Polycrystalline diamonds 18 20 Grit or 30 40 Grit to remove all contaminants and provide a sound concrete surface free of laitance glaze efflorescence curing compounds form release agents dust dirt grease oil and other contaminants Chemical preparation of the substrate is NOT acceptable including but not limited to acid etching sweeping compounds solvents and adhesive removers Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 6 6 Suppress dust during demolition with the use of dust collection equipment to reduce or eliminate airborne concrete and substrate dust 7 Where existing concrete is cracked damaged spalled not within specified tolerance or contains unacceptable levels of contaminate
305. made Protect finish surfaces to prevent damage during construction 2 Cut pipe accurately and work into place without springing or forcing properly clearing windows doors and other openings 3 Run horizontal sanitary and storm drainage piping at a uniform grade of 1 4 per foot unless otherwise noted Run horizontal water piping with an adequate pitch upwards in direction of flow to allow complete drainage 4 Support piping independently at pumps coils tanks and similar locations so that the weight of the piping is not supported by the equipment Do not use wire for hanging pipes Provide union and shut off valves to facilitate removal of equipment and apparatus Provide all work to permit expansion and contraction of piping systems Provide all plumbing and piping connections to equipment furnished by PETCO including rough in work P traps waste tubing stops and flexible tube riser and final connections Make final connections to HVAC Systems equipment Provide valves or fixtures stops ahead of all equipment and on all stub outs 8 Equipment Access Install piping equipment and accessories to permit access for maintenance where required Provide Access Panels as required and verify acceptable locations with the PETCO Project Manager NO 3 06 SLEEVES amp OPENINGS A Provide sleeves for each pipe passing through walls partitions floors roofs and ceilings 1 Uninsulated pipe Provide sleeves two pipe sizes
306. mbrane 1 05 FLOOR WAXING NEW VINYL TILE AND OTHER STORE FLOORING if new construction A Work must be scheduled to allow Vinyl Composition Tile Flooring adhesive and installation to cure for a minimum of 48 hours or as may be alternatively recommended by the flooring manufacturer before commencement of the first wet maintenance work VCT Flooring must be clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges In order to provide a premium appearance standard the Contractor shall provide Floor Waxing of new VCT Flooring in accordance with Butcher s Art of Floor Care Training Guide The Contractor shall provide Butcher s Hot Springs Cleaner and automatic floor scrubber cleaning in accordance with Butcher s Art of Floor Care Training Guide The Contractor shall apply five 5 even medium coats of Butcher s Mainstay Floor Finish Part 931032 using a clean mop finish and ensuring that each successive coat is completely dry to the touch before recoating The scope of Floor Stripping amp Waxing work is floor cleaning followed by the application of two 2 slop coats of new finish over all Vinyl Composition Tile with the exception of flooring FC 07A at Grooming Salon and Grooming Reception and all Vinyl Sheet Flooring 1 05 FLOOR RESTORATIVE MAINTENANCE AND WAXING EXISTING VCT if existing VCT A Provide restorative maintenance in accordance with the flooring manufacturer s written recommend
307. me of paint application If water based paints are required by the local jurisdiction then the Contractor shall provide water based paints approved by the manufacturer for the intended use All paint products shall be formulated without lead or mercury 2 Primer finish coat and thinner materials shall be from a single manufacturer s unified system of painted finishes Use only manufacturer recommended equipment for paint application EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS GENERAL A The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Temperature The Contractor shall NOT apply solvent thinned paints when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and the surrounding air temperatures are below 50 degrees F or above 100 degrees F unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturers printed recommendations Weather Conditions The Contractor shall NOT apply paint in snow rain fog or mist or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 RH and shall not apply paint to damp or wet surfaces unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturer s printed recommendations Paint applications may be provided during inclement weather only when within the temperature and humidity parameters specified by the paint manufacturer 3 02 SURFACE CONDITIONS CONCRETE
308. ment requires structural mechanical or electrical space conditions than those shown on the drawings the Contractor shall allow for the cost of such modifications in the Base Fee No waiver of responsibility for defective work shall be accepted due to a failure to record and accommodate unfavorable conditions Location of Electrical Provisions The Contractor shall install all work conduits and material as specified 2 Critical locations are dimensioned major deviations are NOT permitted Exact locations of electrical provisions may be impacted by specific building conditions if a location conflict arises the Contractor shall notify the PETCO Project Manager and the Architect Engineer immediately for clarification using the Contractor s Construction Phase Request for Information form that follows Section 01200 Construction Administration 3 The PETCO Project Manager may direct an adjustment of the final location of any power outlet prior to its installation to any adjacent location within six 6 feet from the location shown or dimensioned on the drawings without additional cost to PETCO Roof Penetrations The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all roof penetrations so that the roof warranty is NOT altered modified or voided 1 06 WARRANTY CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A Manufacturer s Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the manufacturers product warranties in the Building Maintenance Manua
309. mental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected Commencement of installation work constitutes acceptance of the substrate surface 3 02 INSTALLATION Install all Special Wall Surfaces according to the manufacturers standard written instructions using adhesives fasteners and trim moldings manufactured for the intended purpose and per the manufacturer s recommendations Exposed mechanical fasteners are NOT permitted END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SPECIAL WALL SURFACES 09720 Nexus Special Wall Surfaces doc 09720 2 SECTION 09900 PAINTING PART 1 GENERAL NOT USED SUMMARY The Contractor shall paint exposed exterior and interior finished wall and ceiling surfaces and equipment including but not necessarily limited to exposed plumbing piping and insulation HVAC ductwork and electrical conduit and junction boxes with primer and paint materials listed on the Painting Schedule in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation RELATED WORK A Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation B Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System WORK NOT INCLUDED A Unless otherwise indicated painting is NOT required on surfaces in concealed areas and inaccessible areas such as furred spaces utility tunnels pipe spaces and duct shafts B Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum stainless steel chromium plate and simila
310. mittal delivery to the Architect the Contractor MUST carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each submittal item and shall verify that each item submitted is in conformance with the construction documents 1 The Contractor MUST annotate each product submittal to clearly indicate the product model or type proposed for use in order to adequately distinguish the proposed model or product from among others which may be also depicted 2 The Contractor MUST affix a Submittal Review Stamp and signature certifying that a thorough review has been provided The Submittal Review Stamp shall include a Text similar to the following statement This submittal has been reviewed by Contractor s Name and is in compliance with the Contract Documents b Contractor s company name and authorized reviewer s legibly printed name and date of review 3 Submittal copies received by the Architect that do not bear the Contractor s submittal review stamp and signature will be returned to the Contractor without review 4 Electronic PDF format submittals are preferred and must be in the following format a A single PDF file inclusive of all submitted products PER SPECIFICATION SECTION i e all plumbing submittals required per 15400 in a single PDF file all mechanical submittals required per 15500 in a single PDF file etc b A Submittal Cover Transmittal referencing the project name and location with index of products C Complete annotated
311. mixture may be used for better workability shrinkage reduction plasticity and adhesiveness of all concrete conformity to ASTM C494 Type D water reducing and retarding Acceptable manufacturers 1 Euclid Chemical Company Cleveland OH 800 321 7628 2 Sonneborn Chemrex Inc Shakeopee MN 800 433 9517 3 W R Meadows Inc SealTight Elgin IL 708 683 4500 Relative durability factor of 100 instead of 80 as required by ASTM C494 shall be used No admixture with rapid or excessive bleeding or which will require concrete to be reconsolidated re vibrated or re tempered shall be used Air Entrainment Admixture ASTM C260 2 07 NOT USED 2 08 OTHER MATERIALS WHERE APPLICABLE A Grout Provide non shrink non staining water resistant grout meeting ASTM C1107 89 for package dry hydraulic cement grout non shrinkable Acceptable products EUCO N S Grout by Euclid Chemical Company or CG 86 Construction Grout by W R Meadows Inc SealTight B Bonding Agent Provide polymer resin emulsion C Patching Cement Provide premixed compound with non metallic aggregate cement water reducing and plasticizing agents equal to Thorite by Thoro Systems Products D Waterstop Provide rubber or polyvinylchloride 12 inches wide with heat sealed joints E Construction Joint Provide pre manufactured keyed construction joints equal to 24 gauge galvanized steel Key Loc Joint system by Form A Key Products Division
312. mmediately following the cleaning of the crack and following the placement of separating and or blocking media if these are required The crack shall be surface dry and the atmospheric temperature and pavement temperature within the crack opening shall both be above 50 degrees F at the time of application of the sealant B in place sealant which is not completely bonded to the crack walls or develops cohesive failures within the sealant or contains voids or entrapped air or fails to set to a tack free condition with 24 hours will be rejected Sealant may be rejected at any time prior to the final acceptance of the project Sealant which is rejected shall be removed from the crack and replaced in a manner satisfactory to the PETCO Project Manager REMOVAL OF ASPHALT PAVING AND OR CRACK SEALANT DEBRIS All damaged asphalt or base course material shall be removed from project site by the contractor and moved to the Contractor s storage facility or an approved landfill Any Hazardous Materials shall be disposed of properly in accordance with local requirements END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ASPHALT PATCHING amp CRACK SEALING 02530 Nexus Asphalt Patch amp Seal doc 02530 2 PART 1 SECTION 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY Provide cast in place concrete including formwork reinforcement and special finishes where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section as needed for a comple
313. moved after adjacent wallboard finishing JOINT SYSTEM Provide a jointing system including reinforcing tape and compound designed as a system to be used together and as recommended for this use by the manufacturer of the gypsum wallboard approved for use on this work Jointing compound may be used for finishing if so recommended by its manufacturer FASTENING DEVICES A Metal Framing Floor Tracks For fastening wall framing floor tracks to concrete floors slab on grade construction provide powder driven fasteners equal to HILTI X DWI 3 4 Dome Head Nail Smooth Shank 0 145 diameter Shot Pins spaced 32 on center maximum meeting the standards of ICBO Evaluation Report No 2388 ICBO Evaluation Service Inc Whittier CA B Gypsum Wallboard For fastening gypsum wallboard in place on metal studs and metal channels use flat head screws shouldered specially designed for use with power driven tools not less than 1 long with self tapping threads and self drilling points C Cement Board For fastening Cement Board in place on metal studs and metal channels use corrosion resistant wafer head screws manufactured specifically for this product installation not less than 1 long with self tapping threads and self drilling points FLOOR RUNNER GROUT Provide commercial grout for leveling the floor runner member of steel stud partitions as required OTHER METAL TRIM The drawings do not represent locations and requirements fo
314. mplying with Fed Spec FF B 561 Machine Screws provide cadmium plated steel type Fed Spec FF S 111 Washers Plain Washers to be Fed Spec FF W 92 round carbon steel Lock Washers to be Fed Spec FF W 84 helical spring type carbon steel Toggle Bolts provide type class and style needed Fed Spec FF B 588 Anchorage Devices provide expansion shield Fed Spec FF S 325 PwON gt Da 2 03 BANNER ANCHORS AT BUILDING EXTERIOR FRONT ELEVATION A Coping Mounted Banner Anchors The Contractor shall furnish and install banner anchors on the building shell s parapet coping where shown and as detailed on the drawings consisting of stainless steel components by McMaster Carr Supply Company Los Angeles CA 562 692 5911 www mcmaster com and supplementary sealant and roofing membrane components as detailed Each Coping Mounted Banner Anchor assembly consists of the following parts Part of Assembly Thread Remarks McMaster Carr Part No Headless Hanger Screw 3 8 16 Thread 1 per 90915A636 banner anchor 18 8 Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Fender For 3 8 screw size 1 per 90313A115 Washer 1 5 OD banner anchor 18 8 Stainless Steel Rubber Washer 5 8 OD For 3 8 screw size per 90130A031 banner anchor Eye Nut Oval Eye 3 8 16 Thread 1 per 3061725 banner anchor 316 Stainless Steel Roof Membrane Patch and See Detail roofing sealant Wall Mounted Banner A
315. n Grooming Salon and Cage Room Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Contractor 1 LC 6030 Concealed Overhead Closer Contractor 1 See Section 08410 Bottom Pivot Contractor 2 See Section 08410 Push bars one at each side of door Contractor 1 HA 403S A Saddle Threshold 1 4 x 4 Contractor 2 Mfr Std Dummy Cylinder provided at the Contractor s option IF the door is pre drilled for a cylinder Note for this Hardware Set 1 Indicates door finish hardware that is NOT included in the Petco Inventory Agreement Vendor Girtman s scope This door finish hardware shall be furnished by the aluminum door supplier or other Contractor designated supplier F HARDWARE SET NO 6 HM Interior Door Office Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 3 HA ECBB1100 Full Mortise Hinge 4 5 x 4 5 Girtman 1 SC ND80BD RHO Storeroom Lever Lock F86 w Interchangeable Construction Core Girtman 1 IKSF H R7 626 A Instakey Permanent Core Girtman 1 SF LT 112 Lazy Cam Tailpiece Girtman 1 SC 80 035 Interchangeable Store Core Girtman 1 LC 4031 Closer w adjustable delayed action and cover at Room side Girtman 1 HA 194S Kickplate 10 x 34 at non swing door side Girtman 1 HA 403S A Saddle Threshold 1 4 x 4 Girtman 1 RD DS 6 Security Door Viewer Girtman 1 HA 267S Door Stop
316. n NY 10591 Association FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association 3310 Harrison White Lakes Professional Bldg Topeka KS 66611 FM Factory Mutual System P O Box 688 Norwood MA 02062 FS Federal Specifications GSA Washington Navy Yard Bldg 197 Specifications amp Consumer Info Washington DC 20407 Distribution Section WFSIS GA Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Avenue Evanston IL 60201 ICBO International Conference of 5360 S Workman Mill Road Whittier CA 90601 Building Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical amp 345 East 47 Street New York NY 10017 Electronics Engineers IMIAC All Weather Council International 815 15t Street NW Washington DC 20005 Masonry Institute MBMA Metal Building Mfrs Association 1230 Keith Building Cleveland OH 44115 MIL Military Specification Naval 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia PA 19120 Publications amp Forms Ctr ML SFA Metal Lath Steel Framing Assn 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago IL_ 60601 NAAMM _ National Assn of Architectural 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago IL 60601 Metal Manufacturers NCMA National Concrete Masonry Assn P O Box 781 Herndon VA 22070 NEBB National Environmental 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna VA 22180 Balancing Bureau NEMA National Electrical Mfrs Assn 2101 L Street NW Washington DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Assn 1619 Massachusetts Avenue NW Washington DC 20036 NSWMA Nat l Solid
317. n pattern Parquet pattern with grain direction alternating in adjacent tile units 3 This product DOES NOT receive final Waxing per Section 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning Provide general final construction cleaning only Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 Nexus Resilient Flooring doc 09650 2 J Flooring Adhesives 1 Normal Traffic Areas Provide waterproof and stabilized type adhesive such as Armstrong full spread adhesives S 89 S 515 S 700 or S 750 or as otherwise recommended by the flooring manufacturer 2 Wet Areas Provide Mapei Ultra Bond G 19 two part epoxy adhesive at all VCT 3 located within a minimum of 10 feet of the store s water filled Aquarium fixtures For areas farther than 10 feet from the store s water filled Aquarium fixtures the installer may provide the same waterproof and stabilized flooring adhesive as provided for VCT 1 type adhesive or as may be alternatively recommended by the flooring manufacturer 3 If a Moisture Mitigation product is provided due to existing concrete floor moisture and pH levels as specified in Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems then provide a compatible flooring adhesive 2 02 VINYL WALL BASE A B Provide products by Johnsonite Contact Laurie Baatz 800 899 8916 lbaatz johnsonite com No substitution is acceptable Drawing Key Symbol WB 01 1 Provide Johnsonite Traditional 1 8 Vinyl coved toe 4 wall ba
318. n the Building Maintenance Manuals per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 1 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A PART 3 Paving All Regular Duty asphaltic paving Heavy Duty asphaltic paving and paving design s shall be provided as indicated on the Site Development Drawings Parking Lines Provide parking line products per Section 09900 Painting or as otherwise required by the local jurisdiction in lieu of the specified paint type and color if applicable EXECUTION 3 01 PAVING INSTALLATION A All paving installation methods shall be in accordance with the state highway department s currently applicable paving standards for road and bridge construction B No paving shall be placed when temperature is below 40 F unless specific alternate installation techniques are approved in advance by PETCO C No paving shall be installed until all site utility work specified under paved areas is complete Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ASPHALT PAVING 02510 Nexus Asphalt Paving doc 02510 1 Sub base preparation Sub base course must be rough leveled compacted and not excessively wet prior to the installation of the base course 1 Minimum sub base for areas designated as heavy duty paving 8 minimum AASHTO 57 crushed stone 2 Minimum sub base for areas designated as regular or normal duty paving 6 minimum AASHTO 57 crushed stone Base Course Compaction shall be provided by rolling with 10 ton roller eq
319. n the dates established and as further defined in the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor The Construction Duration stated includes weekends and holidays The Undersigned Bidding Contractor acknowledges that any additive or deductive work authorized by PETCO and any additional cost of authorized overtime labor that is subject to Payment by PETCO will be added or deducted from the Total Base Bid Contract Sum The Undersigned Bidding Contractor certifies that all Bidding Documents including but not limited to the Instructions to Bidders Agreement Between Owner and Contractor the Construction Drawings and the Project Manual have been carefully examined by the Bidding Contractor and that the Bidding Contractor has become informed by review of all Bidding Documents and the Bidding Contractor s field observations regarding existing site conditions and site conditions contemplated in the work to be done and that the Bidding Contractor will provide all materials labor and equipment and assume all construction and related responsibilities even where not specifically mentioned but which are necessarily required or reasonably implied to obtain the completed conditions contemplated in accordance with all Bidding Documents as prepared and interpreted by the Architect The Undersigned Bidding Contractor acknowledges receiving the following addendum s from the Architect during the bidding phase Addendum No Addendum Date Addendum No Addendum D
320. n where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 NOT USED 1 04 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 MATERIALS A Rigid Insulation Provide rigid insulation equal to products by Dow Chemical Company Midland MI 800 441 4369 1 Perimeter Slab Insulation Provide 1 1 2 thick R 7 5 rigid insulation board equal to Dow Styrofoam Score Board new construction if applicable 2 Masonry Interior Wall Insulation Provide 1 1 2 thick R 7 5 rigid insulation board equal to Dow Styrofoam Z Mate Board limited applications amp conditions Fiberglass Batt Insulation Provide Fiberglass Batt Insulation equal to products by CertainTeed Corp Valley Forge PA 800 523 7844 Owens Corning Toledo OH 800 438 7465 Johns Manville Denver CO 800 644 4013 or Knauf Fiber Glass Shelbyville IN 800 825 4434 Exterior Wall Thermal Insulation Provide either 3 1 2 thick foil faced glass fiber batts with an insulation only value of R 11 in wall cavities less than 3 5 8 or provide 6 thick foil faced glass fiber batts with an insulation only value of R 19 at exterior wall construction where wall cavities are at least 6 Insulation shall be equal to CertainTee
321. nal Account Vendor COORDINATE WITH PETCO PM No product substitution or alternative product supplier is permitted 2 02 EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE Typical exterior building signage consist of PETCO internally illuminated channel letters and PETCO logo graphic box sign cabinet 2 03 NOT USED 2 04 OTHER MATERIALS The Contractor shall provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the exterior building signage system PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of this work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected B Exterior walls to receive signage shall be completely finished as scheduled 3 02 ERECTION EXTERIOR BUILDING Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SIGNAGE 10400 Nexus Extr Sign and Pylon Sign doc 10400 1 A Exterior building signage shall be installed by PETCO s Vendor in accordance with the sign fabrication drawings and related Architectural and Structural drawings B Neither PETCO s Vendor nor the Contractor shall field cut ANY structural members or signage members C All exterior wall penetrations shown on drawings shall be located and verified by full size installation templates furnished by PETCO s Vendor D The Contractor shall provide
322. nce unless otherwise indicated B Hat Shaped Rigid Furring Channels C Cold Rolled Furring Channels Minimum 1 2 inch wide flange D Fasteners for Miscellaneous Metal Framing Of type material size corrosion resistance holding power and other properties required to fasten miscellaneous metal framing members to substrates 2 2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A Aluminum Extrusions ASTM B 221 alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp Wood doc Wood Planking 06600 4 B Fasteners Self tapping screws bolts nuts self locking rivets and bolts end welded studs and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads Provide exposed fasteners with heads matching color of composite wood planks by means of plastic caps or factory applied coating Provide EPDM PVC or neoprene sealing washers 2 3 COMPOSITE WOOD PLANKING Ref Drawing A4 1 A General Provide factory formed and assembled composite wood planks panels fabricated from two metal facings bonded using no glues or adhesives to solid extruded thermoplastic core formed into profile for installation method indicated Include attachment system components and accessories required for weather tight system 1 Products Where Composite Wood Plank products are specified contact Jason Scott of Cali Bamboo 6675 Mesa Ridge Road San Diego CA 92121 858 799 0585 888 788 2254
323. nchors The Contractor shall furnish and install recessed banner anchors on the building exterior wall where shown and as detailed on the drawings Provide one 1 of either Model 14 501 Model 14 500 or Model 14 530 Cup Anchor with cross bar or eye varies according to the model ordered by Recreonics Inc Louisville KY 800 428 3254 website www recreonics com at each Wall Mounted Banner Anchor location 1 Installation As detailed on the drawings permanently install the Cup Anchor in a core drilled hole in the exterior masonry wall so that the face of the Cup Anchor is aligned with the face of building shell masonry 2 Grout the void space by using either non shrink grout colored the same as the masonry or by using an injection epoxy system equal to HIT HY20 Injection Adhesive Anchoring System for Masonry Construction by Hilti Tulsa OK 800 879 8000 Mask the face of the Cup Anchor during grouting work 2 04 BOLLARDS Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Nexus Metal Fab doc 05500 2 Interior Bollards shall be 4 1 2 diameter 42 height Schedule 10 steel pipe bollards with powder coated finish marked with black and yellow striped tape and with 1 4 thick slotted base plate to receive four mounting anchors equal to Part No 57895147 by McMaster Carr Supply Company Los Angeles CA 562 692 5911 www mcmasier com 1 Chain Provide length of chain adequate to span the distance between interior bollar
324. nd Elevations 100 Set 09 25 14 A8 1 Interior Details 100 Set 09 25 14 A8 2 Interior Details 100 Set 09 25 14 A8 3 Interior Details 100 Set 09 25 14 A8 4 Interior Details 100 Set 09 25 14 A9 1 Interior Elevations 100 Set 09 25 14 A9 2 Interior Elevations 100 Set 09 25 14 A9 3 Interior Elevations 100 Set 09 25 14 1 0 Storefront Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 1 1 Storefront Sections amp Details 100 Set 09 25 14 1 2 Storefront Sections amp Details 100 Set 09 25 14 1 3 Exterior Concrete Slab Plan amp Details 100 Set 09 25 14 2 0 Mech Support Framing Plan amp Exterior Wall Openings 100 Set 09 25 14 2 1 Mech Support Framing Details amp Notes 100 Set 09 25 14 PME1 1 Plumbing Mechanical Electrical General Information 100 Set 09 25 14 P1 1 Plumbing General Information amp Schedules 100 Set 09 25 14 P2 1 Plumbing Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 P3 1 Sanitary Large Scale Plans and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 P3 2 Water Large Scale Plans and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 P4 1 Plumbing Riser Diagrams and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 M1 1 Mechanical General Information and Schedules 100 Set 09 25 14 M2 1 Mechanical Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 M3 1 Mechanical Large Scale Plans and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 M3 2 Mechanical Details 100 Set 09 25 14 E1 1 Electrical General Information and Schedules 100 Set 09 25 14 E1 2 Panel Schedules 100 Set 09 25 14 E1 3 Electrical Single Line Diagram and Details 100 Set 09 25 14 E2 1 Electrical Lighting Plan 100 Set 09 2
325. nd as required for a complete installation except where finish hardware items may be specifically noted to be provided by PETCO or others B Some parts of the door finish hardware for aluminum entrance doors shall be furnished by the aluminum door supplier including typically Aluminum Door Hinges or Pivots Aluminum Door Pulls and Push Bars Aluminum Door flush bolts at pairs of doors Aluminum Door Closers and closer accessories surface and overhead concealed PONS 1 03 RELATED WORK A Section 08100 Metal Doors amp Frames interior and exterior metal doors amp frames shall be purchased from the same Inventory Agreement supplier as the Door Finish Hardware specified in this Section B Section 08410 Aluminum Entrance Doors amp Storefront some door finish hardware may be furnished by the aluminum door manufacturer 1 04 SUBMITTALS A Finish Hardware Schedule List Submit finish hardware schedule list B Finish Hardware Product Data Submit product data for all finish hardware items with the specified finish hardware clearly identified PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 DOOR FINISH HARDWARE INVENTORY AGREEMENT The Contractor shall purchase Door Finish Hardware from the PETCO Vendor via an Inventory Agreement and shall install Door Finish Hardware The Contractor shall coordinate purchase and delivery of Door Finish Hardware with GIRTMAN amp ASSOCIATES INC GIRTMAN TOTAL OPENINGS LLC Contact Jamie Stewart
326. needed 1 5 01100 Bid Alternates Voluntary Bid Alternates amp Allowances ccecesteeeeeeeeteeeeeneeteees 1 2 01200 Construction Administration cccccecsseccecessneeeceeseeecesaeeeeeeaeeeecseaeeeeseaeeeeeeneeeeesaas 1 4 Contractor s Construction Phase Request for Information Form 01340 SUD IN IRLAS csc ceca sd cies apes caucuses Waa bccuasanncdnenet teas stasis varies wedge A e evnie reeds 1 4 Contractor s Construction Phase Request for Product Substitution Form 01410 Construction Quality Control Services ccecccecceeeeeeneeceeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeestaeeeeneeees 1 5 01700 Contract ClOSCOUE s rors ceavsneacicasyi ca adastevadaasvecdesas deded aah sisi acasduedeecas de ladaah aces 1 5 Contractor s Notice of Completion Form 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning cccccceceeeeeceeeeeeeaeeeeneeseeeeeseaaesseneeseeeesaeeeeaeeeeeeeeaas 1 3 01730 Reference Standards cccccccccccsscecesesnececeesneeeeesseeeeesseeeeeseneeeeesseeeeessseeeenssieeeenss 1 2 DIVISION 2 SITEWORK 02060 Demolition Work eseese eara eet E E EAT EEEE T 1 4 02200 Ant WOlKis AREE AE cavence sa dqaveassestaves dees sdatacuz sane EE EEN 1 6 02220 TONCO ses cczthy scectSetee sce S coe devayacsourteva va as saecesageny ncssuriece I T 1 3 02510 Asphalt Paving eer inin n EE EEA ESE E ieeey seca et ag eee aiese eee evens 1 2 02520 Concrete Paving ici even taeey tee Asa ii aiiai giidan ahead Malena dalle tas 1 2 02530
327. neer shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to have all fill material used conform to the samples approved by the Geotechnical Engineer Fill Placement 1 Fill shall be placed in maximum nine inch loose lifts and each lift shall be compacted as follows a Fills supporting foundations and below the top one foot of floor slabs shall be compacted to at least 95 of the soil s maximum dry density as determined by the maximum modified Proctor dry density ASTM D1557 b Soil moisture during placement shall be maintained at or above the optimum moisture content so that the required compaction can be achieved 2 Backfill against walls and utility trenches shall be placed in six inch loose lifts and each lift shall be compacted for every 2000 square feet of fill area and every two 2 feet of fill lift Utility trench backfill shall be tested every 50 linear feet Compaction of stone base shall be least 95 of the modified Proctor maximum dry density ASTM D1557 The elevation of the top of the compacted fill shall be as indicated and is generally the entire area under the building and parking areas and in no distance shall be closer than five 5 feet from the building line The slopes of all compacted embankments shall not be steeper than 2 horizontal to 1 vertical The last layer of fill shall be smooth hard and prepared to receive 6 or 8 stone base as applicable All subsoil earth required in addition to that a
328. ng agency DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver components of composite wood planks and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed Package composite wood planks for protection during transportation and handling Unload store and erect composite wood planks in a manner to prevent bending warping twisting and surface damage Store composite wood planks on a flat and level surface with blocking covered with suitable weather tight and ventilated covering Store composite wood planks to ensure dryness with positive slope for drainage of water Do not store composite wood planks in contact with other materials that might cause staining denting or other surface damage Support planking bundles on supplied dunnage When stacking plank bundles supports to start at each end and spaced 2 max on center with supports aligning vertically Do not stack bundles higher than 6 bundles on 12 high PROJECT CONDITIONS Weather Limitations Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of composite wood planks to be performed according to manufacturer s written instructions and warranty requirements Field Measurements Verify locations of structural members by field measurements and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp Wood doc Wood Planking 06600 3 1 9 A 1 10 A B C COORDINATION
329. ng with the balance of the finish hardware specified in this Section but the Interchangeable Store Cores will be furnished by the PETCO Vendor directly to PETCO The interchangeable Store Cores will be installed by PETCO Vendor to replace the interchangeable construction cores Door Rain Hood Install with galvanized or stainless steel masonry expansion anchors provide sealant as a closure between edge of door rain hood and exterior building masonry END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype FINISH HARDWARE 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc 08710 7 PART 1 SECTION 08800 GLAZING GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide glazing and glazing accessories where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation Glazing at Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Sidelite Units Glazing at Exterior Storefront and Swinging Aluminum Doors Glazing at Interior Windows and Interior Aluminum Door Lites Applied Exterior Opaque Window Film at exterior glazing Transparent Mirror at interior glazing where shown on the drawings Gi sP Go NOs Ee 1 03 NOT USED 1 04 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 WARRANTY A PART 2 The Contractor shall include the Glazing Manufacturer s
330. nimize the use of hardcopy documents when possible In some cases you will be required to submit items on traditional paper medium or hardcopy as well as in electronic format to the website 1 03 PARTICIPATION A The use of Petco Projects is mandatory for all Petco projects Documents to be translated in electronic format through the Petco Projects website include as a minimum Code Checks Site Plans Building Elevations Pylon Sign Exhibits Payment Applications LOIS Miscellaneous Documents Plans and Specifications Design Guidelines RFPS Change Orders Contracts Lease Negotiations Shop Drawings Test Reports Meeting Notes Project Close Out Info and Documents Construction Progress Reports and Photos CON OO eS Ne se es Ce Coe Coe Cs Ces Ce CC Ca CMOnNooDoarWwonrd O Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00400 Nexus Petco Collaborative Website docx 00400 1 1 04 USER SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A Personal Computer with a Microsoft Windows with NT ME Vista Windows 7 Operating System or above Pentium III processor or above and a minimum of 20 gigabytes of hard disk storage 128 megabytes of RAM Ethernet Card a writeable CD drive and a JAVA enabled internet browser min IE9 or above DSL or equivalent high speed internet access High definition Laser or Inkjet printer An SVGA or better monitor Sound card with speakers High definition color scanner Le 1 05 COST A The system will b
331. not Acid Etch CONCRETE FLOOR PREPARATION A A cementitious underlayment system with an approved epoxy primer if required by the flooring manufacturer may be used to level and smooth surfaces after shotblasting the floor on top of the water vapor reduction system The underlayment system utilized must be installed in accordance with the underlayment system manufacturer s printed instructions and within the specified limits No underlayment system containing gypsum shall be allowed B When water based adhesives are utilized in the floor covering installation use an approved underlavment system with primer prior to the Installation of the flooring system Please consult the adhesive manufacturer for their minimum recommended thickness of cementitious underlavment to absorb excess moisture In the adhesive Leveling of the substrate shall not be considered part of the water vapor reduction system Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEMS 07190 Nexus Moist Mitigation doc 07190 2 3 04 INSTALLATION Install all work of this section in strict accordance with the construction details requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction and the manufacturer s recommended installation procedures END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEMS 07190 Nexus Moist Mitigation doc 07190 3 PART 1 SECTION 07210 BUILDING INSULATION GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY Provide Building Insulatio
332. ns factory primed 5 Unpainted exterior Interior to be field painted 6 Submittal No product submittal is required F ROOF HATCH SAFETY RAILING SYSTEM Provide a Roof Hatch Safety Railing System equal to Bil Guard Hatch Rail System Model RL S for Roof Hatch size 30 x 36 by Bilco Company New Haven CT 203 934 6363 www bilco com 1 Acceptable alternative manufacturer Model RHSR SS for Roof Hatch size 30 by 36 with hatchway ladder mounted on the 30 side of the hatch opposite latch lid hinges by Safety Rail Source Harleysville PA 877 723 3766 2 Submittal No product submittal is required 3 Provide alternative Roof Hatch Safety Railing System model if required due to a roof hatch configuration that is NOT as described G ROOF WALKWAY PADS Provide flexible fully adhered homogeneous non laminated skid resistant pads equal to Firestone 364Q 30 x 30 x 0 3 rubber walkway pads with raised tread pattern by Firestone Building Products Company 800 428 4442 or as recommended by the roofing manufacturer 1 Pads shall be fully adhered with minimum 2 spacing maximum 6 spacing between pads for roof protection walkways adjacent to Roof Hatch and adjacent to HVAC Rooftop Units 2 Submittal No product submittal is required l Provide all other Roof Accessories as may be required for the proper completion of the work PART 3 EXECUTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROOF ACCESSORIES 0772
333. nspecting concrete formwork 1 07 TEST REPORTS FORMAT AND DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS A All Test and Field Reports must include the Project Name Project Address Contractor s Name and Date Inspection and or Testing was provided All reports shall be typewritten and shall bear the signature and seal of the Project Testing Laboratory Engineer The distribution of all report copies shall be noted on ALL reports The Testing Inspection Agency shall distribute all Test and Field Reports no later than seven 7 calendar days after providing that portion of the inspection and testing work Report Distribution One copy of all Test and Field Reports or Special Inspections shall be sent by the Testing Inspection Agency directly to the PETCO Project Manager Project Architect Project Structural Engineer if applicable and the Contractor END OF SECTION CONSTRUCTION QUALITY Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTROL SERVICES 01410 Nexus Const QC doc 01410 5 1 01 1 02 SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT NOT USED SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide an orderly and efficient project closeout and transfer of the completed work to PETCO including timely delivery of the Closeout Documents and related items to PETCO no later than 60 Calendar Days after the Date of Final Completion or Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO including the following as further described in this Section Local Jurisdiction Closeout Documents Final Certificate of Occ
334. nstalled by the Contractor C Partially furnished and or installed by PETCO PETCO s Vendor and partially furnished and or installed by the Contractor 2 Inventory Agreement Purchased by the Contractor As further defined in specific Project Manual Sections PETCO has entered into the National Inventory Agreements with various construction product and building operations Vendors a The Contractor shall furnish and install these National Inventory Agreement construction products and building operations systems b The cost for construction products and building operations systems to be purchased by the Contractor under the PETCO Inventory Agreement with the product manufacturer has generally been pre established 1 16 CONSTRUCTION PUNCHLIST INSPECTION amp 11 MONTH WARRANTY INSPECTION A The PETCO Project Manager will conduct a Construction Punchlist Inspection on or about the Date of Substantial Completion as further described in Section 01700 Contract Closeout 1 The Contractor will receive a copy of the PETCO Project Manager s Construction Punchlist 2 The Contractor shall provide all follow up work to complete all Construction Punchlist items on or prior to the Date of Final Completion in accordance with the requirements of the PETCO Contractor Agreement B The PETCO Project Manager will conduct an Eleven Month Warranty Punchlist Inspection on or about eleven 11 months after the Date of Substantial Completion bu
335. ntary roofing flashing and sealant work as required and in methods acceptable to maintain the roofing manufacturer s warranty SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section RELATED WORK A Refer to Section 07720 Roof Accessories for description of accessory items including but not limited to roof hatch roof hatch safety railing walkway pads pipe flashings and curb flashings B Refer to Section 10400 Exterior Building amp Pylon Signage The Roofing Subcontractor shall provide supplementary roofing flashing and sealant work as required upon completion of the building signage installation QUALITY ASSURANCE A Subcontractor All roofing work shall be provided by a single roofing company experienced with the type of roofing required and roofing product manufacturer approved B Special Requirements of Regulating Agencies The complete installed roofing system shall meet the following agency approvals 1 Classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc Class A Fire Rating 2 Approval by Factory Manual as an l 90 assembly DELIVERY STORAGE amp HANDLING Storage of Materials shall be per the roofing manufacturer s specifications WARRANTY A Manufacturers Warranty The Contractor shall provide the roofing manufacturer s standard warranty signed by the roofing manufacturers authorized representative effective for a warranty term of ten 10 years from the Date of Substantial Completion in
336. ntenance personnel in proper HVAC Systems operation and maintenance The Contractor shall coordinate the scheduling of HVAC Systems instructions and notification of affected PETCO personnel END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 2014 07 30 15500 7 SECTION 16000 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide Electrical Systems as shown on the drawings and as specified in this Section and as needed for a completed installation including but not necessarily limited to Tt Applications and fees required for electrical permits electrical service and interim and final inspections Coordination with Electric Utility and Telephone Company for the respective services Temporary electrical provisions as required for construction purposes Excavation and backfill concrete pads and pits for electrical systems work Electric service entrance and metering equipment Power Distribution Equipment Hill PHOENIX PowerPlus integrated power and control assembly Main Distribution Panel and remote panelboards unless otherwise noted on the drawings transformers if indicated on drawings and timer override panel for the Grooming Room including associated conduits and feeders 7 Not used 8 Energy Management Sy
337. ntical Compact Discs in plastic sleeves with scanned drawing images in either TIF or PDF format The Compact Discs must each identify the PETCO project with handwritten or label generated description on a peel off sticker At the completion of construction the Contractor shall provide one complete set of bond photocopy drawings to be left on site in the Plan Holder at the Telephone Board in the Pre Sales Room The Plan Holder is to be located as shown on the drawings and as specified in Section 10300 The Contractor shall submit Project Record Construction Documents to the PETCO Project Manager 1 13 SUBMITTALS Submittals and shop drawings bearing the Contractor s Architect s Engineer s submittal review approval stamps shall be maintained at the jobsite throughout the course of construction for reference by the Contractor and the PETCO Project Manager and or a Testing Inspection Agency 1 14 BUILDING MAINTENANCE MANUAL ON COMPACT DISC A Building Maintenance Manual CD Format 1 The Contractor shall prepare two identical Compact Discs in plastic sleeves with scanned or converted Portable Document Format PDF copies of the following project data The Compact Discs must each identify the PETCO project with handwritten or label generated description on a peel off sticker 2 Organizational Content a Table of Contents b Part 1 Directory with listing names addresses and telephone numbers of Ar
338. of Insulation Attachment Provide mechanical attachment of roof insulation system to metal roof deck in accordance with roofing manufacturers specification and subject to approval by the roofing manufacturer as an integral part of the warranted roofing system 2 03 PIPE amp OTHER PROJECTIONS Subject to approval by the roofing manufacturer as an integral part of the warranted roofing system PART 3 EXECUTION Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype ROOFING SYSTEM 07500 Nexus Roofing doc 07500 2 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 GENERAL A All installation practices shall be according to the roofing manufacturer s printed instructions in strict accordance with the pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction and in a manner needed to secure the specified warranty B Daily Cleanup The Contractor shall provide daily removal and disposal from the roof surface of all fasteners scraps containers and other debris resulting from the roofing system installation after the roofing membrane installation has commenced END OF SECTION Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype ROOFING SYSTEM 07500 Nexus Roofing doc 07500 3 SECTION 07540 ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT US
339. ofessional Hi Hide Primer Sealer 1000 1200 Glidden Professional Ultra Hide No VOC Interior Semi Gloss Paint 1415 Series Latex Semi gloss Glidden Professional Hi Hide Primer Sealer 1000 1200 Glidden Professional Ultra Hide No VOC Interior Eggshell Paint 1411 Series Latex Eggshell F Moisture Resistant Gypsum Wallboard e g Tub Room ceiling Work Room Restroom walls First Coat Second AND Third Coats Paint Type Sheen Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 09900 Nexus Painting doc Glidden Professional Hi Hide Primer Sealer 1000 1200 Glidden Professional Devoe Coatings Devflex 4216L High Performance Acrylic Semi Gloss Latex Semi Gloss PAINTING 09900 6 G Water Resistant Finish on Gypsum Wallboard e g Retail Wall behind Aquariums First Coat Glidden Professional Hi Hide Primer Sealer 1000 1200 Second AND Third Coats PPG Pitt Glaze 16 551 Water based Semi Gloss Epoxy Paint Type Sheen Epoxy Semi Gloss 3 08 PAINT COLORS The following custom colors shall be provided as scheduled on the drawings A Drawing Key PT 00 Color N A primer as specified B Drawing Key PT 01 EG Color PPG A1842 Frost eggshell C Drawing Key PT 01 SG Color PPG A1842 Frost semi gloss D Drawing Key PT 01 HG Color PPG A1842 Frost high gloss E Drawing Key PT 01 EP Color PPG A1842 Frost epoxy paint F Drawing Key PT 02 EG Color PPG A0127 Crystal eggshell G Drawing Key
340. oke Developed 50 Accessories such as adhesives mastics cements tapes and cloth for fitting shall have the same component ratings as listed above Insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI PLUMBING SYSTEMS 15400 2014 07 30 15400 5 0 25 BTU inch of thickness per square foot per 1 degree F at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F Hot Cold Filtered Tempered Water Piping Insulate with 1 thick fiberglass pipe insulated with foil kraft laminate vapor barrier fastened with pressure sensitive tape and stapled All fittings valves and flanges shall be covered with PVC fitting cover taped and tacked fastened Rainwater Conductor Insulation Provide insulation where rainwater conductors run inside the building Condensate Line Insulation Provide insulation where condensate lines run inside the building Scald Guard at Handicap Accessible Lavatories Provide Handi Lav Guard Kit No 101 Color White by Truebro Inc Ellington CT 203 875 2868 at each handicap accessible lavatory 2 12 PLUMBING FIXTURES A Provide Plumbing Fixtures per Plumbing Fixture Schedule complete with trim and caulk 1 Vitreous fixtures shall be Class A vitreous All surfaces that contact walls floors or surfaces of other fixtures shall be ground free of defects affecting the final fittings of the fixture Warped imperfect fixtures are NOT acceptable 2 All Plumbing Fixt
341. ol Continue to add planks and clips 5 Install flashing and trim as metal faced composite wall panel work proceeds 6 Apply elastomeric sealant continuously as necessary for waterproofing 7 Provide weather tight escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls 8 Apply Moisture Lockout Deck Sealer on all cut exposed planks B Metal Protection Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates protect against galvanic action as recommended by composite wood plank manufacturer C Joint Sealers Install gaskets joint fillers and sealants where indicated and where required for weather tight performance of composite wood plank assemblies Provide types of gaskets fillers and sealants indicated or if not indicated types recommended by manufacturer D Clip Installation Attach plank clips to supports at each composite wood plank groove joints at locations spacings and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer Attach routed and returned flanges of wall panels to plank clips with manufacturer s standard fasteners END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Composite Wall 06600 Nexus Comp Wood doc Wood Planking 06600 7 PART 1 SECTION 07190 MOISTURE MITIGATION SYSTEMS GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide Moisture Mitigation if the new or existing concrete subfloor exceeds the finish flooring or adhesive manufacturer s measured Moisture Emission limits 1
342. onditions are ready to receive work document and correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper installation of work Beginning work constitutes acceptance of substrate condition C Verify that existing concrete has cured a minimum of 28 days and meets finish and surface profile requirements in Division 03 Section Cast In Place Concrete before installing the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System D Conduct pre installation conference per Section 1 3 F 3 02 PREPARATION A DEMOLITION 1 2 Clear surfaces of any debris and construction materials If a generator is not provided by the Installer power connections for the equipment of the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System shall be provided and prepared by general contractor if there is no power on site power shall be provided by owner or general contractor with a generator Using the appropriate mechanical means and methods remove existing floor coverings and coatings including but not limited to carpet VCT ceramic tile and grout wood epoxy urethane quartz mastic adhesives paint or other non concrete floor materials Adhesives must be removed to their penetrated depth a Note The mechanical removal of resilient flooring backing lining felt cutback and other adhesives can be hazardous as certain materials may contain asbestos or crystalline silica Do not sand dry sweep dry scrape drill saw bead blast grind mechanically chip or pu
343. ontacts as may be necessary 2 Shoring bracing or otherwise securing the structures as required for the demolition work The Contractor shall retain the services of a Licensed Professional Engineer to design the shoring and bracing if necessary and or if required by the local jurisdiction 3 Demolition removal and disposal of all debris caused by demolition work as well as all debris found on site at the commencement of demolition work 4 Securing filling and or stabilizing the surface of the site where foundations slabs or paving are removed 5 Erection of barricades temporary fencing and lighting as required by the local jurisdiction The Contractor is solely responsible for protecting the public and all property during all phases of demolition work 1 03 PERMITS JURISDICTION APPROVALS AND SCHEDULING A The Contractor is solely responsible for timely application of the securing of and the payment of all Demolition Permits notices licenses and certifications necessary in order to provide all demolition work B All demolition work which is included as part of the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor shall be provided within the contract time stipulated for general construction Delays in providing any phase of the demolition work shall not be valid basis for extra cost or contract time extension to the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 EXISTING CONDITIONS VERIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR if applicable
344. ood doc Wood Planking 06600 5 Ultimate strength values are not meant for design analysis Design values are for temperatures up to 130F 54C PART 4 EXECUTION 4 1 4 2 EXAMINATION A Examine substrates areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances composite wood planks supports and other conditions affecting performance of the Work 1 Examine wall framing to verify that girts angles channels studs and other structural panel support members and anchorage have been installed within alignment tolerances required by composite wood planks manufacturer 2 Examine wall sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by composite wood planks 3 Verify that weather resistant sheathing paper has been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration B Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 1 Install according to composite decking installation guidelines http www calibamboo com mm5 pdf installation guides infinity_installation pdf 2 Cut drill and rout using carbide tipped blade 3 All board ends including ripped exposed deck board cores need to be sealed using MoistureLockout End Board Sealer for full warranty coverage Sealer must be applied thick enough to exposed area to provide even coat Proof o
345. oods Received with PETCO District Manager Project Record Construction Documents Building Maintenance Manuals Final Application for Payment Last date for submission of Change Order Requests FACTO rON 1 12 PUNCHLIST INSPECTION The PETCO Project Manager will visit the project site on or about the Date of Substantial Completion and will prepare a Project Punchlist of incomplete or deficient work that must be completed by the Contractor prior to the Date of Final Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO 1 13 WARRANTY PUNCHLIST INSPECTION The PETCO Project Manager will visit the project site on or about eleven months after the Date of Substantial Completion to conduct and prepare an Eleven Month Warranty Punchlist Inspection of existing deficient work prior to the expiration of the Contractor s Warranty period END OF SECTION Contractor s Construction Phase Request For Information Forms To Follow Contractor s Construction RFI Tracking Report Form To Follow Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 01200 Nexus Const Admin doc 01200 5 hzl Contractor s Construction Phase fae Request for Information OetCO GG H H 33 PETCO Farmington Hills Ml 1383 Petco Job No T383 Contractors RFl __ To Project Architect Jason Patterson e mail Jpatterson frch com From Contractor e mail o o By submitting this Request for Information the Contractor certifies that the Contract
346. oor Covering 1 3 The installation of the Protective Covering must be approved by the Installer and General Contractor of the ULTRAFLOR installation If the Protective Cover is damaged during use then that section must be cut out and replaced to maintain the integrity of the protective covering The Protective Cover can be removed after build out is complete 3 08 ONGOING MAINTENANCE FOR WARRANTY ENFORCEMENT A IMPORTANT NOTICE Maintaining the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System and adherence to a recommended cleaning schedule will help the floor hold its mechanically polished gloss longer and greatly reduces the absorption of spilled liquids The treated concrete floor is easily maintained by regular cleaning with the Maintenance Post Cleaning procedure accompanied by Micro Polishing Specific maintenance recommendations shall be provided by DMS or a certified ULTRAFLOR installer B Newly Installed ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System 1 Restrict water cleaning for 72 hours after installation of ULTRAFLOR Use only a dry mop to clean Avoid putting mats or covering treated surface to allow coating to fully cure out Light traffic after 24 hours Refer to product technical data bulletin for complete details and requirements DO NOT USE cleaners that are acidic or that have citrus de limonene or Butyl compounds Although the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System is chemical and stain resistant the a
347. or Door Stile Face Shape Radiused Double Acting Hinges Refer to Section 08710 Finish Hardware C Push Pull Hardware 1 tubular horizontal Push Bar on both sides of double acting doors Clear Anodized Finish d Bottom Pivot Center acting o 2 02 NOT USED 2 03 AUTOMATIC SLIDING ENTRANCE DOOR UNITS Vestibule interior and exterior A The Contractor shall purchase and install Gyro Tech Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Units with Transoms from NABCO Entrances Inc via an Inventory Agreement The Contractor shall coordinate delivery of Door Units with Transoms to the jobsite with NABCO ENTRANCES INC Contact Laura Eidler National Accounts Coordinator e mail leidlere nabcoentrances com Tel 262 682 5794 FAX 262 679 3319 No product substitutions are permitted ALUMINUM ENTRANCE Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype DOORS amp STOREFRONT 08410 Nexus SF Foors doc 08410 3 2 04 2 05 2 06 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype Finish 1 2 The Interior Sliding Entrance Door Unit and Transom shall be Clear Anodized Finish Exterior Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Unit and Transom s finish color shall be Dark Bronze Anodized Finish or shall match the building shell s exterior storefront finish color Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Units with Transoms Drawing Mark Stationary O Gyro Tech Unit Stationary w Breakout SO Designation Operating SX AU 1 Exterior O SX SX O 14 0 unit Slider
348. or s superintendent and all involved subcontract trades have thoroughly reviewed the Construction Drawings AND the Project Manual and the Field Problem described in this Request for Information cannot be reconciled without the Architect s Review and Response Contractor s Information Request to Architect Describe Field Problem AND Contractor s Proposed Solution Contractor s Representative Cate Time Sent __ _ Contractor s Sketch is Attached _______ Refer to Detail Drawing OR Project Manual Section Unless more extensive review is required the Architect should provide response within 2 working days after receipt of the Contractor s RFI The Architect will issue a Response via FAX to both the Contractor and the PETCO Project Manager Architect s Response to Contractor Architect s sketch attached or to follow SK Dated Architect to type response here Project Architect Date Time Sent Architect will e mail the Response Adobe Acrobat version to PETCO Project Manager Wade Rose e mail Wade Rose petco com AND to the Contractor NOTE The Architect s Response to the Contractor s Request for Information does NOT represent or constitute a directive to proceed with any Changes to the Contract s Scope of Work The Contractor MUST seek express approval from the PETCO Project Manager if changes in the Contract Sum or Time may result from executing the work according to the A
349. or PETCO NOTES 1 The CONTRACTOR must submit all necessary Product Data for both the product specified and the product substitution requested so as to demonstrate that the Product Substitution requested is equal to or superior to the Product specified 2 The Architect s Response to the Contractor s Request for Information does not represent or constitute a directive to proceed with any Changes to the Contract s Scope of Work The Contractor must seek expressed approval from the PETCO Project Manager if changes in the Contract Sum or Time may result from executing the work according to the Architect s Response 3 The Architect is not obligated to review and respond to a Request for Product Substitution unless so directed by the PETCO Project Manager Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01341 Nexus Product Subst Form doc PETCO Farmington Hills Ml T383 SUBMITTAL STATUS REPORT FRCH Architects FRCH Job 27281 000 Date of Tenant Improvement Construction Date for Project Architect to begin sending weekly Submittal Status Reports to PETCO Commencement xx xx xx Project Manager xx xx xx Section Submittal Description Date Received Submittal Date Sent to Date Received Date Reviewed Action Taken by Date Sent to P by Architect Review by Consultant From Consultant by Architect Submittal Reviewer Contractor Product Data Civil Concrete Paving Mix Design Civil Concrete Paving Test Reports Civil Anchor Bolt Layout Struc Engr Conc
350. ork doc 01010 3 A The Fire Suppression System Subcontractor shall refer to the architectural drawings as well as the fire suppression plumbing mechanical and electrical drawings and shall coordinate with the Contractor s superintendent for proper location of all work under this contract B The Fire Suppression System Subcontractor shall furnish and install all piping and fixtures as shown on the drawings or called for in the project manual and as otherwise required to provide a complete and operational fire suppression system to the extent required for acceptance and approval by the local jurisdiction C Unless otherwise specified work shown and as reasonably inferred should be considered new construction and a part of the scope of work D Neither PETCO nor the Architect have information pertaining to fire suppression system Flow Test Data 1 12 PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE SUBCONTRACT A The Plumbing Subcontractor shall refer to the architectural drawings as well as the plumbing mechanical and electrical drawings and shall coordinate with the Contractor s superintendent for proper location of all work under this contract B The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish and install all piping and fixtures shown on the drawings or called for in the project manual and shall cooperate with the Contractor regarding provisions for temporary water for use by the Contractor and subcontractors during construction C Unless otherwise specif
351. orrected by the HVAC Subcontractor within 14 days after the distribution of the EOC report The failure to identify a defect during the EOC does not relieve the HVAC Subcontractor of the responsibility to correct subsequently identified defects EXHAUST FANS A Exhaust fans shall be provided with roof curbs bases back draft dampers insect screens speed switches and duct connections B Provide motors with flush type mounted motor starters unless motors are provided with built in protection GAS UNIT HEATERS WHERE APPLICABLE Gas Unit Heaters shall be provided complete with electric and gas controls gas piping and safety devices ELECTRIC UNIT HEATERS WALL HEATERS AND DOOR HEATERS Units shall be provided with all electric line voltage and control connections safety devices and mounting hardware and thermostat and control wiring DUCT WORK A Provide galvanized sheet metal ductwork fabricated and installed per the more stringent of ASHRAE standards SMACNA standards or local jurisdiction requirements Duct sizes shown on drawings are the inside net clear dimensions from the inside face of insulation exposed ductwork or inside face of duct sheet metal concealed ductwork Fabricate ductwork of prime grade lock forming quality galvanized steel sheets per SMACNA standards 1 12 and smaller longest side 26 gauge 2 13 through 28 longest side 24 gauge 3 29 through 30 longest side 24 gauge 1 x 1
352. ors and Frames doc 08100 3 SECTION 08300 SPECIAL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide the Pre Sales receiving exterior Door and Double Acting Traffic Impact Doors at the Pre Sales room and the Building Signage Access Door where shown on the drawings 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 08100 Metal Doors amp Frames hollow metal door frame for the Double Acting Traffic Impact Doors at the Pre Sales room 1 04 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 WARRANTY The Contractor shall include copies of the manufacturers standard product warranties in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 PRE SALES RECEIVING EXTERIOR DOOR A Rolling Door Building Exterior located at Pre Sales room 1 Exterior Rolling Door Provide rolling door equal to Overhead Door Corporation 625 series face mounted rolling door by Overhead Door Corporation 2501 S State Highway 121 suite 200 Lewisville TX 75067 800 275 3290 phone 469 5459 7100 fax 972 906 1499 www overheaddoor com email at info overheaddoor com a Rolling Door Construction Metal foam metal insulated sandwich interlocking slat construction manual operation with chain hoist b Locking Provide with interior bottom bar slide bolt lock Cc Fin
353. orted by metal strapping Surface mounted plywood at the Pre Sales room Wood blocking to shim level at all HVAC rooftop unit roof curbs Plywood wainscot at the Pre Sales room Other wood assemblies interior and or exterior as may be indicated on the drawings TEON 1 03 FINISH CARPENTRY SUMMARY A Base and Wall Cabinets The Contractor shall provide the following 1 Break Room Base Cabinets and Wall Cabinets 2 Cage Room Storage Cabinets and Wall Cabinets 3 Wellness Room Wall Cabinet Plastic Laminate Countertops The Contractor shall provide Plastic Laminate Countertops on particleboard underlay 1 Break Room 2 Office 3 Other locations if indicated on the drawings Plastic Laminate Accessory Items The Contractor shall provide Plastic Laminate Accessory Items on particleboard underlay 1 Coat Rack at Break Room 2 Clipboard Rack at Office located above countertop under shelf 3 Shelves with support brackets at Office 4 Shelf at Work Room 1 04 SUBMITTAL The Contractor shall submit cabinet shop drawings and product data in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this Section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 LUMBER AND PLYWOOD A Rough Carpentry non structural blocking shall be Hem Fir or equal No 2 grade or better Plywood at Pre Sales shall be 5 8 thick Sanded Plywood Panel APA Interior B D B Pressure Treated Plywood where fire retardant wood is required by
354. ory Pre Bid Meeting will NOT be considered 1 07 EXAMINATION OF SITE A In submitting a Bid for the work each Bidder will be held to have previously examined the site and satisfied himself as to the conditions under which he shall be obligated to operate in performing his part of the work or that will in any manner affect the work under the Contract A mandatory pre bid meeting will be held on site for all bidders to familiarize themselves with existing conditions see note 1 06 1 08 CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS BY THE ARCHITECT Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 Nexus Instruction to Bidders doc 00200 2 A During the Bidding Phase the Project Architect is available to clarify the bidding documents i The Architect will respond to questions and or requests for information submitted ONLY by the Bidding Contractors and ONLY through Petco Projects No emails and or phone calls will be accepted The Architect will respond within 48hrs to all Bidding Contractors through Petco Projects ii Unless otherwise directed by the Petco Construction Manager the Project Architect will NOT provide responses to Bidding Contractors questions that are received less than 72 hours prior to the Bid Due Date and Time B No Product Substitutions will be considered by the Architect during the bidding phase However Contractors proposing substitutions should refer to appropriate Section in the project m
355. os Angeles CA 562 692 5911 www mcmaster com B Secure Rodent Barrier Hardware Cloth concealed behind the subsequently installed gypsum wallboard finish to the bottom track and face of framing of all Petco Tenant Space perimeter partitions that are common with the inside surface of the tenant space building shell s exterior walls and secure to the bottom track and face of framing of all tenant separation partitions SECURITY MESH Architect Check shell design and PETCO PM if security mesh is warranted A Provide carbon steel security mesh equal to ASM 1 0 16F 1 090 SWD x 2 56 LWD center to center of bond with overall 0 48 thickness 77 open area maximum carbon content 0 15 as manufactured by AMICO Birmingham AL 800 366 2642 Conventional higher carbon expanded metal mesh not manufactured specifically for security purposes is NOT permitted for this use 1 Provide security mesh sections installed in a continuous staggered pattern to a minimum height of at least 8 feet above the finish floor or to an additional height if so specified on the drawings 2 Install Security Mesh directly to the metal stud demising partition framing on the PETCO side of the partition exterior side of the exterior wall metal framing 3 In the event that an existing finished demising partition is scheduled to receive a furred or other supplementary finish on the PETCO side of the partition then the security mesh shall be installed on th
356. ot less than 100 parts per million of available chlorine The sterilization solution shall be either liquid chlorine or U S Army Spec 4 1 or calcium hypochlorite or chlorinated lime conforming to Fed Spec O C 114 and shall be introduced into the system in accordance with Federal Regulations The sterilization solution shall be allowed to remain in the system for 24 hours during which time all valve and faucets shall be opened and closed several times After the sterilization solution has been applied for 24 hours the Contractor shall test for residual chlorine at the ends of the lines If less than 5 parts per million is indicated then the Contractor shall repeat the sterilization process After sterilization is complete the sterilization solution shall be flushed from the system with clean water until the residual chlorine content is less than 0 2 parts per million C After completion the Contractor shall provide a Certificate Of Performance in the Building Maintenance Manuals refer to Section 01700 Contract Closeout stating the system capacity the disinfectant used the time and rate of disinfectant applied and residuals in parts per million at completion of the Water Piping Sterilization Process D PETCO may test the water at any time prior to the Date of Turnover of Tenant Space to PETCO and if found bacteriologically unsafe the Contractor shall re chlorinate the system until the water is proven acceptable 3 14 PAINTING All
357. pleted Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype LINEAR METAL WALL SYSTEM 09546 Nexus Linear Mtl Wall Syst docx 09546 1 B Prior to starting installations allow materials to reach ambient room temperature and humidity intended to be maintained for occupancy 1 6 WARRANTY A Provide specified manufacturer s warranty against defects in workmanship discoloration or other defect 1 Warranty Period One 1 year from date of Substantial Completion 1 7 MAINTENANCE amp EXTRA MATERIALS A Maintenance Instructions Provide manufacturers standard maintenance and cleaning instructions for finishes provided PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURER A Design Basis Hunter Douglas Architectural Products Inc National Account order fulfillment rep Bob Krug 770 542 1206 bob krug hunterdouglas com National Account rep Ron Rice 770 542 1207 Luxalon linear metal ceiling system 2 2 MATERIALS A Panel Profile Type Deep Box 2 roll formed 0 020 inch interior thick aluminum with square edges B 03 1 5 32 inch wide 5 8 inch deep with 27 32 inch reveal to form a 2 inch module 1 Panel length 16 feet B Panel Finish 1 Wood veneer 0 025 inch 9004 Red Oak Veneer rift cut Class A finish clear finish B 03 2 3 METAL CARRIER SYSTEMS GENERAL A Carrier Universal hat shaped 0 038 inch roll formed aluminum section with hook shaped tabs spaced to receive ceiling panels at 2 inch on center and 27 32 inch apart 1 Support holes spaced
358. por permeance rate no greater than 0 012 perms when tested in accordance with ASTM E154 Section 7 Vapor Barrier shall be no less than 10 mil thick in accordance with ACI 302 1R 96 REINFORCEMENT FOR CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE A Reinforcing bars ASTM A615 Grade 60 deformed bars for 3 and larger reinforcing B Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A185 C Reinforcing Bending ACI 318 2 04 CONCRETE 2 05 A Comply with the following minimum requirements 1 Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type or II low alkali 2 Aggregate General ASTM C33 uniformly graded and clean Aggregate Coarse Crushed rock or washed gravel with minimum size between 3 4 and 1 1 2 maximum size number 4 Aggregate Fine Natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying form fine to particles passing a 3 8 screen with 12 passing 50 mesh screen 3 Water Clean and potable 4 Fly ash is NOT PERMITTED in the concrete mix B Provide concrete with the compressive strengths and limiting slumps as shown on the drawings When such strengths and slumps are not shown on the drawings provide the following minimum requirements Concrete footings and piers 3000 psi with 4 maximum slump Slab on grade Interior 4000 psi 4 maximum slump Concrete walls Exterior 4000 psi 4 maximum slump Concrete walks curbs slabs on grade site lighting exposed bases Exterior 4000 psi 4 maximum slump air entrained in accordance with governing co
359. pplication of these high acid cleaners may etch the surface and cause a residual stain Regular maintenance and cleaning will help prolong surface shine C Daily Maintenance and Cleaning 1 Once the system is fully cured out min 72 hours routinely sweep dry mop and wash with neutral pH cleaners or water using a mechanical auto scrubber with vacuum to pick up any residual standing water DO NOT USE cleaners that are acidic or that have citrus de limonene or Butyl compounds Although the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System is chemical and stain resistant the application of these high acid cleaners may etch the surface and cause a residual stain Regular maintenance and cleaning will help prolong surface shine D Monthly Cleaning or Quarterly Maintenance dependent upon floor wear and traffic Contact DMS 858 864 6313 1 Follow the daily maintenance process 2 Apply DIAMATIC FLOR MAINTAINER diluted with parts water using a DIAMATIC CONDOR APPLICATOR or microfiber pad at a coverage rate of 8000 to 10000 square feet per gallon 3 Burnish Micro Polish with DIAMATIC FLOR GRIT diamond impregnated pad Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 12 4 Dry mop to remove any debris 5 DO NOT USE cleaners that are acidic or that have citrus de limonene or Butyl compounds Although the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System is chemical and stain res
360. pplied to the base course aggregate surface as well as the sides of the excavation at a rate of 0 10 to 0 15 gallons per square yard 3 The asphaltic concrete shall be placed to achieve a minimum three 3 inches to a maximum of four 4 inches of compacted surface with the top being level with the existing surface or elevation of the curb surface PROTECTION OF ASPHALT PATCHING After final rolling do not permit vehicular traffic of any kind until the pavement has cured and hardened or for at least six 6 hours CRACK INSPECTION Inspect the areas designated for crack sealing Cracks less than one quarter inch 1 4 in width shall NOT be sealed Cracks larger than one quarter inch 1 4 width shall be sealed using the crack sealing material All cracks to be sealed shall be routed and cleaned by directing a jet of compressed air into the opening and blowing out debris or dirt Cracks that cannot be cleaned by a jet of compressed air shall be broomed vigorously with a stiff bristle boom and then blown clean CRACK SEALANT PREPARATION Hot poured sealant materials shall not be heated in excess of the safe heating temperature recommended by the manufacturer as shown on the sealant containers Sealant that has been overheated or subjected to heating for over three hours or that has remained in the applicator at the end of the day s operation shall be withdrawn and wasted and discarded CRACK SEALANT INSTALLATION A Cracks shall be sealed i
361. product submittal with all model s and accessories identified C Product Data and other Submittals NO LARGER THAN 11 x 17 format 1 The Contractor shall submit no more than four 4 Contractor reviewed stamped and signed submittal copies a The Submittal Cover Transmittal shall include the PETCO project name shall clearly identify the accompanying documents as a Project Submittal and shall include the Contractor s name b Fax Transmissions of Submittals are acceptable ONLY if specifically noted in the List of Required Submittals in this Section or as specifically authorized in advance by the PETCO Project Manager and are acceptable only as a means of expediting the review of specific time critical building products and assemblies Hard copies of submittals sent via fax transmission must also be sent concurrently to the Architect for the Architect s review Cc Submittals received by fax that are not specifically noted on the List of Required Submittals in this Section will NOT be reviewed by the Architect Engineer D Shop Drawings or other product data LARGER THAN 11 x 17 format 1 The Contractor shall submit one 1 Contractor reviewed stamped and signed copy of each shop drawing 2 Upon completion of submittal review the Architect will Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUBMITTALS 01340 Nexus Submittals doc 01340 2 a Retain one copy reproduction for the engineer consultant if reviewed by that consultant
362. quired to meet all conditions The Contractor shall examine the adjoining work on which mechanical work is dependent for proper operation and must report any work that must be corrected 2 If the equipment proposed for installation requires structural mechanical or electrical space conditions than those shown on the drawings the Contractor shall allow for the cost of such modifications in the contract sum No waiver of responsibility for defective work shall be accepted due to failure to record and accommodate unfavorable conditions C Roof Penetrations The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all roof penetrations so that the roof warranty is NOT altered modified or voided 1 07 WARRANTY CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A Manufacturers Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the manufacturer s standard product warranties in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Subcontractor Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the HVAC subcontractors warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout C Building Maintenance Manuals The Contractor shall include HVAC Systems Information per Section 01700 Contract Closeout D Project Record Drawings The Contractor shall record all changes as the work progresses on a set of project record drawings kept at the
363. r Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Architect PME Engineer Remarks Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Contractor Submittal Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not if Exhibit B Not
364. r s standard colors b Interior Color To be selected from manufacturer s standard colors a Acceptable alternate Product Substitution subject to approval per Section 01340 Submittals 2 02 DOUBLE ACTING TRAFFIC IMPACT DOORS A The Contractor shall purchase the Double Acting Traffic Impact Door from Girtman amp Associates in an Inventory Agreement and shall install the doors and door frame The Contractor shall coordinate delivery of these doors and door frame with the following GIRTMAN amp ASSOCIATES INC GIRTMAN TOTAL OPENINGS LLC Contact Jamie Stewart e mail jstewart girtman com 345 Mason Road La Vergne TN 37086 Tel 615 964 600 ext 1511 FAX 615 942 1171 B Provide Model No SCP 8 Double Acting Traffic Impact Doors by Eliason Easy Swing Door Division Kalamazoo MI 800 828 3655 No product substitution is permitted 1 Door Construction 032 high pressure decorative laminate on both sides stainless steel edge trim and top hardware cover clear acrylic 9 x30 vision panels set in black rubber molding easy swing zinc plated hinges 18 height by 18 gauge stainless steel armor plates on both sides 2 Finish Custom Color Wilsonart Color Beige 1530 60 matte both sides of door 2 03 Rolling Security Grille A General Supply and install where indicated Rolling Security Grille folding aluminum closure model SYSTEM S 126 Brick Pattern as manufactured by MobilFlex Inc National Account
365. r Carr Part No Remarks Tie Down Ring McMaster Carr Part No 31665T22 1 per hitching ring 316 Stainless Steel Screws No 6 x 2 McMaster Carr Part No 90315A442 4 per hitching ring 18 8 Stainless Steel Description Base Plate 1 3 8 x 1 9 16 Base Plate Ring Diameter 3 4 Large Ring Diameter 1 5 8 Secure each Hitching Ring to concealed wood blocking or sheet metal reinforcing with stainless steel fasteners where shown on the drawings 2 07 METAL LADDER AND RAILINGS A Fabricate ladder as shown on drawings in accordance with local applicable construction codes and in accordance with ANSI 14 3 Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders B Ladder shall support a live load of 100 Ib s f with stringer deflection not exceeding L 360 of span railings and attachments shall resist a lateral force of 300 Ibs at any point C Prime paint all components Finish paint ladder as indicated on the drawings and per Section 09900 Painting Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 Nexus Metal Fab doc 05500 3 2 08 2 09 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 RODENT BARRIER HARDWARE CLOTH A Provide 4 x 4 mesh 1 4 x 1 4 23 gauge galvanized steel welded wire hardware cloth in 48 rolls by TWP Inc Berkeley CA 800 227 1570 www twpinc com Midwest Air Technologies Inc 800 628 8815 www midwest air com f Alternative Supplier Wire Cloth Part No 9217T46 by McMaster Carr Supply Company L
366. r Outdoor 1 Spall repair to be completed after the first metal bond diamond grind and floor cleaning or prior to the beginning of the ULTRAFLOR process installation 2 For polishing instructions please refer to the individual ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC specifications for each component 3 Spalls up to 4 10 cm wide and 1 2 5 cm deep shall be filled with approved patching material by Diamatic Allow a minimum of 16 to 24 hours drying time prior to beginning the ULTRAFLOR polishing process Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 7 4 Spalls greater than 4 10 cm wide and 1 2 5 cm deep shall be filled with a approved material by Diamatic Allow a minimum of 16 to 24 hours drying time prior to beginning the ULTRAFLOR polishing process D Large Area Concrete Repair Indoor 1 Where large area concrete repair is needed DIAMA TOP shall be used in accordance with the information presented in the Technical Brochure For polishing instructions please refer to the DIAMA TOP component specification E Joint Fill Indoor Outdoor 1 All joint fill materials shall be installed in accordance with the written recommendations approved by Diamatic 2 For the best results all joints should be filled after the first pass of metal bonded diamonds but before any further grinding continues 3 If the joint filling will occur after the polishing process apply DIAMATIC FLOR
367. r all metal trims The Contractor shall carefully review the drawings and the installation and shall provide metal trims as typically recommended OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of the work PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 3 03 3 04 Basis SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected METAL FRAMING INSTALLATION Provide Metal Framing Installation tolerance of 1 200 horizontally and 1 360 vertically CEMENT BOARD INSTALLATION Provide a polyethylene sheet 6 mil minimum thickness water barrier membrane tape secured to metal framing behind and prior to the cement board installation CONTROL JOINT SPACING Provide Control Joint Spacing in accordance with current Gypsum Association standards or as follows for gypsum construction Consiruction amp Location Maximum Single Maximum Single Area Dimension Feet Square Feet Interior Partition 30 ft eoo y O Interior Ceiling w perimeter relief 50 ft 2500 SF GYPSUM WALLBOARD PETCO NEXUS Prototype amp PARTITION SYSTEM 09260 Nexus Gyp Partition Syst doc 09260 4 Interior Ceiling w o perimeter relief 30 ft 900 SF Exterior Ceiling
368. r finished materials will not require painting under this Section except as otherwise specified C Do not paint moving parts of operating units mechanical or electrical parts such as valve operators linkages sensing devices and motor shafts unless otherwise indicated Do not paint over required labels or equipment identification performance rating or nameplates SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals QUALITY ASSURANCE A Paint Coordination 1 The Contractor shall provide a prime coat that is compatible with the finish coat s Prime coat may be tinted towards the finish color as specified in this Section 2 The Contractor shall review other sections of the Project Manual as required so as to verify that the proper prime coat is used and to ensure compatibility of the total coating system with the substrate 3 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Architect in writing if there are anticipated problems in using the specified coating system 4 The Contractor shall provide barrier coat s over non compatible primers or remove the primer and re prime as may be required DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING The Contractor shall store paint materials at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 F and a maximum of 90 F in a well ventilated area unless required otherwise by the manufactu
369. r or Record All finish surfaces requiring demolition and patching for Electrical Systems work shall be restored to match the adjacent finish EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL Depth of exterior trenches shall meet the requirements of local codes and shall be at least below the frost line After conduits have been assembled tested inspected and approved backfill trenches per Section 02220 Trenching HILL PHOENIX INTEGRATED POWER amp CONTROL ASSEMBLY Install the Hill PHOENIX PowerPlus Integrated Power amp Control Assembly in the location shown on the drawings The Hill PHOENIX PowerPlus Integrated Power amp Control Assembly EMS system shall be pre installed in the Integrated Power amp Control Assembly The Contractor shall provide all field wiring as indicated CONDUIT A All conduit shall be concealed in floors walls or above ceilings in new construction unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings However approval from the PETCO Project Manager may be obtained in order to run exposed conduits in receiving areas or in areas where existing wall construction may restrict concealed conduit installation The PETCO Project Managers approval must be secured by the Contractor prior to the start of construction B Conduit Installation 1 Interior Provide rigid galvanized conduit or electrical metallic tubing with screw or compression type fittings Unless existing conditions dictate all interior wiring and conduits shall be run tigh
370. r to the scheduled work MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC AND ACCESS A Throughout the progress of the work the Contractor shall not interfere with the use of or access to adjacent to the buildings or properties The Contractor shall conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private thoroughfares and shall maintain protected egress or access at all times The Contractor shall not close or otherwise obstruct sidewalks or streets without obtaining and paying for the proper permits to do so The Contractor shall maintain access to fire hydrants at the street and at all times from within the area of demolition and new construction areas HANDLING OF MATERIALS A When the nature of demolition work requires the reuse of existing structure s the Contractor shall erect and maintain dust chutes for the disposal of materials rubbish and debris 1 At all locations where the debris is to be transferred vertically for a distance of 10 feet or more the Contractor shall provide an enclosed chute The chute shall not extend in an unbroken line for more than 20 feet and shall be provided with substantial breaks at intervals not greater than 20 feet so as to prevent descending materials or debris from attaining dangerous speed Debris shall not spill from the bottom of the chute directly onto the ground the bottom of the chute shall be equipped with a gate or stop with suitable provisions for closing off or regulating the flow of debris
371. ractor s Jobsite Office Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION 01200 Nexus Const Admin doc 01200 1 The Contractor shall keep a set of Drawings the Project Manual Addenda and Construction Bulletins copies of all approved submittals and a current updated Construction Schedule in the Jobsite Office The Contractor s Jobsite Office shall be removed from the jobsite no later than the Date of Final Completion except as may be otherwise directed or approved by the PETCO Project Manager 1 05 CONTRACTOR S ON SITE TELEPHONE FAX MACHINE AND E MAIL A Contractors On Site Telephone The Contractor shall install and maintain an On Site Telephone complete with Answering Machine or Answering Service The Contractor shall maintain all telephone and answering functions in working condition at ALL times of the day for the Construction Duration Contractors FAX Machine The Contractor shall install a fax machine with a separate telephone incoming telephone number and maintain the FAX machine in working condition at all times for the Construction Duration The incoming FAX line must be set to receive FAX transmission at ALL times of the day for the Construction Duration Contractor s On Site E Mail The Contractor shall install and maintain a secured On Site E Mail System to send and receive e mail The Contractor shall maintain e mail and telephone functions in working condition for the Construction Duration The Con
372. ravel to solid equal to 50 of the actual deflection Type HS isolators shall be equal to Mason Type 30 Type HSN Hanger Spring and Neoprene or Glass Fiber Vibration isolation hangers shall consist of a freestanding laterally stable steel spring and a neoprene or a glass fiber element in series contained within a steel housing A neoprene neck bushing or other means shall be provided where the hanger rod passes through the hanger housing Spring diameters and hanger housing lower hole sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 arc before contacting the housing Spring elements shall have a minimum additional travel to solid equal to 50 of the actual deflection The neoprene element shall be designed to have a 0 3 minimum static deflection Type HSN isolators shall be equal to Mason Type 30N Type HN Hanger neoprene or Glass Fiber Vibration isolation hangers shall consist of a neoprene in shear or glass fiber element contained in a steel housing A neoprene neck bushing or other means shall be provided where the hanger rod passes through the hanger housing to prevent the rod from contacting the hanger housing The diameter of the hold in the housing shall be sufficient to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 arc before contacting the hanger housing Type HN isolators shall be equal to Mason Model HD 2 03 EQUIPMENT BASES A Type BC Base Curb 1 Type BC vibration isolation curb
373. rchitect s Response Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01200 Nexus RFI Form doc PETCO Farmington Hills Ml T383 RFI STATUS REPORT PETCO PM Job No T383 Contractor s Name HERE r Date Sent to Date Received from RFl Request For Information Description Architect Architect NOTE This Submittal Status Report is intended for the Contractor s use in accordance with Section 01200 requirements Contact the Project Architect and Request an electronic copy of this form if desired Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01203 Nexus Status Report Form xls SECTION 01340 SUBMITTALS 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Where referenced in this Section Landlord Contractor refers to the SAME entity as Contractor Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall prepare and submit all products and assemblies identified in this Section s List of Project Submittals as a Required Submittal no later than three 3 weeks after the Date of Commencement and revise and resubmit submittals to the Architect if required to ensure compliance with the contract documents B The Architect Engineer s review of the Contractor submittals is extended as a courtesy to the Contractor in interpreting the requirements of and to verify compliance with the construction documents Unless noted as a Requ
374. rdance with Section 013300 Product Data Manufacturer s published literature including specifications Shop Drawings Submit shop drawings drawn to scale and indicating penetrations and wall mounted items Samples for Verification For finish and color specified 1 Three 11 inch long samples 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Manufacturer Installer Qualifications 1 Provide components produced by a single manufacturer with a minimum 5 years experience in actual production of specified products and with resources to provide consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the work 2 Provide carrier system components produced by a single manufacturer to provide compatible components for a complete metal wall system installation 3 Perform installations using a firm with installers having no less than 3 years of successful experience on projects of similar size and requirements 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver system components in manufacturer s original unopened packages clearly labeled Store components in fully enclosed dry space Carefully place on skids to damage from moisture and other construction activities Handle components to prevent damage to surfaces and edges and to prevent distortion and other physical damage 1 5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Begin system installations only after spaces are enclosed and weather tight and after all wet work and overhead work have been com
375. re for Finishing Gypsum wallboard finishing work shall be provided ONLY when the ambient controlled air temperature is no less than 50 degrees F and rising PRODUCTS 2 01 METAL STUDS AND ACCESSORIES A Metal Studs Provide metal framing studs equal to products by Dietrich Metal Framing Pittsburgh PA 412 281 2805 www dietrichmetalframing com 1 Acceptable Alternative Marino Ware South Plainfield NJ 800 627 4661 www marinoware com 2 Acceptable Alternative Unimast Incorporated Schiller Park IL www unimast com B Provide standard punched steel studs dip galvanized per Fed Spec QQ S 698 and Fed Spec QQ S 775d Class D sized in accordance with the field conditions partition type scheduled and limiting heights for non structural composite and non composite tables provided by the manufacturers and as summarized in the table in this Section 1 Furring shall be 20 gauge 7 8 hat sections 2 Bottom Track Provide dip galvanized steel bottom track same gauge as the partition framing 3 Accessories Provide all accessories such as tracks clips anchors fastening devices sound attenuation pencil rods and resilient clips and other required accessories GYPSUM WALLBOARD Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype amp PARTITION SYSTEM 09260 Nexus Gyp Partition Syst doc 09260 1 Nonstructural Unbraced Partition Framing Limiting Heights Composite and
376. rect connected pressure type extruding device with nozzles shaped for inserting in the crack to be filled positive temperature devices for controlling the temperature of the sealant The applicator unit shall be so designed that the sealant will circulate through the delivery hose and return to the inner kettle when not sealing cracks CRACK SEALANT Sealant shall conform to Fed Spec SS S 1614 or ASTM D 3405 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Air and surface temperature must be at least 40 degrees F Do not provide asphalt repair and crack sealing work during snow rain or sleet MARKING AND CUTTING OF ASPHALT AREA TO BE PATCHED A Areas to be patched shall be marked and coordinated with the PETCO Project Manager The markings shall be properly located and considered to be a minimum of one 1 foot beyond the visibly damaged areas B Cutting and removal of damaged pavement Asphaltic concrete surface shall be sawcut for the full Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ASPHALT PATCHING amp CRACK SEALING 02530 Nexus Asphalt Patch amp Seal doc 02530 1 3 03 3 04 3 05 3 06 3 07 depth Recompact existing base course aggregate to receive new asphalt paving C Construction of new pavement section 1 If necessary the base course aggregate shall be provided at a minimum thickness of eight 8 inches for areas of heavy duty paving and six 6 inches for regular duty paving 2 The tack coat shall be a
377. red to the PETCO Contractor Agreement for construction insurance requirements and instructions regarding general conduct and management of the work 1 02 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY A Contractor Where referenced in some Project Manual Sections the term Contractor refers to the person or entity responsible for providing all tenant improvement construction work with the exception of work provided otherwise by PETCO Vendor in direct contract agreement with PETCO Animal Supplies Inc B PETCO Vendor Where referenced in some Project Manual Sections the term PETCO Vendor refers to a DIFFERENT person or entity from the terms Contractor PETCO Vendor is responsible for providing tenant specific work independent from the work of the Contractor and in direct contract agreement with PETCO Animal Supplies 1 03 CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS AND PROJECT MANUAL A Construction Drawings shall not be scaled in order to determine locations of items of construction Larger scale details take precedence over smaller scale details Dimensioned details take precedence over non dimensioned details B The words shall be and shall may be omitted in the Project Manual and replaced with a colon this substitutions indicates mandatory phrases to the same extent as if the words shall be or shall were included 1 04 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT Removal of hazardous materials if iden
378. rep Claire Touzin TEL 418 831 6652 1 800 216 FLEX 3539 FAX 418 831 7817 1 800 254 FLEX 3539 B Exclusions Work not included in this section preparation of the opening overhead track supports storage pockets miscellaneous trim and field painting C Submittals Submittals shop drawings installation instructions operation and maintenance instructions shall be in accordance with Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SPECIAL DOORS 08300 Nexus Special Doors doc 08300 2 D general instructions SYSTEM S 126 Brick Pattern by MobilFlex Inc Curtain 1 The top and bottom of each section is fitted with an aluminum panel 4 102mm high This panel consists of an aluminum extrusion 1 16 1 6mm thick and composed of modules with a 15 angle between them to facilitate the operation of the closure The curtain is constructed of vertical rods of 5 16 8mm in diameter The spacing between the rods is 2 5 8 67mm in a brick pattern These rods are linked together by flat horizontal bars of 1 8 x 5 8 x 6 5 8 8mm x 16mm x 168mm These bars are spaced vertically every 12 305mm by aluminum sleeves of 1 2 18mm in diameter 2 Locking a Lead post shall be equipped with a hook bolt lock with MobilFlex cylinders each side b Lead post shall engage a full height wall jamb C Trailing post shall be self locking at the top and bottom inside the storage pocket d Free floating intermediate posts shall be loc
379. rer s printed recommendations The Contractor shall take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and minimize the potential for spontaneous combustion WARRANTY The Contractor shall provide the Painting Subcontractor s Warranty for all work provided under the general contract for construction for a term of 1 year after the Date of Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype PAINTING 09900 Nexus Painting doc 09900 1 Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted to PETCO after the Date of Final Completion per Section 01700 Contract Closeout 1 09 EXTRA PAINT STOCK Upon completion of painting work the Contractor shall deliver to the jobsite for secured storage at a location designated by the PETCO Project Manager an extra stock of one 1 gallon of each color type and sheen of paint used in the work with each container tightly sealed and clearly labeled with contents and the location where used PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 PAINT MATERIALS A PART 3 Except as specifically noted all paint products shall be purchased by the Contractor from Glidden Professional Paints Contact Rick Garlin 317 318 5800 garlin ppg com No substitutions are acceptable Exterior stain on concrete masonry shall be by OKON Inc Lakewood Co 800 237 0565 No manufacturer substitutions are permitted if applicable General 1 All paint coatings shall conform to all state and local regulations including VOC VOS rules in effect at the ti
380. ressions properly graded to outlets and that metal fittings are in proper place prior to commencement Flashing of Roof Penetrations All roof penetrations for supporting equipment plumbing or HVAC equipment shall be flashed and finished by the Roofing Subcontractor ONLY Confinement of Materials Do not allow fluid or plastic materials to spill or migrate beyond the surfaces of intended application or to flow into gutters or rainwater conductors Water Cut Offs Where insulation is installed water cutoffs shall be provided to protect the insulation at the end of each day s work or when rain or snow is imminent Water cut offs shall be constructed in accordance with the manufacturer s specifications Daily Cleanup The Contractor shall provide daily removal and disposal from the roof surface of all fasteners scraps containers and other debris resulting from the roofing system installation after the roofing membrane installation has commenced CORRECTIVE WORK Deficient installation noted on the PETCO Punchlist Inspection must be corrected by the Roofing Subcontractor ONLY and made ready for re inspection by PETCO Project Manager no later than the Date of Final Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIRS 07540 Nexus Roof Repairs doc 07540 3 PART 1 SECTION 07600 SHEET METAL GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A Provide sheet metal product
381. rete Accessories product data Struc Engr Concrete Mix Designs Struc Engr Concrete Test Reports Struc Engr Reinforcing Steel Shop Drawings Struc Engr Concrete Masonry Color Samples Architect Concrete Masonry Product Data Archt amp Struc Coarse Fine Grout Mix Designs Struc Engr Mortar Mix Designs Struc Engr Wall Reinforcing Placement Drawings Struc Engr Structural Steel Shop Drawings Struc Engr Metal Joists Shop Drawings Struc Engr Metal Decking Product Data Archt amp Struc Cabinet Shop drawing Architect Cabinet product data Architect Water Managed EIFS product data Architect EIFS color samples Architect Roofing Product Data Architect Metal Doors and Frames product data Architect Door amp Frame Schedule Architect Architect Aluminum Storefront shop drawings Architect Al Sliding Entrance Doors shop drawings Architect Al Sliding Entrance Doors Product Data Architect Architect Finish Hardware Schedule List Architect Finish Hardware product data Architect Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01342 Nexus Submittal Status Form xls PETCO Farmington Hills Ml T383 SUBMITTAL STATUS REPORT FRCH Architects FRCH Job 27281 000 Seton Submittal Description Date Received Submittal Date Sent to Date Received Date Reviewed Action Taken
382. rify the placement of concrete masonry reinforcing in accordance with the contract documents 2 Masonry Grout and Mortar Inspection and Testing The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide tests to determine compliance of grout and mortar with the specification standards Grout and mortar samples shall be tested on the basis of one test per every 2000 concrete masonry units or part thereof with a minimum of 5 tests for each material E Structural Steel Material Testing and Site Inspections if applicable 1 Testing and Inspection of structural steel which may be provided by the Testing Inspection Agency but ONLY at the specific direction of the PETCO Project Manager a If so authorized by the PETCO Project Manager the Testing Inspection Agency shall provide tests to determine compliance of structural steel with the specified requirements b If so authorized by the PETCO Project Manager the Testing Inspection Agency shall procure identified test specimens from the steel fabricator subject to a 50 mile one way distance limitation Distance traveled which exceeds the 50 mile one way distance limitation shall be paid by PETCO and backcharged to the Contractor Cc If testing is so authorized by the PETCO Project Manager and indicates that the test material is not in compliance with the specified requirements the cost of said testing shall be backcharged to the Contractor d If testing is so authorized by the PETCO Project Manager and i
383. rin Falls OH 800 899 8916 Vinyl Transition MUST be installed in its final location prior to the epoxy flooring installation It is intended that the Vinyl Transition top surface be taped off for surface protection by the Contractor and used as a finishing screed for the epoxy flooring installation work MOISTURE MITIGATION If either the measured Moisture Emission Level or the pH Level are above the flooring adhesive manufacturer s limits then the Contractor shall provide concrete slab moisture mitigation treatment per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 Nexus Resilient Flooring doc 09650 3 2 07 OTHER MATERIALS Provide non staining type Concrete Slab Primer as required and as recommended by the flooring manufacturers PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A The Contractor shall examine the subfloor prior to installation to determine that surfaces are smooth and free from cracks holes ridges and other defects that might prevent adhesive bond or impair durability or appearance of the flooring material The Contractor shall inspect the subfloor prior to installation to determine that surfaces are free from curing sealing parting and hardening compounds residual adhesives adhesive removers and other foreign materials that might prevent adhesive bond The Contractor shall visually inspect for evidence of moisture alkaline salts carbonation dusting mold or
384. ring isolators have minimum O D to O H of 0 8 to 1 and minimum runout of 50 to solid Restraints shall incorporate snubbing restraint in all directions Restraints shall be capable of supporting equipment at a fixed elevation during equipment erection Cast or aluminum housings unless ductile iron are not acceptable System to be field bolted or welded to deck with 1 0 G acceleration capability Seismic Restraint Type Il Provide equal to Mason Model Z 10 11 and Z 1225 Each corner or side shall incorporate a seismic restraint having a minimum 5 8 thick resilient pad limit stops working in all directions Restraints shall be made of plate structural members or square metal tubing concentric within a welded assembly incorporating resilient pads Angle bumpers are not acceptable System to be field bolted or welded to deck with 1 0 G acceleration capability Seismic Restraint Type Ill provide equal to Mason Model SCB Metal cable type with approved and fastening devices to equipment and structure System to be field bolted to deck or overhead structural members using two sided beam clamps to steel or appropriately designed insert for concrete All parts of system including cables and clamps excluding fastenings are to be single vendor furnished to assure seismic compliance Seismic Restraint Type IV Provide equal to Mason Model BR RBA Double deflection neoprene isolator encased in ductile iron or steel casing minimum 0 30 static deflect
385. rk Room Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 3 GS ECBB1100 Full Mortise Hinge 4 5 x 4 5 Girtman 1 SC ND80BD RHO Storeroom Lever Lock F86 w Interchangeable Construction Core Girtman 1 IKSF H R7 626 A Instakey Permanent Core Girtman 1 SF LT 112 Lazy Cam Tailpiece Girtman 1 SC 80 035 Interchangeable Store Core Girtman 1 LC 4031 H PA Closer w adjustable delayed action Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 08710 Nexus Finish Hardware doc FINISH HARDWARE 08710 5 and cover at Room side Hold Open Girtman 1 HA 403S A Saddle Threshold 1 4 x 4 Girtman 3 HA 307D Silencers Note for this Hardware Set 1 See Paragraph 3 02 regarding Store Cores and Interchangeable Cores L HARDWARE SET NO 12 Double Acting Doors interior located from Retail to Pre Sales Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 1 HA 676S Aluminum Plate 1 8 x 3 x 72 1 8 single edge bevel no flutes Note For this Hardware set if floor finishes are the same on each side of door sales and pre sales do not provide door threshold Edit door schedule as required remove hardware set number M HARDWARE SET NO 13 HM Exterior Door located at Pre Sales Furn By Quan Mfr Model No Description Girtman 3 GS ECB
386. rk area by other trades to reduce possible damage to the floor before during and after completion Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 2 f Review of required inspection testing certification and material usage accounting procedures g Review of methods and procedures for installation including manufacturer s written instructions h Review of governing regulations and requirements for insurance certifications inspection and testing if applicable i Review of temporary protection requirements during and after installation j Review of cleaning procedures during and after installation k Documentation proceedings including corrective measures or actions required and provision of a written copy of record to each participant 1 06 SITE CONDITIONS A Comply with manufacturer s written instructions for substrate temperature and moisture content ambient temperature and humidity ventilation and other conditions affecting the floor finish Close areas to traffic during and after ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System application for a time period recommended by the manufacturer Inspect the existing substrate and document unsatisfactory conditions in writing Verify that surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work Correct unacceptable conditions prior to installation of System Commencement of work constitutes acceptance of substrate conditions
387. roved equal 1 The Contractor shall provide a 30 ft UFER ground in the footing structure with grounding components connected to the Service Ground terminal with a continuous conductor 2 The Contractor shall secure all metal siding to Service Ground 2 04 HILL PHOENIX POWERPLUS INTEGRATED POWER amp CONTROL ASSEMBLY A O The Contractor shall purchase the Hill PHOENIX PowerPlus Integrated Power amp Control Assembly from Hill PHOENIX in a PETCO Inventory Agreement and shall install the Electrical Distribution Cabinet The Contractor shall coordinate delivery of the PowerPlus to the jobsite with the PETCO Project Manager and the following Hill PHOENIX 8166 Industrial Blvd Convington GA30014 Contact Scott Higginbotham Application Engineer scott higginbotham hillphoenix com Tel 800 518 6630 770 285 3216 direct FAX 770 285 3252 No product substitutions are permitted The Contractor shall confirm to the PETCO Project Manager that the Contractor s purchase order for the Integrated Power amp Control Assembly has been executed at least eight 8 weeks prior to the scheduled ship date The Integrated Power amp Control Assembly is provided pre wired with the exception of areas indicated on the drawings with all interconnections between panel circuit breakers contactors and terminal strips and pre installed Energy Management System components Peripheral devices and control wiring shall be furnished by PETCO
388. rovided by the Contractor as part of the contract for general construction so as to maintain any and all roofing warranties in effect Roofing Subcontractor s Name Address City State Telephone Number B The Contractor is responsible for all superintendent work customarily required for all other subcontractors working under the Contractor s direction 1 07 DELIVERY STORAGE amp HANDLING A Storage of Materials 1 Stand goods on a clean floor to keep all items free from foreign matter 2 Store roofing materials in a dry place on raised platforms and cover with waterproof tarpaulins inside or in closed vans protected from the sun and the weather Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIRS 07540 Nexus Roof Repairs doc 07540 1 1 08 3 Store adhesives primer pourable sealer and sealants in a dry area with a temperature maintained as recommended by manufacturer 4 Do not store uncured flashing membrane on roof or at temperatures over 75 deg F WARRANTY The Contractor shall include a copy of the Roofing Subcontractor s Warranty for all work provided under the general contract for construction for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted to the PETCO Project Manager after the Date of Final Completion in accordance with Section 01700 Contract Closeout requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 2 02 2 03 2 04 2 05 FLASHING Provide reinforce
389. rrect conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 ERECTION A Tracks shall be securely anchored to the supporting structure Axially loaded studs shall be installed in a manner which will assure that ends of the studs are positioned in the track with a minimum gap prior to stud and track attachment B At track butt joints abutting pieces of track shall be securely anchored to a common structural element or they shall be butt welded or spliced together C Studs shall be plumbed aligned and securely attached to the flanges or webs of both upper and lower tracks D Jack studs or cripples shall be installed below windowsills above window and door heads at free standing stair rails and elsewhere to furnish support and shall be securely attached to supporting members Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 Nexus Metal Framing doc 05400 1 Wall stud bridging shall be attached in a manner to prevent stud rotation Bridging rows shall be spaced for walls up to 10 0 height with one row at mid height and for walls exceeding 10 0 height with bridging rows spaced not to exceed 5 0 on center Provisions for structure vertical movement shall be provided where indicated on the drawings using a manufactured Vertical Slide Clip system or other means per the manufacturer s recommendations 3 03 ERECTI
390. rs Figure 4020 with Duco coated cast iron body and frame with Leckeromated plug and heavy duty adjustable scoriated secured nickel bronze top Cleanout to Grade with Countersunk Plug Figure 4283 with Duco coated cast iron body with bronze taper thread countersunk plug Installed in 24 x 24 concrete pad tapered for drainage Wall Cleanouts Figure 4710 stainless steel chrome plated bronze deep cover with center screw 2 09 FLOOR DRAINS Floor drains shall be by Jay R Smith Zurn Josam or Wade as scheduled 2 10 VENTS THROUGH ROOF Offset vents through roof as required to maintain a minimum distance of 10 feet away from outside air intakes 2 11 PIPING INSULATION A Provide piping insulation for domestic hot tempered filtered and cold water lines condensate and rainwater conductor piping continuous through wall and ceiling openings and sleeves No insulation shall be installed on any piping before the building is adequately closed in Materials and Installation No pipe insulation shall be applied until piping has been pressure tested and approved All insulation shall be applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Insulation Products by Johns Manville Phillip Carey or Armstrong will be acceptable if equal to those specified All insulation on indoor work shall have composite fire and smoke hazard ratings as tested by procedure NFPA 255 not exceeding Flame Spread 25 Fuel Contributed 50 Sm
391. rspray and protective shipping items Polish aluminum and glass Finish Hardware interior and exterior Clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges Polish finish hardware Toilet Fixtures and Accessories Remove protective coverings and labels Clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges Clean toilet fixtures polish accessories Stainless steel and other miscellaneous metal surfaces Remove protective coverings and labels Clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges General exposed interior surfaces Clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges Leave uniformly clean and dust free Roof Clean free of any and all remaining construction debris 1 08 FINAL EXTERIOR CLEANUP A Final Exterior Cleanup shall be performed prior to the PETCO Project Manager s Punchlist Inspection and as scheduled and coordinated with the PETCO Project Manager No construction debris or miscellaneous unspecified materials shall be left or discarded on this project site Construction debris and materials scheduled for disposal shall be removed from the project site in a legal means for a locally permitted manner of disposal The following Exterior of Tenant Space finishes shall be cleaned as described weather conditions permitting If weather conditions do not allow final site cleaning at the time of the PETCO Project Managers Punchlist Inspection the Contractor shall coordinate an alternative means of
392. ructural beam or channel concrete forms for floating foundations The base depth need not exceed 12 unless specifically recommended by the base manufacturer for mass or rigidity In general bases shall be a minimum of 1 12 of the longest dimension of the base but not less than 6 Forms shall include minimum concrete reinforcement consisting of 1 2 rebars or angles welded in place on 6 centers running both ways in a layer 1 1 2 above the bottom or additional steel as is required by the structural conditions Forms shall be furnished with steel members to hold anchor bolt sleeves when the anchor bolts fall in concrete locations Height saving brackets shall be employed in all mounting locations to maintain a 1 inch clearance below the base Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15255 2014 07 30 15255 3 2 04 SEISMIC RESTRAINING TYPES A General Restraints shall be capable of safely accepting 0 5 G external forces without failure or 1 0 G for life safety equipment Restraints shall maintain equipment piping and ducts in a captive position Restraints shall not short circuit vibration isolation systems or transmit objectionable vibration or noise Restraints shall be provided on all equipment as scheduled on drawings or as may be otherwise required by the local jurisdiction Spring Seismic Restraint Type I Provide equal to Mason Model SSLFH Restraints shall comply with general characteristics of sp
393. s c A factory trained competent supervisor must be maintained on site during all times during which specified work is performed Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype POLISH CONCRETE FLOOR FINISH 03360 Nexus Polish Conc Fir Fnsh doc 03360 1 d Installer must provide written documentation from Diamatic Management Services DMS confirming the Installer s current accreditation and training from DIAMATIC on installation of the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System and related equipment and processes Failure to provide current accreditation will void any warranty implied or otherwise associated with the ULTRAFLOR System C Mock Up Before performing the work in this section an adequate number of on site mock ups of the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System representative of specified process surface finish color and joint design treatments must be installed for review and approval These mock ups should be installed using the same Installer personnel who will perform work Approved mock ups may become part of completed work if undisturbed at time of substantial completion D Static Coefficient of Friction A reading of not less than 0 5 for level floor surfaces shall be achieved and documented as determined by a certified NFS walkway auditor using the NFSI 101 A quality control test E Test Reports Comply with the provisions of the following specifications and standards except as otherwise noted or specified or as acc
394. s l Equipment Operation Check EOC 1 An Equipment Operation Check EOC is to be provided to PETCO after the HVAC installation and start up is completed per the manufacturer s instruction A Carrier representative will inspect the equipment installation and the system operation 2 The HVAC Subcontractor shall schedule the EOC at least three 3 weeks prior to desired inspection date with CARRIER NATIONAL ACCOUNTS Contact Debbie Jobin Debbie Jobin carrier utc com P 800 301 0605 The Contractor shall notify the PETCO Project Manager of the Equipment Operation Check s scheduled date and time 3 Complete start up testing amp run of all units at least 24 hours prior to Equipment Operation Check Contractor will be required to complete a Pre EOC checklist form which is to be provided to Carrier Corporation Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 201 4 07 30 15500 3 2 02 2 03 2 04 2 05 4 The HVAC Subcontractor shall provide at its cost a qualified service technician to be present during the Equipment Operation Check 5 Carrier Corporation shall provide a written copy of the EOC report to the HVAC Subcontractor Petco Project Manager and to PETCO HVAC contact PETCO Danny Henson HVAC Manager danny henson petco com P 858 453 7845 x9297 F 858 882 8669 M 858 539 9779 6 All defects if any in the Carrier rooftop HVAC units the installation and the system operation shall be c
395. s The Contractor shall NOT re submit corrected submittals to the Architect Engineer that are Approved As Noted 3 Revise and Resubmit or Rejected The Contractor shall have Rejected submittals corrected and re submitted promptly to the Architect Engineer 1 06 USE OF SUBMITTALS AT THE JOBSITE A Every submittal at the jobsite must bear the Architect Engineer s submittal review stamp 1 The Contractor must keep at all times one copy of each approved submittal at the jobsite in good order and available for reference by PETCO 2 Rejected submittals shall NOT be permitted on the jobsite 1 07 SUBMITTAL ERRORS DEVIATIONS OR OMISSIONS Should errors deviations or omissions in a submittal be noted by the Architect Engineer after the submittal has been reviewed and returned to the Contractor all corrective work necessary as a result of errors deviations or omissions shall be provided by the Contractor irrespective of the status of or review comments of any prior submittal review by the Architect Engineer Refer to List of Required Submittals next page Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUBMITTALS 01340 Nexus Submittals doc 01340 3 1 08 LIST OF REQUIRED SUBMITTALS Section 03300 03360 04220 05120 05200 05300 06200 07240 07500 08100 08410 08710 08800 09523 09650 09660 09670 10300 10400 10530 15300 15400 15500 16000 Submittal Description Cast In Pla
396. s EMS Vendor as indicated on the drawings and per Section 16600 Energy Management System and shall be installed by the Contractor The Integrated Power amp Control Assembly shall be secured to the floor and wall as recommended by the manufacturer The Contractor shall provide all field wiring as indicated Refer to the drawings for the materials and scope of the Main Distribution Panel and remote panels 2 05 NOT USED 2 06 LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS A Light Fixtures and lamps shall be provided as scheduled on the Light Fixture Schedule and purchased by the Contractor from a PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor as part of the Contractor s Base Fee For lead time scheduling pricing and delivery contact the following Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 4 VILLA LIGHTING SUPPLY 2929 Chouteau Avenue St Louis MO 63103 Contact Jay Becker Account Manager jay becker villalighting com Toll Free 1 800 325 0963 x 458 Dir 1 314 633 0458 Fax 1 314 633 0459 No product manufacturer substitutions are permitted All lamps including replacements if required shall be new with wattage as scheduled energy efficient types 1 Fluorescent Lamps All lamps shall be cool white energy saving type unless otherwise noted on the drawings 2 High Intensity Discharge Fixture Lamps HID All lamps shall be metal halide unless otherwise noted on the drawings 2 07 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND SE
397. s and accessories where noted on drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete installation including but not limited to the following Metal Roofing Panels Metal vented and non vented Soffit Panel Miscellaneous sheet metal closures and accessory items Parapet Coping Rainwater Conductors Ov CONS 1 03 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 WARRANTY A PART 2 Manufacturer s Warranty The Contractor shall include the Sheet Metal Manufacturer s standard 20 year warranty on finish durability for Kynar 500 Hylar 5000 finish and workmanship in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Installers Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the Installers Warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PRODUCTS 2 01 SHEET METAL PRODUCT MANUFACTURERS A Basis of Design Aluminum products by ATAS International Inc Allentown PA 610 395 8445 1 Soffit Panels ATAS Series WLS 120 Wind lok Soffit Panels and WVS 120 vented with perimeter trim and mouldings as detailed on the drawings 2 Building Shell Coping ATAS 040 embossed texture with accessori
398. s for the PETCO Project Manager s records only No other product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Concrete Floor Testing 1 Moisture Emission Level Test The Contractor shall provide testing to confirm moisture vapor emission levels in accordance with ASTM F 1869 98 Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride This testing must be provided in an enclosed temperature controlled building shell approximately 30 days prior to the epoxy flooring installation a Maximum Acceptable Moisture Emission Level Moisture Vapor shall not exceed 3 0 pounds per 1000 square feet per 24 hour period b Note that the specified acceptable emission level for this flooring product is different than for other flooring products scheduled 2 Alkali Test The Contractor shall provide testing for alkalinity before the installation of epoxy flooring to confirm pH between 5 and 9 B If required due to existing conditions Moisture and pH Mitigation shall be provided per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems 1 06 WARRANTY Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EPOXY FINISH ON CONCRETE 09670 Nexus Epoxy Flooring doc 09670 1 PART 2 Manufacturer s Warranty The Contractor shall provide the manufacturer s s
399. s or moisture vapor the Elite Installer of the ULTRAFLOR DIAMATIC Polished Concrete System will evaluate conditions and proceed with appropriate ULTRAFLOR System components B CONCRETE REPAIR 1 Cracks Indoor Outdoor a Crack repair shall be completed after the first metal bond diamond grind and floor cleaning 1 Cracks to be repaired in the concrete surface shall be crack chased out on a high speed angle grinder to a minimum depth of 3 8 and made to eliminate any feathered edges 2 The edges of the crack may be taped to eliminate possible staining from repair material 3 Clean out any dust or debris and then apply the approved matching joint crack color through Diamatic to fill the crack chased areas 4 All crack filling material shall be overfilled b Cracks smaller than 1 8 can be left as a part of the finished concrete unless otherwise specified Cracks shall be vacuumed to remove all loose debris and contaminates c Cracks smaller than 1 8 can be filled with a approved material and color by Diamatic d Cracks greater than 1 8 shall be filled with a approved material and color by Diamatic e Cracks shall be overfilled and shall be subsequently ground down to the level of the concrete surface f All crack filling material shall be installed and allowed to cure in strict accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations before proceeding with the next step in the ULTRAFLOR process C Spalls Indoo
400. se Ecolibirum EB 20 charcoal WG 2 Wall Base Adhesive Provide waterproof and stabilized type adhesive as recommended by the vinyl base manufacturer 2 03 MOISTURE MITIGATION If either the measured Moisture Emission Level or the pH Level are above the flooring adhesive manufacturer s limits then the Contractor shall provide concrete slab moisture mitigation treatment per Section 07190 Moisture Mitigation Systems 2 04 2 05 2 06 OTHER MATERIALS Provide non staining type Concrete Slab Primer as required and as recommended by the flooring manufacturers VINYL TRANSITION AQUARIUM AREA Not Applicable for Rover II Prototype A Vinyl Transition at transition from VCT to epoxy or VCT finish Drawing Key Symbol xx Provide Armstrong Feature Tile Excelon 56790 Color Black I unit size 1 x 24 ONLY by Armstrong World Industries Lancaster PA 800 448 1405 No product substitution is permitted however the Contractor should field verify that the existing store s Vinyl Transition matches this specification before ordering product 1 Adhesive Provide Mapei Ultra Bond G 19 two part epoxy adhesive at all vinyl transition located within a minimum of 10 feet of the store s water filled Aquarium fixtures Vinyl Transition at transition from VCT to concrete floor concrete sealer Drawing Key Symbol xx Provide Reducer Transition equal to Type RRS XX B 080 x 1 1 4 color Black by Johnsonite Chag
401. shall be due and payable to the local jurisdiction according to the local jurisdiction s requirements and shall be included by the Contractor in the Base Bid Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Nexus Summary of Work doc 01010 1 1 The Contractor shall enter a Line Item cost on Attachment B PETCO Schedule of Values for the expected cost of the Main general Building Permit 2 Permit Issuance to Contractor If the Architect is responsible for submission of the application for the Main general Building Permit to the local jurisdiction the Architect will notify the PETCO Project Manager when all jurisdictional reviews have been completed and the application for the Main general Building Permit has been approved for release The Contractor will then be responsible for receipt of the Main general Building Permit and for payment of all related permit fees C Contractor License or Local Subcontractor Permits If the Contractor or any subcontractor is required by the state or local jurisdiction to obtain an applicable Contractor License or any other Local Subcontractor Permits so as to permit legal work to be provided for this project then the Contractor is responsible for all costs incurred to satisfy these jurisdictional requirements 1 The cost of any and all Contractor License s subcontractor trade permits services and inspections shall be the Contractor s responsibility and shall be included in the Base Bid 2 T
402. shall be provided during the initial phases of construction and shall be maintaining during the entire project in order to keep the site accessible during construction 1 03 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section except as may be required by the Civil Engineer s construction documents if applicable PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 FORMS Provide wood or metal formwork including adequate bracing to the lines and grades shown on the drawings and within industry standard vertical and alignment tolerances Earth forms are not permitted for concrete paving 2 02 REINFORCEMENT A Fabricate reinforcement to the required shapes and dimensions with fabrication tolerances complying with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practices and comply with the following minimum requirements 1 Reinforcing bars ASTM A615 Grade 60 unless otherwise shown on the drawings using deformed bars for 3 and larger reinforcing 2 Welded Wire Fabric ASTM A185 3 Bending ACI 318 2 03 CONCRETE A Comply with the following minimum requirements 1 Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type or II low alkali 2 Aggregate ASTM C30 uniformly graded and clean Do not use aggregate types known to cause excessive shrinkage 3 Coarse Aggregate Crushed rock or washed gravel minimum size No 4 and maximum size between 3 4 and 1 1 2 4 Fine Aggregate Natural washed sand of hard durable particles varying from fine to particles passing
403. shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION A Provide a bituminous paint zinc chromate or similar separation material where aluminum is in contact with steel or other dissimilar material B Install brake metal closures with concealed fasteners wherever possible for complete finished appearance Vertical brake metal shall be continuous without horizontal joints C Manual Door Adjustment 8 5 ft lbs exterior 5 0 ft lbs interior maximum opening force D Miscellaneous Warning Signs Provide applied safety decals as required for code compliance for the Automatic Sliding Entrance Doors and as specified per Section 10300 PETCO Furnished amp Contractor Provided Items Decals for automatic sliding doors decal colors and locations shall meet latest version of the ANSI BHMA A156 10 and A156 19 standards Improper or missing decals constitute a violation of the ANSI BHMA standard Refer to elevation drawing of door and door manufacturer for more information Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 08410 Nexus SF Foors doc END OF SECTION ALUMINUM ENTRANCE DOORS amp STOREFRONT 08410 5 SECTION 08710 FINISH HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall purchase Door Finish Hardware from the PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section a
404. short circuits and improper ground Each lighting panel shall be tested with mains open branches connected wall switches closed fixtures permanently connected Each individual power circuit shall be tested as the panel or switchboard with the power equipment connected for proper operation Provide testing equipment and pay testing costs including the costs of replacement or repairs due to improper initial installation or damage resulting from testing AMPACITY TEST REPORT A Three 3 days prior to the Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO the electrical subcontractor shall take load readings on all panels and shall provide all information to the Contractor immediately so that the Contractor can FAX a copy of the Ampacity Test Report to the PETCO Tenant Improvement Engineer of Record and to the PETCO Project Manager Polaris Consulting Engineers PC Michael L Wilson PE FAX 856 778 1788 PETCO ANIMAL SUPPLIES INC Contact PETCO Project Manager Wade Rose EMAIL wade rose petco com Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 10 B The Contractor shall include the Ampacity Test Report in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted to PETCO per Section 01700 Contract Closeout requirements END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 11 SECTION 16600 ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 1 02 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBI
405. sion testing Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01410 Nexus Const QC doc The Testing Inspection Agency shall take samples and make tests in accordance with applicable ASTM standards The Testing Inspection Agency shall provide 4 molded concrete test cylinders for each 75 cubic yards or fraction thereof of each class of concrete for each day s placement The Testing Inspection Agency shall test 1 cylinder at 7 days 2 cylinders at 28 days and retain 1 cylinder for later testing if required CONSTRUCTION QUALITY CONTROL SERVICES 01410 2 4 Testing Reports shall include compression test reports for each cylinder the conditions as received from the field the date cast and date tested required compression strength number of days cured in the field and in the laboratory the concrete pour location where the test material was taken and other information meeting ASTM C39 standards 5 Testing Reports shall include the amount and admixtures types used at the project site cylinder fabrication identification number design strength slump air content weight of concrete per cubic foot truck number from which taken and location of placement with yardage of concrete placed at each location as well as site conditions including time of test temperature range and weather conditions D Masonry concrete and other Material Testing and Site Inspections if applicable 1 Masonry Reinforcement Inspection The Testing Inspection Agency shall ve
406. sories and special details Distinguish among factory shop and field assembled work Te Accessories Include details of the following items a Flashing and trim b Anchorage systems C Samples of Selection For each type of composite wood plank indicated with factory applied color finishes 1 Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection 2 Include manufacturer s color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each sealant exposed to view D Samples for Verification For each type of exposed finish required prepared on Samples of size indicated below 1 Composite Wood Planks 4 long Include fasteners closures and other composite wood plank accessories 2 Exposed Sealants For each type and color of joint sealant required 3 Exposed Fasteners Provide Samples of each type of exposed fasteners indicating color finish and anti corrosion information E Delegated Design Submittal For composite wood planking assembly indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation where required by authority having jurisdiction F Coordination Drawings Exterior elevations drawn to scale on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other using input from installers of the items involved 1 Wal
407. ssion rate of 02 perms After insulation has been installed install aluminum corner bead at the four corners of each duct The entire assembly shall be coated with a 1 8 thick layer of fire retardant vinyl acrylic mastic Into this layer of mastic embed 10 x 10 mesh glass fabric Over the fabric apply another 1 8 thick layer of insulation mastic troweled to a smooth finish Minimum installed R value of 8 0 Ductwork insulation and adhesive must meet fire hazard classification NFPA 90A standards and be so labeled and have an NCR No 6 mounting of at least 07 GRILLES REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS Provide diffusers and supply exhaust and return air registers factory painted Color White EQUIPMENT BASES AND VIBRATION ISOLATION In seismic zones requiring seismic curbs the Contractor shall provide equipment bases and vibration isolation supports under all HVAC systems equipment Where suitable foundations are not detailed or specified they shall be furnished in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations Vibration isolation shall be provided under all equipment with moving parts such as blowers air handling units and fans shall be properly loaded and installed in accordance with the manufacturer s written recommendations Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI HVAC SYSTEMS 15500 2014 07 30 15500 5 2 09 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 GAS FLUES WHERE APPLICABLE Provide Gas Flues per drawings applicable gas codes AGA an
408. stall the work of this section in accordance with the shop drawings and with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction anchoring all components firmly into position straight level and plumb within a tolerance of 1 1000 vertical and horizontal C The overall minimum base coat thickness shall be sufficient to fully embed the mesh in multiple base coat applications D EIFS surfaces in contact with sealants shall be coated with manufacturer approved sealer E EIFS panel tolerance Maximum variance from plane shall be 1 4 within a 4 foot radius END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype WATER MANAGED E I F S 07240 Nexus EFIS doc 07240 3 SECTION 07250 EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM REPAIRS PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 1 02 1 03 NOT USED SUMMARY Provide an repairs to existing Exterior Insulation Finish System as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation RELATED WORK Section 06200 Rough amp Finish Carpentry and Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System product specification for EIFS substrates if applicable SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals QUALITY ASSURANCE The Exterior Insulation Finish System manufacturer s specifications and recommended stan
409. staller and used as a finishing screed for the epoxy flooring C Application of Epoxy Resinous Coating System shall be per product manufacturer s written instructions for each of the respective products D Coating Sequence The Coating Sequence shall utilize 3579 Standard primer and Ceramic Carpet 400 Decorative Broadcast 1 8 floor system Prepare the surface by mechanical profile Apply 3579 Standard Primer at a uniform rate of 250 sf gal Allow to cure Apply 3561 Epoxy Resin Glaze at a uniform rate of 140 145 sf gal Broadcast 319 Sandpoint quartz at a uniform rate of approximately 1 2 lb per sq ft Cure cure time may vary depending on hardener selection from 2 to16 hours Sweep up excess broadcast quartz Apply 3561 Epoxy Resin Glaze at a uniform rate of approximately 65 to 7080 sf per gal This application serves as a base coat for the second broadcast Broadcast 319 Sandpoint Quartz at a uniform rate of approximately 1 2 lb per foot Sweep up excess broadcast Apply Grout coat of 3744 High Performance CR Epoxy evenly with no puddles at 100 sf per gal 11 Apply a Seal Coat of 3744 High Performance CR Epoxy evenly with no puddles at 200 sf gal 12 Apply PAce Cote 4844 in place of 3744 High Performance CR Epoxy in TUB and CAGE rooms 13 Floor Transition at VCT Provide a smooth flush epoxy transition from the installed Epoxy Finish to adjacent VCT by taping off the VCT edge Remove the tape and clean t
410. start of roofing installation the Contractor shall verify that the materials at the jobsite comply with the specified standards that the installing subcontractor is qualified and fully informed as to the procedures to be followed 2 During installation Contractor shall verify that materials are installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 3 Warranty Inspection Upon completion of the roofing installation the Contractor shall contact the roofing manufacturer to provide a warranty inspection 1 05 ROOFING INSPECTION BY PETCO S ROOFING INSPECTION AGENCY if applicable A In addition to the roofing manufacturer s inspection as a part of the manufacturer s roofing warranty program PETCO may elect to have an independent Roofing Inspection Agency inspect the in progress or completed installation of the roofing system In the event that the PETCO Project Manager contracts directly with an independent Roofing Inspection Agency for roofing inspection services the Contractor shall provide complete access to all roofing materials prior to installation complete access to the area to receive roofing work as a part of the contract for general construction and complete access to the Contractor and or subcontractor s field records with respect to all roofing provisions 1 06 TESTING AND INSPECTION NOT REQUIRED BY PETCO PETCO does NOT require inspection of or testing of mill tests on cement and steel or design and i
411. stem EMS some of which is part of the Hill PHOENIX PowerPlus integrated power and control assembly 9 Grounding system 10 Conduit and branch circuit wiring for lighting motors receptacles plugmold and junction boxes and Power Poles 11 Wiring and final connections for motors fans and blowers 12 Wiring and final connections for store fixtures and equipment which are furnished by PETCO and installed by the Contractor or provided by PETCO 13 Conduit and power supply for exterior building signage 14 Circuit breakers relays contactors and disconnect switches magnetic starters for motors except in package units wiring and final connections for the HVAC equipment as shown on drawings including conduit and wire for all line voltage control equipment 15 Conduit junction boxes and 12 GI pull wire for the Fire Alarm System and Security Alarm System and for the Fire Suppression System alarm system 16 Not used 17 Conduits outlets and cover plates with 12 GI pull wire in all empty conduit for the Telephone System Energy Management System EMS and Auto Attendant customer service call boxes 18 Point of Sale POS System provisions 19 Exterior and interior light fixtures and lamps 20 Hangers anchors sleeves chases and supports for all electrical materials and equipment shown on the drawings or specified in this Section DOT EON 1 03 RELATED WORK A Section 15500 HVAC Systems for electrical instal
412. sulated conductors same size as circuit Light Fixtures in Areas of Exposed Construction Chain hung light fixtures shall be anchored to bottom joist chords with C clamps round unperforated conduit or by using Unistrut as detailed on the drawings Do NOT suspend directly from the roof deck ductwork or pipes Direct mounted light fixtures shall be secured per the manufacturer s specifications Light Fixtures in Areas of Finished Ceilings Light fixtures shall be suspended from the building structure with 8 wires independent of the suspended ceiling 3 09 TELEPHONE SERVICE Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 8 D Unless indicated otherwise on the drawings the Contractor shall provide a minimum 4 PVC conduit at 36 minimum below grade if underground for the telephone service from the property line or other service point to the main telephone board to accommodate 25 pair cable in that conduit When a common telephone distribution room exists beyond Petco s space a 2 conduit to Petco s telephone board is acceptable in lieu of a 4 conduit The Contractor shall provide a fire retardant plywood service board where shown on the drawings Provide a No 6 ground wire and 120 volt dedicated circuits as indicated on drawings Provide minimum 3 4 conduit with 50 pound test monofilament pull string from the Telephone Outlets shown on the drawings Coordinate mounting heights
413. sulation board board minimum thickness 3 4 deep or thicker as shown on the drawings with a minimum 3 4 EPS material thickness at its least section EPS Board shall be aged air dried for the equivalent of six weeks prior to installation 5 Mechanical EPS Fasteners a Wind Devil Fasteners by Wind Lock Corporation Leesport PA 800 872 5625 No substitutions are permitted Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM REPAIRS 07250 Nexus EFIS Repairs doc 07250 1 1 Light Gauge Steel Framing Type LM fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum penetration into framing 2 Heavy Gauge Steel Framing Type S fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum penetration into framing 3 Masonry Type ME expansion fastener and plate system 1 minimum penetration into masonry b Mechanical Fasteners may not be a part of the standard Dryvit system however it is an Architect required component for this project in addition to adhesive application which may be required as a part of the manufacturer s warranted system 6 Exterior Basecoat Dryvit Exterior Basecoat 7 Reinforcing Mesh a Above 87 0 height at adjacent finish grade Dryvit Standard Reinforcing Mesh 4 3 oz per square yard b Below 8 0 height at adjacent finish grade Dryvit Panzer 15 Reinforcing Mesh 15 oz per square yard applied as a secondary reinforcement under USG Standard Reinforcing Mesh at these wall areas 8 Textured Finish Dryv
414. t determined by the provisions for pipe isolation Do not mix isolated and non isolated pipes on the same trapeze Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15255 2014 07 30 15255 5 No pipes or equipment shall be supported by other pipes or equipment Resiliently isolated pipes shall not contact any rigid building structure or equipment The installed and operating heights of vibration isolated equipment mounted on Unit FSNTL isolators shall be identical Limit stops shall be out of contact during operation Adjust all leveling bolts and hanger rod bolts so the isolated equipment is level and in proper alignment with connecting ducts or pipes Vertical pipe risers shall be supported by or suspended from Type HSN hangers and piping anchored or guided with type PA anchors Plumbing water piping in mechanical rooms shall be suspended from Type HSN hangers 3 03 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FOR NON ISOLATED EQUIPMENT A Plumbing 1 2 All ceiling suspended piping not excluded by diameter or distance requirement from support and ceiling mounted equipment Seismic Restraint Type III All floor mounted equipment including but not limited to tanks domestic water heaters etc Seismic Restraint Type V B Mechanical Equipment 1 All ceiling suspended piping and ductwork not excluded by diameter or distance requirement from support Seismic Restraint Type III 2 All ceiling mounted equipment including but not limit
415. t in any event prior to the completion date of the Contractor s One Year Warranty period 1 The Contractor will receive a written copy of the PETCO Project Manager s Eleven Month Warranty Punchlist 2 The Contractor shall provide all follow up work to complete all Warranty Punchlist items on or prior to the completion date of the Contractor s One Year Warranty period or as otherwise agreed to in writing with the PETCO Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of the PETCO Contractor Agreement END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Nexus Summary of Work doc 01010 5 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype SUMMARY OF WORK 01010 Nexus Summary of Work doc 01010 6 SECTION 01100 BID ALTERNATES VOLUNTARY BID ALTERNATES amp ALLOWANCES 1 01 BID ALTERNATES A The Contractor shall include provisions for the following Bid Alternates as listed in the Form of Proposal and shall state the amount in dollars to ADD TO or DEDUCT FROM the Base Bid Contract Sum If there is no change in the amount of the Base Bid Contract Sum then write NO CHANGE in the Form of Proposal The Contractor shall be bound by all requirements and conditions of the construction drawings and the project manual as they relate to the Bid Alternates F Bid Alternates quoted on the Contractors Form of Proposal will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at PETCO s option Accepted Bid Alternates will be identified in the Owner Contr
416. t may be withheld in whole or in part by PETCO if any of the required Closeout Documents have not been submitted unless the requirements for same are otherwise waived by the PETCO Project Manager Final Unconditional Release of Liens The Contractor shall obtain prepare and submit one 1 certified copy of Final Unconditional Release of Liens in a form acceptable to PETCO from the Contractor and each subcontractor providing work for this project with the Final Application for Payment Final Payment may be withheld in whole or in part by PETCO without receipt of valid Final Unconditional Release of Liens documents 1 17 CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR WARRANTIES As s project A Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 01700 Nexus Contract Closeout doc Contractor Warranty The Contractor shall provide a written Contractor s Warranty of Project Construction to the PETCO Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of the Owner Contractor Agreement If the Contractor s Warranty of Project Construction cannot be included with the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted after the Date of Final Completion due to status of interim and or final payments then the Contractor shall submit a Letter of Intent to issue the Contractors Warranty of Project Construction with the Building Maintenance Manuals CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 5 B Subcontractor Warranties The Contractor shall include Subcontractor Warranties as further described in the pertinent
417. t of air stream Provide all necessary access doors framing and sleeves for damper mounting per UL NFPA and adopted code requirements PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 3 03 3 04 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected PREPARATION Provide sleeves accurately dimensioned and shaped to permit passage of items of this Section Deliver all such sleeves with accurate setting drawings and setting information to the trades providing the surfaces through which such items must penetrate and in a timely manner to ensure inclusion in this work PAINTING Refer to Section 09900 Painting for painting of exposed overhead HVAC Systems All exposed overhead HVAC Systems including but not limited to access doors pipes conduit junction boxes ducts grilles registers vents and similar HVAC Systems items which are not otherwise factory pre finished or pre painted including those with mill or galvanized finishes and supports typically located suspended from the exposed structure shall be dry fall painted to match the adjacent painted exposed structure surfaces TESTING AND ADJUSTING A Test and adjust each piece of equipment and each system as required to ensure proper operation B Balancing Report For
418. t overlaps forming end dams B Weep Holes Provide weep holes at 32 o c at all cavity walls above spandrel flashings and above flashings over openings Weep holes shall be maintained with a cotton wick C Control Joints Provide concrete masonry control joints where shown on the drawings but at no more than 30 0 intervals D Cover top of CMU walls at the end of each day s work using waterproof reinforced paper or canvas weighted down into position END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04220 Nexus CMU doc 04220 3 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide structural steel and accessories as shown on the drawings as specified in this section and as needed for a complete installation 1 03 SUBMITTAL The Contractor shall submit sufficient technical data and complete shop drawings showing all members spans connections and similar data to demonstrate compliance per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A _ The steel structure is a non self supporting steel frame and is dependent upon diaphragm action of the metal roof deck and attachment to the masonry walls for stability and resistance to wind and seismic forces The Contractor shall provide all means and methods of temporary support necessary for stability and resistance to wind and seismic forces until the steel frame metal roof deck and all exterior walls
419. t system in strict accordance with the approved shop drawings and the requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction and in accordance with the following where applicable 1 Verify dimensions prior to fabrication 2 Provide top and bottom joist chord extensions where indicated on the drawings or otherwise required 3 Camber joists to accommodate the dead load deflection B Primer Except where galvanizing may be called for on the drawings or the approved shop drawings shop prime the steel joist system using one coat of a light gray primer on all exposed members meeting Fed Spec TT P 636 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL JOISTS 05200 Nexus Metal Joist doc 05200 1 2 03 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION A Coordinate as required with other trades to assure proper and adequate provision in the work of those trades for interface with the work of this section B Install the work of this section in strict accordance with the original design the approved shop drawings pertinent requirements of governmental agencies ha
420. t to the underside of the roof deck and parallel to or perpendicular to the building tenant space column lines Bends shall be made with standard conduit elbows or conduit bent to not less than standard conduit elbows free from dents or flattening 2 Concrete Slab Encasement Provide rigid PVC conduit with ground wire 3 Underground a Provide rigid metallic PVC coated conduit where in direct contact equal to Occidental Occal 40 Conduit ends shall be fitted with insulating type device or bushing If electrical work penetrates a waterproofing membrane then the electrical work shall be installed using waterproof materials Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 16000 2014 07 30 16000 7 b Acceptable Alternative Provide PVC conduit with a ground wire if approved by local jurisdiction Turn up with steel elbows C Buried conduit shall be a minimum of 36 below finish grade 4 Roof Flash roof penetrations per Section 07720 Roof Accessories and or as detailed on the drawings Horizontal runs of conduit shall be supported from the building structure by clevis type hangers constructed of bent steel bars with round steel hanger rods Perforated type hangers and use of wood are NOT permitted 1 Multiple horizontal runs of parallel conduit may be supported by Unistrut or similar products 2 Hanger rods shall be supported using malleable iron inserts or bolted to construction 3 All materials and equipment inst
421. tandard written warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Building Maintenance Manual Provide Product Manufacturers written maintenance information in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PRODUCTS 2 01 EPOXY FINISH SYSTEM A E Provide products by The Sherwin Williams Company General Polymers Brand Cincinnati OH Contact Melinda Stein 800 543 7694 x3422 melinda j stein sherwin com No substitution is acceptable Drawing Key Symbol FC 04A The Contractor shall provide Ceramic Carpet 400 Epoxy Decorative Floor Finish product Drawing Key Symbol WB 04 The Contractor shall provide Ceramic Carpet 400 integral Epoxy Cove Base 6 inches high with radiused cove Application Primer 3579 Standard Primer Surfacer 1 8 nominal thickness Ceramic Carpet 400 Grout and Seal Coats one and two coats of 3744 High Performance CR Epoxy Color shall be Ceramic Carpet 319 Sandpoint 2 02 TOP EDGE TRIM EPOXY SCREED FLOOR TRIM A Where applicable provide edge trims equal to Schluter Systems Inc Plattsburgh NY 800 472 4588 Top Edge Trim Provide Schluter Schiene Model A30 Color Clear Anodized or Mill Finish natural aluminum sized to receive 1 8 flooring in nominal 8 foot lengths at epoxy wall base at top edge of finish prior to the epoxy flooring application Epoxy Screed Floor Trim straight
422. te Slab Topping shall be per Section 03310 Concrete Floor Preparation END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype TRENCHING 02220 Nexus Trenching doc 02220 3 PART 1 SECTION 02510 ASPHALT PAVING GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A Provide asphaltic concrete paving where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation The base course shall be constructed as part of the initial phase of construction and shall be maintained so as to keep the site accessible during all construction phases if applicable 1 03 RELATED WORK Refer to the Civil Engineer s Site Development Drawings for asphalt paving sub base specification if applicable 1 04 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section except as may be required by the Civil Engineer s construction documents 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A All paving work shall be in accordance with the state highway department s latest standard specification for road and bridge construction The Contractor shall protect building walls and other improvements against damage and staining which may result from the installation of asphaltic concrete paving 1 06 WARRANTY The Contractor shall include a copy of the paving subcontractor s warranty for all work provided under the general contract for construction for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion This warranty shall be included i
423. te installation 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 07210 Building Insulation foundation insulation 1 04 SUBMITTAL No submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents minor concrete work if applicable 1 05 SUBMITTAL A The Contractor shall submit Concrete Mix Designs and Concrete Test Reports meeting ACI318 Chapter 5 standards and per Section 01340 Submittals 1 The Concrete Mix Designs and Concrete Test Reports Submittals may be sent to the Architect by fax if the Architect is notified at least 24 hours in advance 2 If this submittal is sent to the Project Architect by fax then the hard copies of this submittal shall additionally be sent to the Architect per Section 01340 Submittals Submit Reinforcing Steel Shop Drawings and Concrete Accessories Product Data in sufficient detail to demonstrate compliance with the work of this Section 1 06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A PART 2 The Contractor shall NOT commence placement of concrete until the Concrete Mix Designs and Concrete Test Reports Submittals have been reviewed by the Architect Engineer The Contractor shall provide access for and cooperate with the Testing Inspection Agency per Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services Admixtures When field service is requested for admixture use a qualified concrete technician employed by the concrete manufacturer shall be available to assist in proportioning concrete materials
424. ted from type DNP or approved equal C Type FN Floor Neoprene Neoprene isolators shall be neoprene in shear type with steel reinforced top and base with a minimum static deflection of 0 35 All metal surfaces shall be covered with neoprene The top and bottom surfaces shall be ribbed Bolt holes shall be provided in the base and the top shall have a threaded fastener The mounts shall include leveling bolts that may be rigidly connected to the equipment Type FN isolators shall be equal to Mason Model ND D Type DNP Neoprene Pad neoprene pad isolators shall be of 3 4 thick waffled neoprene in 2 square modules separated by a thin web Provide load distribution plate as required Type DNP isolators shall be equal to Mason Model Super W E Type HS Hanger Spring Vibration isolation hangers shall consist of a freestanding laterally stable steel spring set into a neoprene cup contained within a steel housing The neoprene cup shall be manufactured with a grommet or other means to prevent the hanger rod from contacting the hanger housing A steel washer shall be provided in the neoprene cup to evenly distribute load onto the neoprene Spring diameter and hanger housing lower hole Basis PETCO NEXUS Farmington Hills MI SEISMIC RESTRAINTS 15255 2014 07 30 15255 2 sizes shall be large enough to permit the hanger rod to swing through a 30 arc before contacting the housing Spring elements shall have a minimum additional t
425. tenance materials should be acknowledged by the PETCO Project Manager prior to project site turnover to PETCO 1 11 VERIFICATION OF VENDOR LISTS OF GOODS RECEIVED WITH PETCO DISTRICT MANAGER A The Contractor is responsible for all provisions for Secured Storage of all PETCO Furnished Items some of which are Contractor Installed and some of which are installed by PETCO or PETCO Vendors per Section 01200 Construction Administration B Prior to installation of PETCO Furnished Items the Contractor shall schedule a Walkthrough Inspection of Vendor Goods received with the PETCO District Manager This Walkthrough Inspection may be coordinated with the PETCO Project Manager The purpose of the walkthrough inspection is to verify that all goods have been received or can be subsequently ordered by PETCO and to verify that all goods have been maintained secured appropriately and are on hand for the Contractor s or PETCO s Vendor s installation C Following completion of the Walkthrough Inspection with the PETCO District Manager the Contractor shall obtain the District Manager s signature on all verified List s of Vendor Goods received These signed off Lists shall be copied and included in the Building Maintenance Manuals as further described in this Section 1 12 PROJECT RECORD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ON COMPACT DISC A The Contractor shall maintain one set of the Project Record Construction Documents on the jobsite throughout the course of
426. terior Roller Shade with wall mount brackets by Lutron Shading Solutions Ashland VA 800 446 1503 1 Fabric Phifer Shearweave 4000 fabric 5 openness factor 2 Fabric Color Q12 Pebblestone 3 Fascia Color Clear Aluminum or to be selected by PETCO Project Manager from the manufacturer s standard colors Contractor to provide samples 4 Accessories as listed below and as required for a complete installation d Standard Accessories Window Shades shall be provided complete with 1 Reverse side Fascias where the rolled shade and housing is visible through the storefront 2 Fascia End Caps at open ends of shade housings 3 Child safe chain retainer at each chain e Field Measurements The Window Shade shall be surface mounted to the interior side and face of the aluminum framing f Installation The Contractor shall install the Window Shades per the manufacturer s instructions g Warranty Provide the manufacturer s Standard Warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual per Section 01700 requirements 27 Wire Shelving Wellness Room Cage Room Tub Room Janitor Closet Wire Shelving with integral wall brackets will be furnished by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall offload wire shelving shall furnish concealed wall strapping and wall anchors and shall install the wire shelving 28 Store Fixtures Equipment Aquarium Area and Work Room a NATIONAL ACCOUNT Aquarium Area equipment will be furnished and inst
427. ternates attached to the Contractor s Form of Proposal will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at PETCO s option Accepted Voluntary Bid Alternates will be identified in the Agreement Between Owner and Contractor and included in the Total Contract Sum 2 The Contractor shall coordinate all related work and modify all surrounding conditions as necessary to integrate the work of each accepted Voluntary Bid Alternate 1 03 ALLOWANCES A The Contractor shall include in the Base Bid Contract Sum the Allowances described in this Section in the amounts noted on the Form of Proposal if any B The Allowance amount has been pre established by PETCO and will be adjusted as an additive or deductive Change Order during the course of construction when actual costs are verified and submitted to the PETCO Construction Project Manager BID ALTERNATES VOLUNTARY BID ALTERNATES Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype amp ALLOWANCES 01100 Nexus Bid Alt doc 01100 1 C Allowance for Replacement of VCT Flooring Refer to the Drawings and Project Manual Section 09650 There is an allowance for removal of and replacement of 500 square feet of existing vinyl composition tile flooring The labor and materials value shall be stated and included in the Schedule of Values form that is provided to PETCO with the Form of Proposal Section 00300 D There are no other Allowances established for this project END OF SECTION BID ALTERNATES VOLUNTARY BID ALTERNATES
428. ternative Sheathing as follows a Alternative Sheathing Exterior Plywood Sheathing if shown on the drawings product type subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Refer to Section 06200 Rough amp Finish Carpentry b Alternative Sheathing Cement Board if shown on the drawings product type subject to acceptance by the EIFS manufacturer as part of the warranted EIFS system Refer to Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System 2 Weather Resistive Barrier Membrane Tyvek StuccoWrap Weather Resistant Barrier by Dupont Tyvek Wilmington DE 800 448 9835 3 Drainage Mat Senergy Drainage Mat three dimensional drainage core consisting of fused entangled filaments 4 Flashing Trims Manufacturer s standard as designed and manufactured for the intended purpose 5 Exterior Insulation Board EPS insulation board ASTM C578 Type 1 board thickness minimum 1 1 2 with 3 4 deep v groove reveals where shown on the drawings leaving a minimum 3 4 EPS material thickness EPS Board shall be aged air dried for the equivalent of six weeks prior to installation 6 Mechanical EPS Fasteners Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype WATER MANAGED E I F S 07240 Nexus EFIS doc 07240 2 PART 3 a Wind Devil Fasteners by Wind Lock Corporation Leesport PA 800 872 5625 or equivalent fastener as recommended by USG 1 Light Gauge Steel Framing Type LM fastener and plate system 5 8 minimum
429. tes if any e Certificate of Insurance ATTACHMENT A List of Drawings Drawings prepared for PETCO Animal Supplies Stores Inc by FRCH Architects and Polaris Consulting Engineers entitled Tenant Improvement for a New PETCO Store Farmington Hills MI 1383 Farmington Pointe 29335 Orchard Lake Road Farmington Hills MI 48334 Architect s Project Number 27281 000 PETCO Job Number T383 Sheet Drawing Title Revision Date A0 1 Code Data Project Data 100 Set 09 25 14 A0 2 PETCO Vendor Contractor Furnished Items 100 Set 09 25 14 A1 2 Demolition Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 A2 1 Floor Plan and Partition Types 100 Set 09 25 14 A2 2 Floor Finish Layout Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 A2 3 Store Fixture Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 A2 4 Reflected Ceiling Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 A2 5 Roof Plan 100 Set 09 25 14 A3 1 Door amp Finish Schedule 100 Set 09 25 14 A4 1 Exterior Elevations 100 Set 09 25 14 A5 1 Building Sections Wall Sections 100 Set 09 25 14 A5 2 Exterior Wall Sections 100 Set 09 25 14 A5 3 Wall Sections 100 Set 09 25 14 A5 4 Partition Types 100 Set 09 25 14 A5 5 Partition Types 100 Set 09 25 14 A6 1 Exterior Details 100 Set 09 25 14 A7 1 Large Scale Plans 100 Set 09 25 14 A7 2 Loading Area Large Scale Plan and Section 100 Set 09 25 14 A7 3 Dog Park Area Large Scale Plan Section a
430. tes and bearing plates for structural members in wedges or other adjusting devices Tighten anchor bolts after supported members have been positioned and plumbed Do not remove wedge or shims but if protruding cut off flush with the edge of the base or bearing plate prior to packing with grout Pack non shrink grout solidly between bearing surfaces and bases or plates to assure that no voids remain Use non shrink grout per Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Finish exposed surfaces protect installed materials and allow to cure in strict compliance with the manufacturer s recommendations E Field Assembly _ DOr E Set structural frames accurately to the lines and elevations indicated Align and adjust the members forming part of a complete frame or structure before fastening permanently Clean the bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact before assembly Adjust as required to compensate for discrepancies in elevation and alignment Level and plumb individual members of the structure within specified AISC tolerances Establish required leveling and plumbing measurements on the mean operating temperature of the structure making allowances for the difference between temperature at time of erection and the mean temperature at which the structure will be when completed and in service Comply with AISC specifications for bearing adequacy of temporary connections alignment and removal of paint on surf
431. the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout B Existing Roofing System All work shall be provided so as to maintain any existing roofing warranty in force if applicable PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ROOFING SYSTEM Roofing system may be any of the following single ply roof membranes A Scrim reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin TPO single ply membrane Ay Carlisle Sure Weld Adhered White reinforced TPO Roofing System by Carlisle SynTec Incorporated www carlisle syntec com Basis PETCO Nexus Prototype ROOFING SYSTEM 07500 Nexus Roofing doc 07500 1 B C 2 GAFMC EverGuard TPO Specification T MA N I 45 Color White by GAF Materials Corporation Wayne NJ www gaf com 3 Johns Manville Fully Adhered TPO single ply roofing system Color White by Johns Manville Corporation Denver CO www jm com 4 Other Color White single ply membrane TPO roofing product subject to PETCO review and acceptance Polyester reinforced thermoplastic PVC single ply membrane As Duro Last Specially Formulated Roofing Membrane Exposed Face Color White by Duro Last Roofing Inc www duro last com 2 Johns Manville UltraGard SR 80 PVC single ply roofing system mechanically fastened 080 polyester reinforced PVC membrane by Johns Manville Corporation Denver CO www jm com Membrane shall conform to ASTM D4434 Standard Classification and Energy Star solar reflectance rating of 83 3 Other Color
432. the Contractor should review the Speed Lift side of lift bridge placement and the Speed Lift field orientation with the PETCO Project Manager to ensure that the orientation shown on the drawings is consistent with PETCO s store operations off loading requirements at this site PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 7 20 21 22 23 2 Capacity 5000 pounds 3 Motor 230 volts 3 phase 5 hp 4 Usable Platform Size 60 x 84 5 Extended Bridge 48 6 Side Off Platform SOP 7 Shipping Weight 3100 pounds 8 Provide power provisions in accordance with dock lift manufacturer s requirements 9 Warranty Provide the manufacturers standard one year warranty in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout 10 Operations Manual Provide the manufacturer s equipment operation instructions in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Shopping Carts National Account Shopping Carts will be furnished to the jobsite and installed by one or more PETCO Vendors Sound amp Communication System National Account The Sound amp Communication System will be furnished and installed by a PETCO Vendor The Contractor shall furnish and install the junction boxes conduit and pull string and power supply Store Safe National Account The Store Saf
433. the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION In addition to complying with pertinent codes and regulations of the local jurisdiction the Contractor shall comply with pertinent recommendations contained in the Flat Glass Marketing Association s Glazing Sealing Systems Manual and Glazing Manual END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype GLAZING 08800 Nexus Glazing doc 08800 2 PART 1 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM WALLBOARD amp PARTITION SYSTEM GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY Provide light gauge metal studs and accessories and gypsum wallboard cement board where scheduled accessories and gypsum wallboard finishing as indicated on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 05400 Cold Formed Metal Framing 1 04 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A PART 2 Provide gypsum wallboard finish work consistent with the standards as established by Gypsum Association specification number GA 214 90 Levels of Gypsum Board Finish Ambient Temperatu
434. tified by any environmental assessment performed by an environmental engineer contracted by PETCO shall be completed by way of a hazardous materials removal contract executed by either PETCO or the Landlord independent from and prior to the Date of Commencement if applicable 1 05 PERMIT SUBMISSION REVIEWS APPROVALS amp FEES A Permit Submission by Contractor The Contractor shall submit the application for the Main general Buildiing Permit Submission and shall include all Architect Engineer signed sealed construction drawings project manual specifications and other required documents 1 The Contractor will coordinate with the Architect to provide follow up coordination with the local jurisdiction as required with respect to building related issues that impact the approval and release of the Main general Building Permit 2 The cost of Architect Engineer signed sealed construction drawings project manual specifications and other required documents and transmittal to the Contractor will be PETCO s responsibility 3 Time and material costs for the Contractor s delivery to and pickup from the local jurisdiction as applicable will be the Contractor s responsibility B Building Permit Fees Unless Building Permit Fees are required for the local jurisdiction s acceptance of the Application for Building Permit at the time of the Architect s submission all Building Permit Fees shall be the Contractor s responsibility
435. tion as selected by the Contractor subject to approval EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 3 03 INSTALLATION A Prior to start of installation verify that beams are in proper alignment and that surfaces are clean for welding Place each unit on the supporting steel framework and adjust to final position prior to permanent welding Align each unit and fasten into final location in accordance with the manufacturer s and SDI s recommended installation procedures as approved B Install all accessory items in accordance with the manufacturer s recommended installation procedures as approved TOUCH UP PAINTING Upon completion of installation and as a condition of acceptance the Contractor shall visually inspect and identify surfaces where finish was damaged and touchup paint galvanized surfaces with zinc rich primer or other galvanized repair paint approved for the purpose and shall additionally provide touchup paint at adjacent damaged surfaces as required END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL DECKING 05300 Nexus Metal Deck doc 05300 2 SECTION 05400 COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide
436. tom located at top of wall base Cc Means of Attachment Panhead self tapping screws in pre drilled holes adhesive mounting is NOT permitted d Locations Provide Wall Cornerguards at all outside exposed corners of interior gypsum wallboard partitions 26 Window Shades a The Contractor shall furnish and install MechoShade Clutch Operated Manual Interior Roll Screen Solar Shade with wall mount brackets by MechoShade Systems Inc Long Island City NY Contact Jerry Feldman Office 732 339 0751 Ext 6033 Cell 732 991 1395 Fabric EuroVeil 5300 dense basket weave 5 openness factor Fabric Color 5304 Sand Fascia Color Clear Aluminum Accessories as listed below and as required for a complete installation Ses PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 10 b Acceptable Alternative Provide Hunter Douglas Clutch Operated Manual Interior Roller Shade with wall mount brackets by Hunter Douglas Contract Los Angeles CA 800 727 8953 888 243 0144 1 Fabric Phifer Shearweave 4000 fabric 5 openness factor 2 Fabric Color Q12 Pebblestone 3 Fascia Color Clear Aluminum or to be selected by PETCO Project Manager from the manufacturer s standard colors Contractor to provide samples 4 Accessories as listed below and as required for a complete installation Cc Acceptable Alternative Provide Lutron Standard Clutch Manual In
437. tor shall allow for the cost of such modifications in the contract sum No waiver of responsibility for defective work shall be accepted due to failure to record and accommodate unfavorable conditions C Roof Penetration The Contractor shall coordinate the installation of all roof penetrations so that the roof warranty is NOT altered modified or voided 1 06 WARRANTY CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS A PART 2 Manufacturer s Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the manufacturer s product warranties in the Building Maintenance Manuals submitted to PETCO per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Subcontractor Warranty The Contractor shall include a copy of the Plumbing Subcontractor s warranty for all work provided for a term of 1 year after the Date of Substantial Completion in the Building Maintenance Manual submitted to PETCO per Section 01700 Contract Closeout Building Maintenance Manuals The Contractor shall include Plumbing Systems instructional and maintenance information per Section 01700 Contract Closeout PRODUCTS 2 01 DOMESTIC AND FILTERED WATER SYSTEM A B C Copper Water Lines Provide Type L hard drawn meeting ASTM B88 7 for all water pipe above concrete or ground Provide Type K hard drawn meeting ASTM B88 7 for water pipe set in or under concrete or in the ground Wrap lines below concrete floors with 5 mils polyethylene tape and insulate with Armaflex insulation No fittings shall
438. tractor s Telephone and FAX machine may be removed from the jobsite after the Date of Substantial Completion but in any event no later than the Date of Final Completion except as may be otherwise directed by the PETCO Project Manager 1 06 CONTRACTOR S CONSTRUCTION PHASE REQUEST FOR INFORMATION RFI FORM A The Contractor may request clarifications for information contained in the Construction Drawings or the Project Manual from the Architect via use of the Construction Phase Request for Information form aka RFI Form that follows this Project Manual Section The Contractor is encouraged to provide a Proposed Solution as part of the RFI Form using supplementary sketches as may be necessary to convey the Contractor s proposed solution adequately to the Architect The RFI form is available for e mail use and electronic editing MSWord format and will be provided via e mail by the Project Architect if requested The Architect will review and respond to RFls prepared by the Contractor s Project Manager or the Contractor s Project Superintendent ONLY Subcontractors requests for information will be addressed ONLY when prepared by the Contractor s Project Manager or Contractor s Project Superintendent Architect Sub Consultants The Contractor shall NOT contact any Architect s Sub Consultants e g Structural Engineer Mechanical Electrical Engineer etc directly either by telephone FAX or by fax
439. ts and conduit in structural concrete Minimum coverage as specified must be maintained 3 04 TRANSIT MIX CONCRETE Transit mix concrete per ASTM C94 3 05 PLACING CONCRETE Do not permit concrete to free drop more than 6 0 Deposit concrete in horizontal layers not deeper than 24 and avoid inclined construction joints Provide a maximum variation of surface flatness for all slabs of 1 8 in 10 linear feet 3 06 CONSOLIDATION Consolidate each layer of concrete immediately after placing by use of internal concrete vibrators supplemented by hand spading rodding or tamping Do not vibrate forms or reinforcement or use vibrators to transport concrete inside the forms 3 07 JOINTS Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Nexus CIP Conc doc 03300 4 A Construction Joints Provide sawcut joints and keyed control joints B Expansion Joints Do not permit reinforcement or other embedded metal items that are being bonded with concrete except dowels in floors bonded on only one side of the joints to extend continuously through any expansion joint 3 08 SCHEDULE OF CONCRETE FINISHES A Interior concrete floor slab scheduled to receive Resilient Flooring Refer to Finish Schedule on Drawings Floated with hard steel troweled finish curing compound Grinding or acrylic vinyl flash patch trowel applied if required control joint and sawcut joint sealer B Interior concrete floor slab scheduled to receive Epo
440. ture Drawing Key Symbol EIFS 1 Color to be determined Texture Senerflex Sand Texture EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 INSTALLATION A The EIFS manufacturer s specifications and recommended standard installation details shall be followed completely and shall be considered a part of this Section as if the manufacturer s specification was included in its entirety B Install the work of this section in accordance with the shop drawings and with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction anchoring all components firmly into position straight level and plumb within a tolerance of 1 1000 vertical and horizontal C The overall minimum base coat thickness shall be sufficient to fully embed the mesh in multiple base coat applications D EIFS surfaces in contact with sealants shall be coated with manufacturer approved sealer EIFS panel tolerance Maximum variance from plane shall be 1 4 within a 4 foot radius END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EXTERIOR INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM REPAIRS 07250 Nexus EFIS Repairs doc 07250 3 SECTION 07500 ROOFING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL NOT USED SUMMARY Provide roofing work including suppleme
441. uare feet per 24 hours and pH less than 14 Provide Koester VAP 2000 single coat vapor control treatment D Acceptable Alternative Moisture Mitigation Treatment The Contractor shall provide Creteseal CS2000 concrete slab vapor control treatment using product by Creteseal Concrete Waterproofing Products Inc Anaheim CA 800 278 4273 www creteseal com PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 3 03 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected CONCRETE FLOOR SHOTBLAST Clean all surfaces to receive moisture vapor reduction system Shotblast all floors and clean surfaces with vacuum to remove all residue off the substrate Remove all defective materials and foreign matter such as dust adhesives leveling compounds paint dirt floor hardeners bond breakers oil grease curing agents form release agents efflorescence and laitance Repair all cracks expansion joint control joints and open surface honeycombs and fill in accordance with product manufacturer recommendations Inform moisture mitigation system manufacturer if concrete additives like chlorides or any other soluble compounds that can contaminate surfaces have been used in the concrete mix Reinforcing fibers must be burned off scraped and vacuumed Do
442. ubstitution is permitted 2 10 OTHER DEVICES A Rigid conduit Provide 3 4 minimum size galvanized or sherardized steel UL approved with equipment ground conductor where required by code B Electrical metallic tubing EMT Provide 3 4 minimum size NEC standard UL approved with equipment grounding conductor where required by code C Metal Clad MC Cable NEC Standard UL approved may be used for wiring of lighting above suspended ceilings and in cavity partitions where specifically defined on the drawings Minimum wire size conductor 12 AWG copper including green insulated equipment ground galvanized steel or aluminum interlocking cladding sized in accordance with the NEC D Flexible Conduit Provide NEC Standard UL approved for short connections to motors only with ground conductors E Wire and Cable Provide NEC Standard UL approved 600 volt insulated color coded and wire sizing as required by code Provide insulated bushings or insulated fittings at all raceway ends 1 Wire and cable larger than 1 Provide Type THHN 2 Wire and cable 1 and smaller Provide Type THHN unless otherwise noted 3 Branch circuit wiring installed wiring channels of continuous rows fixtures Provide Type THHN 90 C rated 4 Conductors larger than 8 and Control Wiring Provide stranded with label at each end for Control Wiring 5 Underfloor Duct Provide Type THNN 6 Conductor insulation shall be color coded as follows unl
443. uently installed epoxy flooring Installing Vinyl Base Install Vinyl Base where shown on the drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations 3 04 CLEANING A Vinyl Composition Tile and Transitions Remove excess adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces using a neutral cleaner recommended by the manufacturer Apply cleaner and wax products then buff in accordance with Section 01710 Construction amp Final Cleaning requirements immediately prior to the Date of Substantial Completion Not all vinyl flooring is to be waxed refer to the specific flooring specification in this Section Vinyl Base Remove excess adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces using a neutral cleaner recommended by the manufacturer END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 Nexus Resilient Flooring doc 09650 5 SECTION 09660 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITIES TERMINOLOGY Where referenced in this Section Contractor refers to the SAME entity as Landlord Contractor Refer to Section 01010 Summary of Work for additional Division of Responsibilities Terminology information 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide heat welded Resilient Sheet Flooring with Integral Base and related accessory items where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 RELATED WORK
444. uipment Finished surfaces shall be smooth without bumps or depressions and positively sloped to drain towards inlets curbs or edges as indicated on the applicable site drawings Wearing Course Final preparation shall be pneumatically rolled and then finally compacted with 10 ton roller equipment or as otherwise specified Installed paving shall be equal to state highway department standards with clean sharp edges and a smooth finish surface without depressions or bumps laid in a warped plane that will allow water to drain towards inlets curbs or edges 3 02 PARKING LINES AND PAVEMENT PAINTING if applicable A Sweep and clean paving surface to remove loose material and dust prior to painting B Apply parking lines with mechanical equipment to produce uniform straight edges Provide two paint coats at the paint manufacturer s recommended rate of application C Accessible Parking Spaces Parking space symbols for accessible parking spaces shall be painted using pre manufactured symbol templates meeting local jurisdiction graphic requirements END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ASPHALT PAVING 02510 Nexus Asphalt Paving doc 02510 2 SECTION 02520 CONCRETE PAVING PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A Provide reinforced concrete paving and pavement markings where shown on the drawings as specified in this section and as needed for a complete and proper installation B Concrete paving base course aggregate
445. uits and junction boxes shall be painted to match exposed roof structure d Decorative wood trellis Faux wood beams shall be constructed of ridged light weight foam with continuous styrene veneer finished as indicated on drawings to represent wood by manufacturer All beams shall have matching end caps Top of beams shall be open exposed to allow mounting to wood blocking with embedded brackets provided by the beam manufacturer Manufacturer of faux wood beams RockTenn Retail Soultions www rocktennretailsolution com 214 843 3048 Contact Patti Ellis PETCO FURNISHED amp Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS 10300 Nexus Petco Furn and GC Prvd Items doc 10300 14 e Submit shop drawings of assembly and samples of finishes to architect for approval prior to installation 2 02 ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR PROVIDED ITEMS A Accessibility Signage Provide accessibility signage equal to Brighter Image Braille Stock Signs by Allstate Sign amp Plaque Corp Nassau County NY 800 240 6039 www allstatesign com 1 Interior Room Wall Signs a Accessible Mens Restroom Allstate X 5671 size 6 x 9 b Accessible Womens Restroom Allstate X 5688 size 6 x 9 C Accessible Break Room Allstate X Custom size 6 x 9 Copy Break Room d Provide all Interior Room Signs Provide signage with White letters or symbols on Blue sign color equal to Federal Standard 595 B Color No 15090
446. um manual sliding door interior and exterior Automatic Sliding Entrance Door Units with Transoms and exterior and interior aluminum door hardware where shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete and proper installation 1 03 RELATED WORK Section 08710 Finish Hardware for Aluminum Door door finish hardware that shall be provided by the Contractor s selected hardware supplier Some but not all Aluminum Door Finish Hardware will be furnished by a PETCO Inventory Agreement Vendor The Contractor shall install all door finish hardware except where specifically noted to be installed by PETCO 1 04 NOT USED 1 05 SUBMITTALS A Interior Storefront Shop Drawings Product Data Submit Shop Drawings and Product Data per Section 01340 Submittals showing the dimensions of work to be fabricated type size and spacing of fasteners material thickness painted finish type and finish Colors and the interface of this work with adjacent trades Interior if Exhibit B shell by others 1 Engineer s Certification If specifically required by the local jurisdiction exterior aluminum storefront shop drawings shall be signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer licensed to practice in the State of Michigan as a certification that the exterior aluminum storefront has been engineered by either the manufacturer or the manufacturer s engineer agent to meet the more stringent of either the Building Code or loca
447. undation walls shall be at least twelve 12 inches clear of foundation wall faces Protect all foundation wall embankments L The Contractor shall not stockpile material removed from the excavation in a location immediately adjacent to the excavation so as to prevent this potential surcharge load from causing embankment collapse M An excavation slope of one and one half 1 1 2 horizontal to one 1 vertical shall reduce the possibility of sheer failure The sides of the excavation shall be protected by plastic sheeting to prevent the soils from drying 3 03 SHORING amp BRACING A Engineering of Temporary Shoring and Bracing for construction shall be the Contractor s responsibility Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EARTHWORK 02200 Nexus Earth Work doc 02200 3 Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction Shore and brace where sloping is not possible for whatever reason Maintain the sides and slopes of excavations until the time of completion of backfilling operations Provide all necessary materials for shoring and bracing including but not limited to sheet piling uprights stringers and cross braces all to be maintained in good condition Establish all jobsite requirements for trenching shoring and bracing in compliance with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction 3 04 DEWATERING A Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and f
448. upancy Contractor s Written Request For Punchlist Inspection Construction Punchlist Inspection Contractor s Written Notice of Punchlist Completion Contractor s Notice of Change Order Request Status Notice of Completion Spare Parts Maintenance And Extra Materials Verification of Vendor Lists of Goods Received 10 Project Record Construction Documents 11 Building Maintenance Manual 12 Final Application for Payment TOO OO GOIN Ee B Requests for Change Orders must be received by the PETCO Project Manager no later than ninety 90 days after the Date of Final Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO Requests for Change Orders received after this time will not be considered LOCAL JURISDICTION CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS The Contractor shall promptly provide to PETCO any and all additional closeout documents forms and applications which may be required for submittal to the local jurisdiction by the Architect of Record or Engineer s of Record to satisfy local project closeout and Final Certificate of Occupancy requirements FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY The Contractor shall obtain and install the Final Certificate of Occupancy in the Store display location where directed by the PETCO Project Manager The Contractor shall include copies of the Final Certificate of Occupancy in the Building Maintenance Manuals provided to PETCO as further described in this Section CONTRACTOR S WRITTEN REQUEST FOR PUNCHLIST IN
449. upplementary Security Alarm System Work by Contractor Supplementary Energy Management System Work by Contractor Other TOTAL ELECTRICAL BID PROPOSAL SUMMARY Base Bid Subtotal Divisions 1 thru 16 Sub Total Contractor s Profit Taxes BASE BID CONTRACT SUB TOTAL Not Including Bid Alternates BID ALTERNATES 1 Provide Exterior Sun Control Window Film To be completed by PETCO at Bid Opening TOTAL BID ALTERNATES SELECTED BY PETCO To be completed by PETCO at Bid Opening TOTAL BASE BID CONTRACT SUM Including Selected Bid Alternates Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype 00302 Nexus Attachment B Sched of Values xls AA PRA HAHH Sub Total Div Total AAA Total Selected by PETCO ATTACHMENT B Page 4 ATTACHMENT C Unit Costs This form shall be completed by the Contractor and submitted with the Bid Proposal Concrete Floor Preparation Concrete 3000 psi Concrete 4000 psi Concrete bulk Concrete Removal e g old foundations slabs etc Concrete Curbing Debris Removal e g soil mixed with brick concrete wood etc Hazardous Soil Removal and Disposal heavy metal based Hazardous Soil Removal and Disposal petroleum based Import and Placement of Common Fill Import and Placement of Structural Fill Paving regular Paving heavy duty Replacement VCT Flooring in excess of Allowance Rock Excavation bulk Rock Trenching Rock Disposal Timber Piles including delivery amp pile driving in excess of
450. upport system for horizontal gas piping OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation subject to the roofing manufacturer s approval as an integral part of the warranted roofing system PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 GENERAL A All installation practices shall be as specified in this section according to the roofing manufacturer s printed instructions in strict accordance with the pertinent requirements of government agencies having jurisdiction and in a manner needed to secure the specified warranty B Scheduling of Work Any roofing work including laying of insulation commenced on any one calendar day shall be completed entirely within that day No phased or partial application of the roofing system will be permitted If any building roof area cannot be completed in a single Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIRS 07540 Nexus Roof Repairs doc 07540 2 3 03 day a roofing manufacturer approved weather tight dam or cutoff shall be made to protect that portion of the uncompleted work Verify that substrata are dry smooth clean and free from sharp projections and dep
451. ures supported from walls shall be provided with manufactured fixture carriers or with 6 high x 3 8 thick x length required steel plates welded to structural framing and tapped for plumbing fixture bolts 3 Acceptable Manufacturers Refer to Plumbing Fixture Schedule 2 13 ACCESS PANELS A C PART 3 The Plumbing Subcontractor shall furnish Access Panel for the Contractor s installation in finished work for concealed valves cleanouts and other parts of the Plumbing Systems that require access for maintenance and repair Access Panels shall be properly sized for servicing terms requiring access minimum size 12 x 12 13 GA primed flush steel door and trim concealed hinges and screwdriver operated via stainless steel cam lock Access Panels are not required at suspended acoustical ceilings Access Panel locations shall be verified with the PETCO Project Manager prior to installation EXECUTION 3 01 SURFACE CONDITIONS The Contractor shall examine the areas and conditions under which work of this Section will be provided shall correct conditions detrimental to the timely and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 PLUMBING SYSTEM LAYOUT Layout the plumbing system per the drawings determining proper elevations for all components of the system and using only the minimum number of bends to produce a properly operating system Follow the general layout
452. vailable from the site shall be furnished by the Contractor who shall establish the earth to complete all fill backfill and grading work to elevations required or shown at no additional cost to PETCO All excess fill material and excavated material shall be removed from the project site at no additional cost to PETCO FINAL APPROVAL Immediately before placing foundation or floor slabs on compacted fill the Geotechnical Engineer shall inspect the subgrade The Contractor shall remove any soft fill and replace with properly compacted material at the Contractors expense After the placing of foundation walls the backfill shall be placed inspected and accepted prior to pouring floor slabs Rain frost and other factors that in the opinion of the Geotechnical Engineer are potentially damaging to the fill occurring after the Geotechnical Engineer s final approval but before or during pouring shall require additional inspection of the compacted fill for approval by the Geotechnical Engineer Corrections required shall be made at the Contractor s expense 3 07 GRADING Rough and finish grade to indicated finish grade Finish grade grass areas with topsoil of minimum thickness of 6 inches Furnish all necessary subsoil to establish finished grades when topsoil is distributed to elevations shown Existing grades new grades and contours Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype EARTHWORK 02200 Nexus Earth Work doc 02200 5 shall be as indicated on the
453. ve items have been inspected verified and approved to ensure that each item complies with the construction documents requirements Remove paint from and clean all permanent labels and plates so that they remain legible Permanently attached equipment labels and plates shall not be removed C In addition to a general broom clean condition the Contractor shall provide cleaning of the following building exposed surfaces 1 Exposed Structural Steel interior and exterior Clean free of dirt and paint overspray Remove bar joist shipping tags and structural steel shipping labels Provide touch up paint as required Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CONSTRUCTION amp FINAL CLEANING 01710 Nexus Const Final Cleaning doc 01710 2 10 11 Painted Surfaces interior and exterior Clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges Provide touch up paint as required Concrete Floors interior Clean free of marks paint overspray stains and smudges Buff concrete floors VCT Flooring Clean free of marks stains and smudges that appear after floor stripping amp waxing but prior to the Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO Vinyl Sheet Flooring Clean free of marks stains and smudges that appear after floor stripping amp waxing but prior to the Date of Substantial Completion or Date of Tenant Space Turnover to PETCO Aluminum storefront and glass interior and exterior Remove labels paint ove
454. vide Seismic Restraints in accordance with applicable seismic code requirements The Contractor and subcontractors impacted by this requirement must determine the applicable local requirements which apply to this project type Mercantile Retail Use or as otherwise designated on the drawings cover sheet at Code Data 1 038 WORK NOT INCLUDED A Seismic restraints may not be required for the following in order to meet seismic code requirements Gas piping less than 1 I D and other piping less than 2 1 2 I D Piping in boiler and mechanical rooms less than 1 1 4 I D All rectangular ducts less than 6 sq ft in cross sectional area All round ducts less than 28 in diameter All clevis piping suspended by individual hangers 12 in length or less from the top of the pipe support to the bottom of the support for the hanger OP Oo NE 1 04 RELATED WORK Section 09510 Acoustical Ceiling Section 15300 Fire Suppression System Section 15400 Plumbing Systems Section 15500 HVAC Systems 1 05 SUBMITTAL No product submittal is required for the work of this Section IF provided per the construction documents Any Request for Product Substitution must be submitted per Section 01340 Submittals PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER MANUFACTURER RESPONSIBILITIES A All vibration isolation mounts shall be supplied by a single manufacturer Acceptable suppliers are Mason Industries Inc Peabody Noise Control
455. ving jurisdiction and the manufacturer s recommended and approved installation procedures END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype METAL JOISTS 05200 Nexus Metal Joist doc 05200 2 PART 1 SECTION 05300 METAL DECKING GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY The Contractor shall provide Metal Decking as shown on the drawings as specified in this Section and as needed for a complete installation 1 03 SUBMITTALS The Contractor shall submit shop drawings and sufficient technical data showing the layout of decking with details of materials gauges accessories openings finishes welds and other pertinent data per Section 01340 Submittals 1 04 QUALITY ASSURANCE All metal deck shall be in accordance with the pertinent Steel Deck Institute specification and Factory Mutual approved 1 05 DELIVERY STORAGE amp HANDLING In compliance with Section 05120 Structural Steel 1 06 METAL DECK INSPECTION FOR MECHANICALLY FASTENED METAL DECK A The Contractor shall provide the Metal Deck Fastening Inspection as specified in Section 01410 Construction Quality Control Services Letter of Certification The Contractor shall send the Engineer s Letter of Certification to the PETCO Project Manager and include copies of the letter in the Building Maintenance Manuals Refer to Section 01340 Submittals and Section 01700 Contract Closeout 1 07 METAL DECK INSPECTION FOR WELDED METAL DECK FASTENING A PART 2 If welding is
456. xus Carpentry doc 06200 2 B 2 Office Provide Standard Square Edge Countertop a Drawing Key Symbol PL 05 On horizontal surfaces shall be Formica color 8824 58 White Drops Matte Finish grain runs long No product substitutions Countertop Support Brackets A Provide Knape Vogt 208 Ultimate L Bracket 500mm size 19 5 depth x 12 9 height Color White by Knape amp Vogt Mfg Co Grand Rapids MI 616 459 3311 www kv com 2 Acceptable Mfr Stanley 795 257555 Heavy Duty Shelf Bracket 20 depth x 13 height Color White 2 04 PLASTIC LAMINATE COAT RACK A B Provide plastic laminate on 3 4 particleboard coat rack at the Break Room 1 Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog Coot Hooks Contractor shall provide four coat hooks on the Coat Rack equal to Ives 405 by HB Ives Wallingford CT 800 525 0336 2 05 PLASTIC LAMINATE CLIPBOARD RACK A Provide plastic laminate on face and edges of 4 x 3 4 x length of wall elevation particleboard clipboard rack at the Office 1 Drawing Key Symbol PL 04 On vertical surfaces color shall be Formica color 961 58 Fog Clipboard Rack Hooks Contractor shall provide zinc plated screw in L hooks approximately 1 2 leg at 12 OC with minimum 6 spaced distance to adjacent shelf brackets 2 06 PLASTIC LAMINATE SHELVES OFFICE A Where shelves are
457. xy Finish Broom finish refer to Section 09670 Epoxy Finish on Concrete C Interior concrete floor slab scheduled to receive Concrete Sealer Refer to Section 09910 Concrete Sealer D Exterior Stairs and Sidewalks Light Broom Finish E Exterior Slabs EXCEPT Exterior Stairs and Sidewalks Medium Broom Finish END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03300 Nexus CIP Conc doc 03300 5 PART 1 SECTION 03310 CONCRETE FLOOR PREPARATION GENERAL 1 01 NOT USED 1 02 SUMMARY A The Contractor shall provide concrete floor preparation of existing concrete floors where shown on the drawings as specified in this section and as needed for a complete and proper preparation to receive subsequent floor surfacing Floor preparation as specified in this Section is intended where existing conditions require the use of mechanical abrading equipment or chemical removers as supplementary methods of floor preparation to receive scheduled finish floor materials Floor preparation includes the partial or complete removal of existing under slab items that protrude above the finish floor line and if left in place without modifications or removal would subsequently affect the installation and performance of applied finish floor materials 1 03 RELATED WORK A B C D PART 2 Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Section 09650 Resilient Flooring Section 09660 Resilient Sheet Flooring Section 09670
458. y Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Color shall be Bright White 381 Drawing Key Symbol G 03 Restroom Wall Tile Provide non sanded 1 8 grout joint width with Prism Sure Color Tile Grout by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Color shall be Alabaster 333 Wall Grout Sealer Provide wall grout sealer recommended by the tile grout manufacturer equal to Aqua Mix Grout Sealer by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 2 03 WALL TILE SUBSTRATE Provide WonderBoard Cement Board by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 as a wall substrate under ceramic wall tile at the Tub Room Provide Dens Shield Moisture Resistant Gypsum Wallboard by Georgia Pacific Atlanta GA 800 225 6119 where scheduled in the drawings Finish Schedule and as specified in Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System 2 04 OTHER MATERIALS Provide other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation 2 05 FLOOR TILE A Floor Tile T 03 Ts Provide products by Crossville national acct rep contact Natasha Appel 214 517 6298 nappel crossvilleinc com order fulfillment contact Toni Hale 888 224 6568 ext 2 oe Key Symbol T 03 Fog Honed Finish AV243 6 x24 nominal B Floor Tile T 04 Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype CERAMIC TILE 09310 Nexus Ceramic Tile doc 09310 2 2 06 2 07 C 1 2
459. y and proper completion of the work and shall NOT proceed until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected 3 02 3 03 INSTALLATION A The Contractor shall provide suspended acoustical ceiling per ASTM C636 ASTM E580 and pertinent UL design requirements or per governmental agencies having jurisdiction Lateral Bracing Secure lateral bracing to structural members and at right angles to the direction of the partition and at four ways in the large ceiling areas The Contractor shall provide hold down clips on ceiling panels within 20 feet of exterior doors at Restrooms and the Vestibule and or when required by governmental agencies having jurisdiction CLEANUP In addition to cleanup requirements specified in other sections the Contractor shall completely remove fingerprints and traces of soil from the surfaces of the suspended ceiling tile grid and acoustical materials using only cleaning materials recommended for the cleaning purposes by the manufacturer of the material being cleaned END OF SECTION Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype ACOUSTICAL CEILING 09510 Nexus Accou Ceiling doc 09510 2 SECTION 09546 LINEAR METAL WALL SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Un perforated metal wall panels 2 Universal carrier systems 3 Coordinate layout and installation of items penetrating or being installed in wall system with responsible trades 1 2 SUBMITTALS A B Make submittals in acco
460. y of at least 95 percent ASTM 698 slope all trenches to drain PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 EXCAVATION A B C D mi Excavate subsoil as required for sanitary sewer water and gas piping to municipal utilities Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation of utilities and allow inspection Excavation shall not interfere with normal 45 degree bearing force splay of foundations Hand trim excavation for bell and spigot pipe joints Remove all loose matter Removed lumped subsoil boulders and rock up to 1 3 cubic yard as measured by volume Correct any over excavated or unauthorized excavations at no cost to PETCO Stockpile excavated material in a designated on site location if scheduled for re use and remove excavated material from site that is not to be re used 3 02 BEDDING FILL Support all piping during the placement and compaction of bedding fill Basis PETCO NEXUS Prototype TRENCHING 02220 Nexus Trenching doc 02220 1 3 03 3 04 3 05 3 06 BACKFILLING A D Backfill trenches to the indicated contours and elevations The top surface of general backfill shall be within 1 of the required elevations Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement Do not backfill over porous wet frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces Granular Fill Place and compact materials in continuous layers not exceeding 8 inches compacted depth Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materi
461. ze 6 x 6 x 1 2 nominal by Metropolitan Ceramics Canton OH 800 325 3945 Provide Q1665 bullnose cove tile size 6 x 6 x 1 2 and formed outside and inside corner trims as wall base where required Floor Tile Setting Materials 1 2 Floor Preparation Provide floor preparation equal to LevelLite Self Leveling Underlayment SpeedFinish Patching amp Finishing Compound and Water proofing products by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Waterproofing Crack Isolation Membrane Provide a one part trowelable elastomeric waterproofing crack isolation membrane equal RedGard Waterproofing and Crack Prevention Membrane by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Adhesive Mortar Provide a one part latex modified mortar equal to FlexBond Ultra Premium Latex Modified Thin Set Mortar by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Floor Grout Provide epoxy modified floor grout equal to CEG Lite 100 Solids Commercial Epoxy Grout by Custom Building Products Seal Beach CA 800 282 8786 Color shall be TBD 2 08 WALL TILE SUBSTRATE Provide Dens Shield Moisture Resistant Gypsum Wallboard by Georgia Pacific Atlanta GA 800 225 6119 as a wall substrate under ceramic wall tile at the Tub Room Provide Moisture Resistant Gypsum Wallboard where scheduled in the drawings Finish Schedule and as specified in Section 09260 Gypsum Wallboard amp Partition System Basis

Spec

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents